Yogasutras of Patanjali

Ptajalayogastrani
ts*ntvnttit
Ptajalayogastrani
ts*ntvnttit
SAHITYA SANSTHAN
Ghaziabad
Translation with notes
SHRIRAM LELE
ISBN : 978-81-89495-70-1
Shriram Lele
Published by : Sahitya Sansthan
E-10/660, Uttranchal Colony (Near Sangam
Cinema) Loni Border, Ghaziabad-201102
Ph.: 09968047183
Price : 595.00
Edition : 2010
Laser : Deekay Graphics, Delhi
email : deekay2000@gmail.com
Printed by : Ruchika Printers, Delhi
CONTENTS
Samdhi Pdah
First Section : On Samadhi
1. Atha yognusanam ||1|| 29
| =|=|=.||=== ii
2. Yogacittavttinirodha ||2|| 31
=|=i=-|+i-|i=|| izi
3. Tad drau svarpevasthnam ||3|| 33
-:| := =+=+.+=||== isi
4. Vttisrpyamitaratra ||4|| 35
+i-|=|==i=-| i1i
5. Vttaya pacatayya kli akli ||5|| 36
+-|= +=-= i+n=| i+n=| isi
6. PramaViparyayavikalpanidrsmtaya ||6|| 37
+=||i++==i+=-+i=:|==-= ici
7. Pratyaknumngam pramni ||7|| 38
+=-||==|=|==| +=|||i= i:i
8. Viparyayo mithyj namatadrpapratiham ||8|| 39
i++==| i==|n|==-:++i-= isi
9. abdajnnupt vastunyo vikalpa ||9|| 40
.|:n|=|=+|-| +=-.|-=| i+=-+ i+i
10. Abhvapratyaylamban vttirnidr ||10|| 41
-||++==|n-==| +i-|i=:| i+i
11. Anubhtaviaysampramoa smti ||11|| 42
=-|-i+|=|=-+=|| ==i- ii
12. Abhysavairgybhy tannirodha ||12|| 43
-=|=+|=|-=| -i-=|| izi
13. Tatra sthitau yatnobhysa ||13|| 45
-| i=|-| ==|.-=|= isi
14. Sa tu drghaklanairantaryasatkrsevito
dhabhmi ||14|| 47
= - :||=|n=--===||=i+-| ::-|i= i1i
15. Dnuravikaviayavitasya vakrasaj
vairgyam ||15|| 49
:=|=i+=i+|=i+-|== +.||=|=n| +|== isi
16. Tatpara puruakhyterguavaityam ||16|| 51
-+ +=|r=|-=|+-== ici
17. Vitarkavicrnandsmitrpnugamtsamprajta||17|| 52
i+-=i+=||=-:|i==-|=+|===|=-+n|-i:i
18. Virmapratyaybhysaprva saskraeonya ||18|| 55
i+|=+==|-=|=++ ===|.|||.-= isi
19. Bhavapratyayo videhapraktilaynm ||19|| 58
-|++==| i+:r+ji-n=|=|= i+i
20. raddhvryasmtisamdhiprajprvaka itarem ||20|| 60
,|+|===i-==|i|+n|++= :-||= iz+i
21. Tvrasavegnmsanna ||21|| 62
-|+=+=|=|=|=-= izi
22. Mdumadhydhimtratvttatopi viea ||22|| 63
=:==|i|=||+|-|-|.i+ i+.|| izzi
23. varapraidhndv ||23|| 64
:.++i|||=|;| izsi
24. Kleakarmavipkayairaparma puruaviea
vara ||24|| 65
+n.|==i++|=|.|=+|== +=|i+.|| :.+ iz1i
25. Tatra niratiaya sarvajabjam ||25|| 67
-| i=i-.|= =+n=|== izsi
26. Sa Prvemapi guru klennavacchedt ||26|| 68
= ++||=i+ == =|n=|=+=:|- izci
27. Tasya vcaka praava ||27|| 69
-== +|== +|+ iz:i
28. Tajjapastadarthabhvanam ||28|| 70
-=+=-:|-||+== izsi
29. Tata pratyakcetandhigamopyantarybhvaca ||29|| 71
-- +=+=-=|i|==|.=--|=|-||+.= iz+i
30. Vydhistynasaayapramdlasyviratibhrntidar
anlabdhabhmikatvnavasthitatvni
cittavikepstentary ||30|| 72
=|i|==|==.|=+=|:|n==|i+i--||i--:.|=|n|
-|i==+|=+i=|-+|i= i=-|i+-|+|=-.--|=| is+i
31. Dukhadaurmanasygamejayatvavsapravs
vikepasahabhuva ||31|| 75
:r|:|====|=====+.+|=+.+|=| i+-|+=r-|+ isi
32. Tatpratiedhrthamekatattvbhysa ||32|| 76
-+i-||||==--+|-=|= iszi
33. Maitrkarumuditopek
sukhadukhapuypuyaviay
bhvantacittaprasdanam ||33|| 77
=||==||=i:-|+-|||| =r|:r|+=|+=i+|=|||
-||+=|-i.=-|+=|:== issi
34. Pracchardanavidhrabhy v prasya ||34|| 80
+=:=i+||||-=| +| +||== is1i
35. Viayavat v pravttirutpann manasa
sthitinibandhin ||35|| 82
i+|=+-| +| ++i-|=+-=| === i=|i-i==i-|=| issi
36. Viok v jyotimat ||36|| 84
i+.||=| +| =|i-=-| isci
37. Vtargaviaya v cittam ||37|| 85
+|-|=i+|= +| i=-|= is:i
38. Svapnanidrjnlambana v ||38|| 87
=++i=:|n|=|n-== +| issi
39. Yathbhimatadhyndv ||39|| 88
=||i-|=-=|=|;| is+i
40. Paramuparamamahattvntosya vakra ||40|| 89
+=||+==r-+|--|.== +.||=| i1+i
41. Kavtterabhijtasyeva maergrahtgrahaagrhyeu
tatsthatada janat sampatti ||41|| 91
-|||+-|i-|=|-==+ =|=r|-=r|=|n| -=|-:==-|
==|+i-|i1i
42. Tatra abdrthajnavikalpai sakr savitark
sampatti ||42|| 93
-| .|:||n|=i+=-+ ===||| =i+-=| ==|+i-|i1zi
43. Smtipariuddhau svarpanyevrthamtranir
bhsnirvitark ||43|| 95
==i-+i.|,| =+=+.|-=+||=||i=-||=| i=i+-=| i1si
44. Etayaiva savicr nirvicr ca skmaviay
vykhyt ||44|| 97
)-=+ =i+=|| i=i+=|| = =-=i+|=| =|r=|-| i11i
45. Skmaviayatva cligaparyavasnam ||45|| 99
=-=i+|=+ =|in==+=+=|== i1si
46. T eva sabja samdhi ||46|| 100
-| )+ ==|= ==|i|i1ci
47. Nirvicravairadyedhytmaprasda ||47|| 102
i=i+=|+.||=.=|=+=|: i1:i
48. tambhar tatra praj ||48|| 104
=---|| -| +n| i1si
49. rutnumnapraj bhymanyaviay vierthatvt ||49|| 105
-|==|=+n|-=|=-=i+|=| i+.||||+|- i1+i
50. Tajja saskronyasaskrapratibandh ||50|| 107
-= ===||.-====|+i-=-|| is+i
51. Tasypi nirodhe sarvanirodhnnirvja samdhi ||51|| 109
-==|i+ i=|| =+i=|||i-==|= ==|i| isi
Sdhan Pdah
Second Section : On Practice
1. Tapasvdhyyevarapraidhnni kriyyoga ||1|| 111
-+ =+|=|=++i|||=|i= i==|=|= ii
2. Samdhibhvanrtha kleatankararthaca ||2|| 113
==|i|-||+=|| +n.|-==|||= izi
3. Avidysmitrgadvebhinive pa ca kle ||3|| 115
i+=|i==-||=;|i-|i=+.|| += +n.|| isi
4. Avidy ketramuttare prasuptatanuvicchin
nodrm ||4|| 117
i+=| -||=-||| +=--=i+i=-=|:||||= i1i
5. Anityucidukhntmasu nityaucisukhtmakhy
tiravidy ||5|| 118
i==|.|i=: r||=|== i==.|i==r||=r=|i-i+=| isi
6. Dgdaranaaktyorektmatevsmit ||6|| 119
::.|=.|+=|=|=-+|i==-| ici
7. Sukhnuay rga ||7|| 120
=r||=.|=| |= i:i
8. Dukhnuay dvea||8|| 121
:r||=.|=| ;| isi
9. Svarasavh viduopi tathrhobhinivea ||9|| 122
=+=+|r| i+:||.i| -||=:|.i-|i=+.| i+i
10. Te pratiprasavahey skm ||10|| 123
- +i-+=+r=| =-=| i+i
11. Dhynaheystadvttaya ||11|| 124
=|=r=|=-:+-|= ii
12. Kleamla karmayo ddajanmavedanya ||12|| 125
+n.|=n ==|.|=| :=|:==-=+:=|= izi
13. Sati mle tadvipko jtyyurbhog ||13|| 127
=i- =n -i;+|=| =|=|=-||=| isi
14. Te hldaparitpaphal puypuyahetutvt ||14|| 128
- -n|:+i-|+=n| +=|+=r-+|- i1i
15. Parimatpasaskradukhairguavttivirodhcca
dukhameva sarva vivekina ||15|| 129
+i||=-|+===|:r|=|+i-|i+|||= :r|=+ =+ i++i== isi
16. Heya dukhamangatam ||16|| 131
r= :r|==|=-= ici
17. Dradyayo sayogo heyahetu ||17|| 132
:=:.==| ==|=| r=r- i:i
18. Prakakriysthitila bhtendriytmaka
bhogpavargrtha dyam ||18|| 134
+=|.|i==|i=|i-.||n -|-i-:=|== -||=|++=|| :.== isi
19. Vieviealigamtrligni guaparvi ||19|| 136
i+.|||i+.||in===||in==|i= =|++|i| i+i
20. Dra dimtra uddhopi pratyaynupaya ||20|| 137
:=| :i.|=|| .|,|.i+ +==|=+.= iz+i
21. Tadartha eva dyasytm ||21|| 138
-:| )+ :.===|=| izi
22. Ktrtha prati naamapyanaa
tadanyasdhraatvt||22|| 139
j-|| +i- ====== -:-==||||+|- izzi
23. Svasvmiaktyo svarpopalabdhihetu sayoga||23|| 141
=+=+|i=.|+=| =+=+|+ni|r- ==|= izsi
24. Tasya heturavidy ||24|| 143
-== r-i+=| iz1i
25. Tadabhvtsayogbhvo hna tadde
kaivalyam ||25|| 144
-:-||+|==|=|-||+| r|= -::.| =+-== izsi
26. Vivekakhytiraviplav hnopya ||26|| 146
i++=r=|i-i+n+| r|=|+|= izci
27. Tasya saptadh prntabhmi praj ||27|| 148
-== =-|| +|---|i= +n| iz:i
28. Yoggnuhndauddhikaye
jnadptirvivekakhyte ||28|| 149
=|=|==|=|=|:.|i,-|= n|=:|i-|i++=r=|- izsi
29. Yamaniyamsanaprymapratyhradhrad
hynasamdhayovagni ||29|| 151
==i===|==+|||=|=+=|r|||||=|===||=|.=|+==|i= iz+i
30. Ahissatysteyabrahmacaryparigrah yam ||30|| 152
ir=|==|=-==m==|+i=r| ==| is+i
31. Jtideaklasamaynavacchinn srvabhaum
mahvratam ||31|| 154
=|i-:.|=|n===|=+i=-=| =|+-||=| =r|+-= isi
32. aucasantoatapasvdhyyevarapraidhnni
niyam ||32|| 156
.||==--||-+ =+|=|=.++i|||=|i= i===| iszi
33. Vitarkabdhane pratipakabhvanam ||33|| 158
i+-==||= +i-+-|-||+== issi
34. Vitark hisdaya ktakritnumodit
lobhakrodhamohaprvak mdumadhydhimtr
dukhjnnantaphal iti pratipakabhvanam ||34|| 159
i+-=| ir=|:= j-=|i-|==|i:-| n|-|=||=|r++=|
=:==|-i|=||| :r||n|=|=--=n| :i- +i-+-|-||+== is1i
35. Ahispratihy tatsannidhau vairatyga ||35|| 161
ir=|+i-|=| -=i-=|| +=|= issi
36. Satyapratihy kriyphalrayatvam||36|| 162
==+i-|=| i==|=n|=+= isci
37. Asteyapratihy sarvaratnopasthnam ||37|| 163
=-=+i-|=| =+=|+=||== is:i
38. Brahmacaryapratihy vryalbha ||38|| 164
=m==+i-|=| +|=n|-| issi
39. Aparigrahasthairye janmakathantsambodha ||39|| 165
+i=r=|= =-==|--|=-=|| is+i
40. auctsvgajugups parairasasarga ||40|| 166
.||=|=+|=====| +=== i1+i
41. Sattvauddhisaumanasyaikgryendriyajaytmadar
anayogyatvni ca ||41|| 167
=-+.|i,=|=====|==i-:===|=:.|==|=+|i= = i1i
42. Santodanuttamasukhalbha ||42|| 169
=--|||:=-|==r|n|-| i1zi
43. Kyendriyasiddhirauddhikayttapasa ||43|| 170
=|=i-:=i=i,.|i,-|=|-|+= i1si
44. Svdhyydiadevatsamprayoga ||44|| 171
=+|=|=i:=:+-|=-+=|= i11i
45. Samdhisiddhirvarapraidhnt ||45|| 172
==|i|i=i,|++i|||=|- i1si
46. Sthirasukhamsanam ||46|| 173
i=|=r|=|==== i1ci
47. Prayatnaaithilynantasampattibhym ||47|| 174
+=|.|i|-=|=--==|+i-|-=|= i1:i
48. Tato dvandvnabhighta ||48|| 175
--| ;-;|=i-|||- i1si
49. Tasminsati vsapravsayorgativiccheda
pryma ||49|| 176
-i==-=i- +|=+.+|==|=i-i+=: +|||=|= i1+i
50. Bhybhyantarastambhavttirdeaklasakhybhi
parido drghaskma ||50|| 178
=|n-=--=---|+i-| :.|=|n==r=|i-| +i:=| :||=-= is+i
51. Bhybhyantaraviaykep caturtha ||51|| 180
=|n-=--i+|=|-|+| =-| isi
52. Tata kyate prakvaraam ||52|| 181
-- -||=- +=|.|+|= iszi
53. Dhrasu ca yogyat manasa ||53|| 182
||||= = =|=-| === issi
54. Svaviaysamprayoge cittasya svarpnukra
ivendriy pratyhra ||54|| 183
=+i+|=|=-+=|= i=-|== =+=+|==| :+i-:=||| +=|r| is1i
55. Tata param vayatendriym ||55|| 185
-- +=| +.=-i-:=|||= issi
viBhTi Pdah
Third Section : Supernatural Powers
1. Deabandhacittasya dhra ||1|| 186
:.|=-|i=-|== |||| ii
2. Tatra pratyayaikatnat dhynam ||2|| 188
-| +===-|=-| =|== izi
3. Tadevrthamtranirbhsa svarpanyamiva
samdhi ||3|| 189
-:+||=||i=-||= =+=+.|-=i=+ ==|i| isi
4. Trayamekatra sayama ||4|| 191
|===| === i1i
5. Tajjaytprajloka ||5|| 192
-==|+n|n|= isi
6. Tasya bhmiu viniyoga ||6|| 193
-== -|i=| i+i==|= ici
7. Trayamantaraga prvebhya ||7|| 194
|==--== ++-= i:i
8. Tadapi bahiraga nirbjasya ||8|| 195
-:i+ =ir== i==|=== isi
9. Vyutthnanirodhasaskrayorabhibhavaprdur
bhvau nirodhakaacittnvayo nirodhaparima ||9|| 196
=||=i=||===|=|i-|-|+|:-||+| i=||-||i=-||-+=|
i=||+i||=i+i
10. Tasya prantavhit saskrt ||10|| 199
-== +.||--+|ir-| ===||- i+i
11. Sarvrthataikgratayo kayodayau cittasya
samdhiparima||11|| 200
=+||-=|=-=| -|=|:=| i=-|== ==|i|+i||= ii
12. Tata puna ntoditau tulyapratyayau
cittasyaikgratparima ||12|| 201
-- += .||--|i:-| --=+==| i=-|===|=-|+i||= izi
13. Etena bhtendriyeu dharmalakavasthparim
vykhyt ||13|| 202
)-= -|-i-:=| |=n-|||+=||+i||=| =|r=|-| isi
14. ntoditvyapadeyadharmnupt dharm ||14|| 203
.||--|i:-|=+:.=|=|=+|-| |=| i1i
15. Kramnyatva parimnyatve hetu ||15|| 204
==|-=+ +i||=|-=+ r- isi
16. Parimatrayasayamdattngatajnam ||16|| 205
+i||=|====|:-|-|=|=-n|== ici
17. abdrthapratyaynmitaretardhystsakarastatpravi
bhgasayamtsarvabhtarutajnam ||17|| 206
.|:||+==|=|i=--|=|=|====-+i+-||====|=-
+-|-=-n|== i:i
18. Saskrasktkaratprvajtijnam ||18|| 208
===|=|-||=||++=|i-n|== isi
19. Pratyayasya paracittajnam ||19|| 209
+==== +i=-|n|== i+i
20. Na ca tatslambana tasyviaybhtatvt ||20|| 210
= = -=|n-== -==|i+|=|-|-+|- iz+i
21. Kyarpasayamttadgrhyaaktistambhe
cakupraksamprayogentardhnam ||21|| 211
=|==+===|-|;|n.|i+-=---| =-|+=|.|=-+=|=.--||== izi
22. Sopakrama nirupakrama ca karma tatsayamda
parntajnamariebhyo v ||22|| 213
=|+== i==+== = == -===|:+|--n|==i=-=| +| izzi
23. Maitrydiu balni ||23|| 214
==|i:| =n|i= izsi
24. Baleu hastibaldni ||24|| 215
=n| ri=-=n|i:i= iz1i
25. Pravttylokanystskmavyavahitavi
prakajnam ||25|| 216
++-=|n|=-=|=|=-==+ir-i++j=n|== izsi
26. Bhuvanajna srye sayamt ||26|| 218
-|+=n|= == ===|- izci
27. Candre trvyhajnam ||27|| 219
=-: -||=rn|== iz:i
28. Dhruve tadgatijnam ||28|| 220
|+ -;i-n|== izsi
29. Nbhicakre kyavyhajnam ||29|| 221
=|i-|== =|==rn|== iz+i
30. Kahakpe kutpipsnivtti ||30|| 222
==+ -|i++|=|i=+i-| is+i
31. Krmany sthairyam ||31|| 223
===|=|= =|== isi
32. Mrdhajyotii siddhadaranam ||32|| 224
=|=|i-i| i=,:.|== iszi
33. Prtibhdv sarvam ||33|| 225
+|i--||;| =+= issi
34. Hdaye cittasavit ||34|| 226
r:= i=-|=i+- is1i
35. Sattvapuruayoratyantsakrayo pratyayvieo
bhoga parrthatvtsvrthasayamtpuruajnam||35|| 227
=-++=|=|=--|===||=| +==|i+.||| -||=
+||+|=+||===|+=|n|== issi
36. Tata prtibharvaavedandarsvdavrt
jyante ||36|| 229
-- +|i--||+|+:=|:.||=+|:+|-| =|=-- isci
37. Te samdhvupasarg vyutthne siddhaya ||37|| 231
- ==|||++==| =||= i=,= is:i
38. Bandhakraaaithilytpracrasavedancca cittasya
paraarrvea||38|| 232
=-|=||.|i|-=|+=|=+:=|= i=-|== +.|||+.| issi
39. Udnajayjjalapakakaakdivasaga utkrntica ||39|| 234
=:|===|=n+=====|i:+=== ==|i--= is+i
40. Samnajayjjvalanam ||40|| 235
==|===|+n== i1+i
41. rotrkayo sambandhasayamddivya rotram||41|| 236
|||=|.|=| =-=-|===|i= ||= i1i
42. Kykayo sambandhasayamllaghutlasam
patteckagamanam ||42|| 237
=|=|=|.|=| =-=-|===|-n|-n==|+-|=|=|.|==== i1zi
43. Bahirakalpit vttirmahvideh tata prakvara
akaya ||43|| 238
=ir=i-+-| +i-|=r|i+:r| -- +=|.|+|-|= i1si
44. Sthlasvarpaskmnvayrthavattvasaya
mdbhtajaya ||44|| 240
=|n=+=+=-=|-+=||+-+===|:-|-== i11i
45. Tatoimdiprdurbhva kyasampattaddharmna
bhightaca ||45|| 242
--|.i|=|i:+|:-||+ =|==-+-|,=|=i-|||-= i1si
46. Rpalvayabalavajrasahananatvni kyasampat ||46|| 243
=+n|+==n+==r==+|i= =|=-+- i1ci
47. Grahaasvarpsmitnvayrthavattvasayam
dindriyajaya ||47|| 244
=r|=+=+|i==-|-+=||+-+===|i:i-:=== i1:i
48. Tato manojavitva vikaraabhva
pradhnajayaca ||48|| 246
--| ==|=i++ i+=|-||+ +||==== i1si
49. Sattvapurunyatkhytimtrasya sarvabhvdhih
ttva sarvajttva ca ||49|| 248
=-++ =||-=-|r=|i-=||== =+ -||+|i||- + =+ n|- += = i1+i
50. Tadvairgydapi doabjakaye kaivalyam ||50|| 250
-;|=|:i+ :||=|=-|= =+-== is+i
51. Sthnyupanimantrae sagasmaykaraa
punaraniaprasagt||51|| 252
=||-=+i==-|| ======|=| +=i==+===|- isi
52. Kaatatkramayo sayamdvivekaja jnam ||52|| 254
-||-===| ===|i;+== n|== iszi
53. Jtilakaadeairanyatnavacchedttulyayostata
pratipatti||53|| 256
=|i-n-||:.|-=-|=+=:|-|-==|=-- +i-+i-| issi
54. Traka sarvaviaya sarvathviayamakrama
ceti vivekaja jnam ||54|| 258
-|= =+i+|= =+||i+|==== =i- i++== n|== is1i
55. Sattvapuruayo uddhismye kaivalyamiti ||55|| 260
=-++=|=| .|i,=|-= =+-=i=i- issi
Kaivalya Pdah
Fourth Section : On liberation
1. Janmauadhimantratapasamdhij siddhaya ||1|| 261
=-=||i|=-|-+ ==|i|=| i=,= ii
2. Jtyantaraparima praktyprt ||2|| 263
=|=--+i||= +j=|+|- izi
3. Nimittamaprayojaka praktn varaabhedastu
tata ketrikavat ||3|| 265
i=i=-|=+=|== +j-|=| +|-|:=- -- -|i|=+- isi
4. Nirmacittnyasmitmtrt||4|| 267
i==||i=-||-=i==-|=|||- i1i
5. Pravttibhede prayojaka cittamekamanekem ||5|| 268
++i-|-|: +=|== i=-|=====||= isi
5. Tatra dhynajamanayam ||6|| 269
-| =|====|.|== ici
7. Karmuklka yoginastrividhamitarem ||7|| 270
==|.|+n|j| =|i==i=|i+|i=-||= i:i
8. Tatastadvipknugunmevbhivyaktirvsannm ||8|| 271
--=-i;+|=|==||=|=+|i-|=i+-+|==|=|= isi
9. Jtideaklavyavahitnmapynantarya
smtisaskrayorekarpatvt ||9|| 273
=|i-:.|=|n=+ir-|=|==|=--= ==i-===|=|==++|- i+i
10. Tsmanditva cio nityatvt ||10|| 275
-|=|==|i:+ =|i.|||i==+|- i+i
11. Hetuphalraylambanai saghtatvdemabhve
tadabhva ||11|| 276
r-=n|=|n-== ==r|--+|:||=-||+ -:-||+ ii
12. Attngata svarpatostyadhvabhedd-
dharmm ||12|| 278
-|-|=|=- =+=+-|.==+-|:|,=|||= izi
13. Te vyaktaskm gutmna ||13|| 279
- =+-=-=| =||=|= isi
14. Parimaikatvdvastutattvam ||14|| 280
+i||==+|;=---+= i1i
15. Vastusmye cittabhedttayorvibhakta panth ||15|| 281
+=-=|-= i=-|-|:|-|=|i+-|+- +-|| isi
16. Na caikacittatantra vastu tadapramaka
tad ki syt ||16|| 282
= ==i=-|--| +=- -:+=||= -:| i= ==|- ici
17. Tadupargpekitvccittasya vastu jtjtam ||17|| 283
-:+|=|+i-|+|i=-|== +=- n|-|n|-= i:i
18. Sadjtcittavttayastatprabho
puruasyparimitvt||18|| 284
=:| n|-|i=-|+-|==-+-|| +=|==|+i||i=+|- isi
19. Na tatsvbhsa dyatvt ||19|| 285
= -=+|-||= :.=+|- i+i
20. Ekasamaye cobhaynavadhraam ||20|| 286
)==== =|-|=|=+|||= iz+i
21. Cittntaradye buddhibuddheratiprasaga
smtisakaraca ||21|| 287
i=-||--:.= =i,=,i-+=== ==i-==== izi
22. Citerapratisakramystadkrpattau
svabuddhisavedanam ||22|| 288
i=-+i-====|=|=-:|=|+-|| =+=i,=+:== izzi
23. Dradyoparakta citta sarvrtham ||23|| 290
:=:.=|++- i=-| =+||= izsi
24. Tadasakhyeyavsanbhicitramapi parrtha
sahatyakritvt ||24|| 291
-:=r==+|==|i-|i=|=i+ +|| =r==|i+|- iz1i
25. Vieadarina tmabhvabhvanvinivtti ||25|| 293
i+.||:i.|= |=-||+-||+=|i+i=+i-| izsi
26. Tad vivekanimnakaivalyaprgbhra cittam ||26|| 294
-:| i++=i====+-=+|-||i=-|= izci
27. Tacchidreu pratyayntari saskrebhya ||27|| 296
-i=:| +==|--|i| ===|-= iz:i
28. Hname kleavaduktam ||28|| 297
r|==|| +n.|+:+-= izsi
29. Prasakhynepyakusdasya sarvath
vivekakhyterdharmamegha samdhi ||29|| 300
+==r=|=====|:== =+|| i++=r=|-|==| ==|i| iz+i
30. Tata kleakarmanivtti ||30|| 303
-- +n.|==i=+i-| is+i
31. Tad sarvvaraamalpetasya jnasynantyjj
eyamalpam ||31|| 304
-:| =+|+|=n|+-== n|===|=-=|n==-+= isi
32. Tata ktrthn parimakramasamp-
tirgunm ||32|| 306
-- j-|||=| +i||=====|i-=||=|= iszi
33. Kaapratiyog parimparntanirgrhya krama ||33|| 308
-||+i-=|=| +i||=|+|--i==|n == issi
34. Pururthanyn gun pratiprasava kaivalya
svarpapratih v citiaktiriti ||34|| 310
+=|||.|-=|=| =||=| +i-+=+ =+-= =+=++i-| +|
i=i-.|i+-ii- is1i
FORWaRd
T
he Yogasutras =|==| of Patanjali +|-=in written about 2000
years ago, around the beginning of the Christian era consist
of only 195 Sutras or Aphorisms. However, these 195 Sutras
form the very basis of all the Yoga literature which followed
over the next few centuries. The thinkers of the East and more
recently, the thinkers of the West have been attracted by the
contents as also the comprehensive brevity of the language,
which has enabled the Great Sage Patanjali to compress
everything essential that is there to know about Yoga, in such
a brief document.
There are many translations and detailed commentaries
available on the Yogasutras, starting from the Bhashya -||= of
the sage Vyasa =|= written in Sanskrit in about 400 CE to very
recent translation in almost every major language in the world.
The Yogsutras continue to fascinate everyone on the path of
Spirituality, irrespective of his Religious beliefs.
But it is no easy task to write on this subject. So I was
pleasantly surprised when Shri Lele told me about his
endeavour of writing a translation of the Yogasutras with
detailed notes. This idea coming from a Senior Ofcer of our
Bank, who is considered to be an expert in his own feld of
Development of Human Resources, appealed to me. I knew
that he has been seriously interested in Yoga and Meditation,
for quite some time. I was confdent that he would be able to
fnd new dimensions of understanding in this area.
I have gone through the manuscript of this Translation of
Patanjal Yoga sutras with Notes and I am impressed with the
manuscript on various counts. For those who are in a hurry Shri
Lele has given a simple but lucid, word-to-word translation. On
the other hand, for the more serious student he has given a
choice complete derivation and etymology of individual Sanskrit
word. The diferent meanings of the root verbs used are also
given. Such an approach, I am sure, would enable the serious
student to go beyond what has been presented in the note,
should he so desire. Sage Patanjali, in most of the Sutras uses
the adjective Va +| which means or, thereby giving the reader
a choice of the method for the particular process of Yoga. By
following a similar approach Shri Lele has ofered a choice of
the meanings of the Sutras, to be understood by the individual
concerned, based on his experience.
Two instances of the translation appealed to me personally.
Shri Lele translates Chittavrittinirodah i=-|+ i-|i=| | as dissolution
of mental constructs, I found this to be the closest meaning of
the term. The second instance of the translation which shows
emotional maturity, is the commentary on the four qualities
which everyone is expectedto develop, Maitri- =||, Karuna
==||, Mudita =i:-|, and Upeksha =+-|| Shri Lele describes
these qualities as those which only a mother has towards her
ofspring, by developing these qualities; you are to become a
mother to everyone, wonderful indeed!
I am sure that this presentation would motivate the casual
reader to undertake a deeper study of the Yogasutras, at the
same time enable the serious student to enrich his understanding
of the various processes described in the Sutras and push him
forward on his own spiritual journey. I wish Shri Lele the very
best in his own personal journey.
Mumbai Shri O. P. Bhatt
9th February 2011 Chairman
State Bank of India
inTROdUCTiOn
W
hen I completed the translation of the Yogasutra of
Patanjali sometime back and put it on the internet for use
of everyone who was interested in the Sutras, I thought that the
exercise was over. I had undertaken the translation, despite
the availability of a number of translations, both in English as
also in Marathi, which happens to be my mother tongue; as
I always felt that the great Yogin Patanjali meant something
diferent than what was stated in these translations.
I had studied Sanskrit up to my Secondary School
examination, where I had done well. I also have a claim on
the language, as my previous three generations on both sides
were Shastris, experts in the Sanskrit language and my late
mother, who was a teacher, taught the subject in the school.
Though this is not much by way of a claim, whenever I read
some translation of the Yoga Sutras, I innately felt uncomfortable
with the manner in which certain words and phrases were
translated. This made me decide that I will translate afresh the
sutras using only a universally acceptable Dictionary and a
good book on grammar of Sanskrit language.
Luckily for me, both the items were available on the internet.
I am referring to the great Dictionary compiled by Sir Monier
Williams and his book on Practical Sanskrit grammar. But for
the easy availability of these two books, the work would not have
proceeded further. My eternal gratitude goes to the Englishman
for having made these tools available to the students forever.
The translation had an extremely good response with so
many people reading and downloading the same. I received
suggestions from some of my friends that it would be in ftness
of the things if I were to include explanatory notes giving
etymology of the words and how these ft in the scheme of
the things as proposed by Yogin Patanjali. Such an approach
would, I felt, be extremely useful to me later when I would have
no energy to carry out another search for the elusive meaning
of a term in the Sutras. Thus the present work also has a selfsh
motive to this extent.
Besides this purely selfsh motive, I felt that these notes
will also be useful to everyone, as they carry no burden of
authority, everyone would feel free to either accept or to reject
or to modify the meaning and usage; and in doing so would
be nearer to the meaning of the Sutras. It will be seen that
while giving meanings of the root verbs, all the alternatives are
given.
It may not be out of place to relate here briefy the
circumstances under which I went back to a study of Yoga
and meditation since last fve or six years. I underwent two
traumatic events during the years 2003 and 2004. I sufered
a heart attack in April 2003. I am told that on that day my
people had given up hope of my coming back. I was lucky and
I survived. During the ensuing months, I undertook a serious
efort to reduce weight and be healthy again, prodded gently or
not so gently by my friend Dr. Rajeev Sharangpani, who per his
own statement is a Doctor of health, one who would not like to
see the patient back in the consulting room. (We are assuming
the patients continued hail and hearty living on this side).
During this period, I got a convincing feeling that were I to
concentrate on the Pranava, the mystic syllable and try to
merge with it, I should be better. I developed a way of recitation
of to coincide with one exhalation and continued the practice.
I successfully reduced my weight by 32 Kg, bringing it down to
about 70 Kg, and life appeared to be normal again.
Once again, the world for me shattered, I lost my twenty one
year old son in a freak accident in March 2004. I was completely
shattered, stunned for quite some time, and later on I was so
depressed that I sufered a condition called heart block, where
my pulse rate came down slowly to less than 32 per minute and
remained at this low level for more than a month. I did not have
enough energy left to even lift a little piece of paper.
I was advised implantation of a Pacemaker. One bad quality
of the internet is that it enables you to have knowledge (even
half would do). I understood that for me this was no go, in view
of the tissue damage in the earlier heart attack; the results of
Pacemaker would be unpredictable, and in medical terms the
prognosis would not be good whatever that means.
Once again, the friend, Doctor Sharangpani, whom I contacted
long distance from the clinic where I was admitted at the end
of one month at 32-35, told me to go home from the clinic,
after settling the bill ofcourse. This I did and asked him what
I should do then. He advised me to do abdominal breathing in
Shavasana, till the heart rate comes back to the normal. This
I did dutifully for more than three days continuously, since I was
scared to no end. Due to either the abdominal breathing, or my
faith in the Doctor, or sheer luck or an intervention on part of the
almighty I am here, needless to say without a Pacemaker nor have
I consumed any of the cardiac medication for the last fve years.
My recovery has been due to reasons beyond logic. After the
event, I took to serious studies of Yogic practices; I found some
amazing things, which are not part of this book on the Sutras.
A year or so back, another of my friends helped me to regain
my self confdence, in whatever I do at the ofce where I work.
On thinking about the debt I owe to these and other friends;
I realized that I should try to share whatever understanding I
have developed on the Yoga Sutras with everyone, whosoever
is interested. This has prompted me to undertake this venture
of putting down my notes on the Sutras to paper.
While reading the Sutras, I realized that the method to
understand the Sutras is given by Patanjali in the Sutra 3.17.
.|:||+==|=|i=--|=|=|====-+i+-||====|=+-|-=-n|==++ :++
abdrthapratyaynmitaretardhystsakarastatpravib
hgasayamtsarvabhtarutajnam||17||
The vocalization of words, (.|:) their meanings (|) and
the rules governing word combinations, (+==) superimposing
(=|=|-) on each other, (:--) lead to a mixture of meanings.
(==) Yogic restraint (===|-) on a systematic arrangement
(+i+-||=) of this mixture (--) leads to understanding (n|==) of the
vocalization (=-) by any of the species (=+-|-) ||17||
The principles of analysis of any communication process,
especially verbal communication are given in this Sutra. What
does the communication consist of? It consists of words, the
purpose for which the words are used and the way a sequence
of words is combined together. I found that this key opens up
the way to go along.
I am a student of Physics, having done my Post-graduation
in the subject. While reading the Sutras, I felt that this is a
laboratory manual of instructions and not a book to be read
alone. You read some, make an attempt to understand and
put it to practice. You observe the result, mend your ways and
try again and repeat the process till you reach your short term
objective. This is a process to be continued till the very end or
a new beginning. This is a practical guide to personal growth.
I also found that the help and advice is always close at
hand should you need it and make a sincere demand for
guidance. If I am stuck, which is not rare, while meditating I
make a sincere request to all those who have reached there, to
the efect Sir, you have reached there, I know that the way is
difcult and long, I am not asking for the moon, all that I ask is
a little light on the next few feet so that I can at least proceed.
Always I have found that the doubts are clarifed, new concepts
presented in a totally fuent format.
All the new ideas in the presentation which follows, if
acceptable, are Patanjalis and not mine. The mistakes are
mine and mine alone. During the last one and a half year or so,
other than the work at the ofce, the only subject that I have
lived with is the Sutras. All I can say at this stage is that I have
been able to get a few feeting glimpses of what is possible
following the methods given in the Sutras. As repeated often in
the notes that follow, Yogin Patanjali gives a very strong hope
to everyone who practices of reaching the ultimate goal, as
described by him all of us have overabundance of potentialities,
one only has to remove the obstacles, the fow is there.
During the time these notes were being compiled, I have
been blessed with a granddaughter. I should say that I have
become a grandmother, following the argument that if your
daughter gets a daughter, you better call yourself a grand
mother irrespective of your gender. I have been so involved in
what I am doing, that till date I have not been able to visit her,
in the US where she is located.
When I completed the notes a few days back, took a fnal
printout and read it from the beginning, the strong feeling
that I got at many places was that this is not my creation, of
course it is not since it is but a translation; even that I have
felt is not mine. I also found some mistakes, which I have not
corrected since I do not know what the correct answers are,
those mistakes are mine.
Should these notes help someone to increase his or her
understanding of the Sutras even a little and enable him or
her to proceed along further on the great journey, I would feel
that, to that extent, the debt that I have of my friends; who have
prodded and helped me along, is repaid.
Mumbai Shriram lele
9th February 2011
28
l
PTAJALAYOGASTRANI PTAJALAYOGASTRANI
l
29
First Section: On Samadhi
t tvt=-ttn= aa
Atha yognusanam ||1||
Now (|) the instructions (=.||==) of Yoga (=|=) follow||1||
The term =|= Yoga, when applied to human senses and
mind, denotes a highly sophisticated system for human
development and growth which enables every one to realize
his or her maximum potential. This system consists of a well
arranged program of practices capable of steadying the mind,
with a view to transcending the limitations of worldly existence;
the human egoic barriers to spiritual freedom to enable
everyone to realize their potential.
These practices were developed much earlier, codifed
in the =|==| Yogasutras. Unless otherwise specifed, the
term Yoga =|= for the purpose of this discussion on the
Patanjalyogasutras +|-=n=|==||i| will refer to Yoga as lay
down in these Sutras and not to other disciplines of Yoga.
The word =.||=== is derived from the root verb Shas .||=
which means to train, instruct, inform, teach. The prefx Anu
= denotes following. Anushasanam thus means instructions
earlier laid down now being presented. The word = .||=== has
been used to indicate codifcation or systematic presentation.
The word | now, indicates beginning, especially of an
auspicious venture; in this case the journey towards liberation.
| also indicates this could be undertaken by any one, any time
in life, when an earnest need for liberation is felt, sooner the
better.
The word Sutra =| which literally means thread, denote a
highly compressed way of expression, as tightly worded as a
30
l
l
31
mathematical formula. The Sutras are logically linked together
in a sequential manner similar to mathematical formulae.
Some of them give very specifc defnitions of certain terms
used earlier or to be used in the next few statements, thereby
threading and linking everything together. The other Sutras
describe specifc practices to be undertaken.
tvi-t+i-ti=ttt aza
Yogacittavttinirodha ||2||
Yoga (=|=) is the dissolution (i=||) of the mental constructs, the
patterned behaviour (+i-|) of mind (i=-|) ||2||
Patanjali defnes the process of yoga as dissolution of
the +i-| Vritti of mind, i=-| The Chitta, mind is not defned in
the yoga sutra however. The various properties attributed to
Chitta are given in various sutras. In the present context it is a
medium, which can record and store the perceptions from the
mechanisms of perception, n|=i:= It also records the spoken
or written words, which are systematized forms of sound, with
established meanings.
The Chitta also records experiences, as and when these
occur. These recordings consist of the factual perceptions
through the mechanisms of perception, action taken by the
mechanisms of action, ==i:= and the thoughts and feelings
generated by the experiences. Over time, the recordings get
repeated, again and again; this develops into fxed patterns,
habits. These in turn lead to patterned responses as to what
one perceives thinks and does, given a stimulus. These
patterns are referred to as +i-| of the mind, i=-|.
The process of Yoga is to dissolve these patterns, so that
our response to the experience of the present moment could
be spontaneous, here and now and authentic.
The word i=-| Chitta is derived from the verb root Chit i=-
which means to think, to perceive, to refect, and a few other
meanings; one thing running common in all of them is their
reference to the mental processes. The term Chitta i=-| therefore
refers to the thinking apparatus of the human beings which
undergoes changes constantly and all the activities going on
there.
The term Vritti, +i-| is from the root verb Vrit +-. The simplest
meaning of this verb root is to be. Other meanings like to
rotate, fuctuate are there; however those are not applicable
here. Vritti +i-| simply means way of being, a mental cnstruct,
32
l
l
33
fxed as such, as a result of repeated behaviour of this type
in the past. The simplest English equivalent would be habit,
which also derived from to be.
The word Nirodha i=|| derives from root verb Rudh, =
|; to which prefx Ni i= is added. Rudh means to be stopped,
to stop, to bring to an end. Prefx Ni indicates movement in
downward direction. Several combinations of prefxes with
root rudh are available, each of which has diferent shades of
meaning. Suppression would mean avarodh +||, opposition
would mean virodh i+||, and persuation would mean anurodh
=||. All these processes would mean, at the end, there would
be a balance of whatever one is trying to stop, it would go on
accumulating and would blow up at the smallest stimulus.
The process of nirodha i=||, on the other hand, indicates
nothing remaining after the process is over. This is further
clarifed in the Vibhutipada, chapter III of the Yogasutras.
Vrittinirodhah means giving up, dissolution of habits of
behaviour of the mind.
One aspect needs to be examined. Is nirodha a process
to be initiated as such or it is a result of something else being
done? The answer is given in the subsequent sutra 1-12; the
nirodha is a result of detachment and repeated practice.
On achieving Nirodha, the patterns of behaviour of the
mind dissolve, we remain always in the present, and respond
to the present experience alone.
s:t :- r+=s+rtt= asa
Tad drau svarpevasthnam ||3||
Then (-:|), the Seer (:=) steps into (+=||==) his essence
(=+=+) ||3||
The word Drashtuh := is derived from root verb Drish
:.| which means to see, to behold, to experience with any of
the senses or to see with the mind. Drashtuh therefore means
someone who sees, beholds. This process presumes that the
Seer thus defned does not get afected by what he sees.
Swarupa =+=+ consists of Swa =+ meaning own, Rupa =+
which means form, shape, fgure. Swarupa thus means own
form, own shape, essence. Avasthanam derives from root verb
Stha =|| which means to stand, Sthana =||= means standing
frm, stationary at one place. Ava + is a prefx denoting
downwards movement. Avasthana thus means standing on or
placing oneself on (something).
As per the yoga philosophical system, the Chitta, mind is
an insentient medium. Though it can record everything that
happens, it doesnt perceive anything itself. It surrounds the
life giving principle, denoted as +=|, Purusha.
The Purusha is taken to be sentient, all knowing,
unchangeable core of a person. Since the mind is placed
adjacent to the Purusha, the Purusha can perceive anything
perceived or recorded by the mind, since it is sentient. As it
can perceive, it is referred to as :=, Drashtuh or the Seer. It
has infnite capacity of knowledge, logic, and action; however it
can perceive and act only through the Seen. The existence of
Vrittis, patterns, in the Chitta afect the world image the Purusha
perceives. When the Vrittis are dissolved, the medium, Chitta,
becomes crystal clear enabling the Seer, the Purusha to
assume his essential character, of being able to see clearly.
Yoga philosophy divides the thinking apparatus of human
beings in two parts, one core component totally unchangeable,
in the form of the Seer, the Purusha +=| and the other, the
previously referred part of Chitta, i=-| continuously changing,
34
l
l
35
afected by the environment, perceptions, stimuli, recording
everything, getting patterned in the process. The Chitta part is
programmable, though not sentient.
The Purusha, on the other hand is all-knowing; but
completely preprogrammed or unprogrammed as you like it.
Moreover, it knows only through the medium of Chitta. The
mind can perceive the Seer, how clearly depends on how clear
it is.
When the Vrittis of the Chitta disappear, the Seer stands in
his essence, free to perceive, free to act. Liberation! Kaivalya!
+i-tnt=-istt a1a
Vttisrpyamitaratra ||4||
At other times (:-|), (the Seer) identifes (=|===) with the
patterns of behaviour of the mind (+i-|) ||4||
When the mind is cluttered with Vrittis, mental constructs,
fxed patterns of thinking, habits the world image seen by the
Seer is afected to the extent of such patterns. The process is
akin to our seeing the world through coloured glasses or worse,
through fogged glasses. More important, what is perceived by
the mind as Seer is also afected. Thus the Seer appears to
identify with the Vritti, patterns of mind.
The word Sarupyam =|=== is derived from the word Rupa
=+= meaning form, shape. Sarupyam means identifying with,
assuming the form, shape of (something).
The word Itaratra :-| consists of two words Itar :- and
Atra |. Itar mean other, other has the same root. Atra means
in this place or at this time. Itaratra means at other place or at
other time.
When the Seer is not in his essence, not himself, at other
times, He assumes the likeness of the patterns of the Chitta,
the mind. This not only afects the perception but the complete
behaviour of the individual, how he sees, what he sees, how he
feels and how he responds to a stimulus.
36
l
l
37
+-t s i+n-t i+n-t asa
Vttaya pa catayya kli akli ||5||
The fxed patterns of behaviour of mind (+-|=), can be
categorized into fve types (+=-=) which may or may not lead
to sorrow and pain (i+n=| i+n=| ||5||
Patanjali gives a fve-category +=-= classifcation of
patterns of mind +-|=. He also goes on to state that these
patterns may or May not lead to causes of sorrow i+n=| i+n=|
He does not call them good or bad.
The word Klishta is derived from the verb Klish i+n.|
which means to torment, to hurt, to cause pain. Klishta
means something which causes pain, which leads to pain,
which torments. The prefx A denotes absense; Aklishta thus
means something which does not cause pain, which does not
torment.
The Vrittis either lead to pain or do not lead to pain; there is
no goodness or badness per-se attached to any of the Vrittis.
Vrittis are patterns, which lead to Sarupyam, thereby hiding
the real Seer, and also present a not-real view of the world
to the Seer. It is a natural tendency of the Chitta to record
experiences, as a result to get patterned.
Later Patanjali suggests use of this very tendency to fnd a
way towards removal of the Vrittis and fnally towards liberation,
the ultimate.
Till the time a complete dissolution of all such patterns
takes place, the mind will function in a patterned manner. In
fact, this very nature of the mind of functioning in a patterned
manner is used for the ultimate purpose of attaining liberation.
The patternability and impressionability of the mind is used to
generate and strengthen such Vrittis, patterns, which would
lead one to go through the life as a learning experience, giving
up all of it when the time comes
tti+i++i=:trs asa
PramaViparyayavikalpanidrsmtaya ||6||
Perceived knowledge (+=||), false knowledge (i++==), ideas
about something that is non-existent (i+=-+), (deep) sleep (i=:|)
and recollections of the past (==-=) are the fve fxed patterns
of behaviour of mind ||6||
It will be observed that any of the patterns of thinking and
processes of perception can be classifed in one of the fve
categories given in this Sutra. This categorization covers all
the processes of the mind. The detailed descriptions of the
individual categories are given in the next fve Sutras.
Pramana +=|| and Viparyaya i++== Vritti cover all such
processes where the stimulus for the mind process is external.
Vikalpa i+=-+, Nidra i=:| and Smriti ==i- relate to internal
processes of mind where the stimulus for the process is
internal, including recordings of the past.
38
l
l
39
-:tt=t=tvt ttti= a:a
Pratyaknumngam pramni ||7||
Perception through fve senses (+=-|), inference based on
what one already knows (==|=) and testimony of someone
else (|==|) are the perceived knowledge (+=|||i=) ||7||
The process of Pramana +=|| denotes benchmarking. The
word Pramana +=|| is derived from the root verb Ma =| which
means to measure; the prefx Pra + denotes in a systematic
manner, thoroughly. Pramana thus means benchmark.
The word Pratyaksha +=-| is derived from the word
Aksha -| which means an eye or in general a sense organ.
Pratyaksha +=-| therefore means cognizable by any of the
organs of sense. One compares what one sees, with what one
has seen and recorded earlier, before one comes to conclude
what it is. It is applicable to all the fve senses. The knowledge
so acquired is +=-|.
The word Anumana is derived from the root verb Ma =|
which means to measure; the prefx Anu = denotes following,
according to. Anumana therefore means following a standard.
Thus, when a logical inference; based on what one already
knows is used as a benchmark for the present experience it is
= =|=.
Patanjali separately classifes similar process, when the
knowledge that one uses for such benchmarking is received
from others, including that obtained from scriptures, calling
it |==. It will be worth remembering that experience and
knowledge from any or all these processes could lead to one
of the causes of sorrow +n.| also.
i+t itnt=s:is: asa
Viparyayo mithyj namatadrpapratiham ||8||
Viparyaya (i++==) is illusory (i==|) knowledge (n|==) based
(+i-=) on mistaking a particular form for something completely
diferent (-:+) ||8||
The word Viparyaya is derived from the root verb I : which
means to come, to arrive; attaching prefxes Vi i+ and Pari +i,
Viapari i++| means to come by mistake, to arrive at by mistake,
other than what was intended. Viparyaya therefore means
knowledge by mistake, perverse knowledge. The process of
taking something as it appears to us, the reality being entirely
diferent is i++==.
All of us, experience this process, more often than we
would care to or like to admit. Some realize that it is only an
illusion, and be better for such realization. Most, however, do
not. The best example of Viparyaya is Avidya i+=| the basis
of all +n .|, kleshas. Avidya i+=|, is taking something for what
it is not. Avidya is Viparyaya. This is reiterated once again in
Sadhanapada, giving detailed defnition of Avidya, by giving
examples.
40
l
l
41
-t:nt=t=tst +rs-t-t i++ asa
abdaj nnupt vastunyo vikalpa ||9||
Vikalpa (i+=-+) proceeds (=+|-|) from a verbal (.|:) cognition
(n|=) about something which is does not exist (+=-.|-=) ||9||
The word Anupati is =+|-| is derived from the root verb
Pat +- which means to fall, to move down; the prefx Anu
= indicates order, following, sequence. Pati +|-| means one
that is moving down, falling down. Anupati therefore means
sequentially following, proceeding from something. What does
Vikalpa follow from?
It follows from Shabdajnyan .|:n|=, Verbal cognition. Vastu
+=- means an object. Shunya .|-= means nothing, here means
empty of. Vastushunya means Empty of an object, either a
material object or a non-material object, a thought construct.
Conceptualization and abstraction is vikalpa i+=-+, until it
leads to something concrete. However, this pattern of thinking
also has a capacity to lead towards realization, and not cause
sorrow. In fact, all innovation starts as vikalpa. When Vikalpa
is only taken as an option; and not the only option, the process
does not necessarily lead to cause of sorrow i+n=.
It may be observed that the process of being dissatisfed
with what one is and to start seeking truth; the beginning of the
journey; starts as i+=-+ initially.
-tt+-tnrx=t +i-ti=:t aea
Abhvapratyaylamban vttirnidr ||10||
The fxed pattern of behaviour of mind (+i-|) called deep sleep
(i=:|) is based (|n-==|) upon the non-existence (-||+) of any
experience (+==) ||10||
The word Abhava -||+ is derived from root word Bhu -|
which means to be, to exist; the prefx A denoting absence.
Abhava, therefore, means not happening, non-existence. The
word Pratyaya is derived from verb Pratee +-|, +i-+: which
means to return back from, to follow from something as a
necessary result, response to a specifc object.
Pratyaya +== thus means response of the mind to an
experience. The word Alambana |n-==| is derived from the
root verb Lamb n-=which means to give support, to hang from,
to be attached to. The prefx Aa denotes from, Aalambana
means supported by or supported from. Abhavpratyayalambana
-||++==|n-==| thus means supported from the experience of
non-existence of any response to an experience.
This sutra is for the purpose of diferentiating sleep from
Samadhi. The diference is continuity of awareness. In case of
sleep, one is aware of being asleep, only after the sleep is over
and one is awake. In Samadhi, one is always aware, even aware
of absence of non-existence of a response to an experience, if
such were to take place. In some editions of yoga sutras, the
nidra is described as -=| + i-|, to make the meaning clearer.
42
l
l
43
=-tsi+ttnrtt ris aa
Anubhtaviaysampramoa smti ||11||
Memory (==i-) is previous experiences (=-|-i+|=) from which
nothing has been taken away (=-+=||) ||11||
The word Anubhoota =-|- is derived from the root verb
Bhoo -|which means to exist, to be, to take place, to happen.
Anu = is a prefx which denotes consequence, following.
Anubhoota is something which is consequence of existing,
being; experience of something that has happened.
Vishaya i+|= is derived from the root verb shi i.| which
means to be attentive. The prefx Vi i+ here denotes distinction,
Vishi i+i.| to be attentive to a particular object. Vishaya i+|= thus
means an object of attention, an object of sense, e.g. sound,
touch, form, taste and smell. The word Anubhootvishaya means
experience of all dimensions of an object or incidence.
The word Asampramosha =-+=|| derives from the root
verb Mush =| which means to steal, to take away. In Sanskrit
the word for a Rat is Mushaka =|= one that takes away, steals
things. Asampramosha means something, from which nothing
whatsoever has been taken away, memories as they were
experienced.
Memory of any experience contains two parts, memory
of the perceptions from the mechanisms of perception, the
factual part and the feelings and thought processes created in
the mind during the experience. The second part, which exists
as a result of being attached to the experiences, of not letting
go, is what leads to sorrow.
That attachment causes a patterned response to the
present experience, as a result of recollection of the feelings and
thought processes undergone during the earlier experience.
This leads to one not being in present, not being here and now.
Later, Patanjali talks about purifcation of the memory, removal
of this second part.
-tn+ttt-t si-=ttt aza
Abhysavairgybhy tannirodha ||12||
Dissolution (i=||) of these patterns (--) is achieved by means
of constant practice (-=|=) and detachment (+|=|-=|=) ||12||
The word -=|= is derived from root verb As = which
means to be, to happen, to take place. The prefx Abhi i-|
denotes repeated application, happening again and again.
Abhyasa thus means repeated application, practice until you
become an adept. This practice, however, needs to be done as
devotion, a love afair with the Ishwara, which has been made
clear in the next sutra.
The fxed patterns of thinking can be dissolved by
repeatedly undergoing the experience of free, spontaneous,
non-patterned thinking and behaviour. This experience is very
refreshing, allows one to be creative. Repetition, Abhyasa of
this type alone will not cause the fxed mind patterns to dissolve,
the patterns are held together frmly by our attachment to the
experiences leading to these patterns. Patanjali suggests
development of detachment Vairagya as the second part of
this two component remedy for dissolution of Vrittis.
The word Vairagya +|= is based on root verb Ranj =
which means to colour an object. The prefx Vi i+ denotes
separation, Since it is a natural tendency of the Chitta, the
mind, to get coloured, Viranj i+= thus means lose natural
colour, to cause to be indiferent, to cause to be not attached.
Vairagya thus means absence of worldly desires and appetites,
of this world or the other one. Complete non-attachment.
It is very clear from this sutra that Nirodha i=|| is not
control or suppression. It is also clear that Nirodha can not
be practiced per se, but it happens as a result of not getting
attached to objects and experiences. Detachment leads to
Nirodha and Practice strengthens it. The key is detachment, or
more particularly non-attachment.
To continue with the literal meaning of Vi-ranj, to lose
colour, this will happen when the attachment of the colour to
44
l
l
45
the object is removed. This is what needs to happen for the
Vairagya to happen. Vairagya is the result, not the process.
The process is removal of attachment.
Describing the process is very easy. Putting it into practice
is very difcult. To be attached to something or the other is
one of the natural properties of the Chitta, the mind; along with
functioning in a patterned manner, impressionability, getting
mixed up in conceptualization and abstraction.
Practice of yoga consists of using the natural tendencies
of the Chitta, the mind, in a skillful manner so that the same
tendencies could lead to freedom from those very tendencies,
liberation.
st irtst -=ts-tn asa
Tatra sthitau yatnobhysa ||13||
Abhysa or practice (-=|=) is the efort (=|) to remain in that
(-|) (i==:) Sthiti (i=|-|) ||13||
The word Abhyasa -=|= is derived from the root verb As =
which means to be, to take place; The most applicable meaning
here of the prefx Abhi i-| is one after the other. Abhyasa
therefore means repetition till one achieves adeptness.
The additional condition on the Abhyasa, given in the next
sutra, lest we consider the repetition to be inane practice, is
that it should be out of devotion; One should fall in love with
his Ishwara, the life giving principle that all of us have within
ourselves, which would enable one to continue with the practice
and enjoy the same.
What are we practicing? What is the objective of the
Abhyasa? The word Tatra -| means there or in that. The word
Sthitau i=|-| is derived from the verb Stha =|| which means
to stand at one place, to occupy a place. Sthiti i=|i-, means
standing at one place, occupying a place, Tatrasthitau means
occupying that place, what place- the place of Nirodha-where
the Vrittis have minimized.
The word Yatna == is derived from the root verb Yat =-
which means to make efort, to try, to attempt. Yatna therefore
means efort, attempt. Attempt to stay in that, Nirodha Sthiti is
the Abhyasa intended in this Sutra.
The attachment could be removed in two ways. It is the
basic tendency of the mind to get attached to objects which
generate pleasure. Attachment to an object will go if one
realizes that the pleasure is short-lived, followed by pain.
This approach is detailed in the Sadhanapada, in the form
of the method designated as Pratipakshabhavanam, a what
if analysis. Another way is to fnd something for the mind to
get attached to, which will lead to pleasure of the type which
would not be followed by pain. The various meditative practices
suggested later are aimed in this direction.
46
l
l
47
Another way of looking at this Sutra would make the Sthiti
relate to the state of Vairagya itself. The Abhyasa in that case
will be to practice letting go of the attachments so that the extent
of Vairagya deepens. This letting go of attachments can take
place automatically when the fve Kleshas are removed. All of
them are based on the Avidya wrong perception of reality.
The details of the process of removal of Avidya are given in
the Sadhana Pada of the Sutras in a very comprehensive
manner.
Another way of saying that practice makes a man perfect.
Letting go of the attachment allows one to experience the state
of mind, without patterns. Efort to remain in this state is the
practice.
n s :ttt+tn=t-sn-+tttni+st ::-ti a1a
Sa tu drghaklanairantaryasatkrsevito
dhabhmi ||14||
And that practice (=), when continued (=i+-) uninterrupted
(=--=) with true devotional attitude (==|) for a long (:||) time
(=|n), certainly (-) gets frmly grounded (::-|i=) ||14||
Let us start from the last term Dridhbhumih ::-|i=, ::+-|i=.
The word Dridha is derived from the root verb Drinh :r which
means to make frm, fx, strengthen, to make fast, fasten.
Dridha thus means frm. Bhumi is derived from the root verb
Bhu -| which means to be, to exist. Bhumi means earth, ground,
and the very basis of our existence. Dhridhbhumi means frmly
grounded, attached to the basis of our existence.
Asevitah =i+- is derived from the root verb Sev =+ which
means to follow, to devote or apply ones self to, to cultivate,
Sevita means something to which one is devoted, something
to which ones self is applied.
Satkara ==| is derived from Sat and Kara, Sat means true,
real and Kara is derived from the root verb Kri which means to
act, to do, Kara means done, acted, action, Satkara means
done with true spirit, done with reverence.
Nairantarya =--= is derived from Antar which means
distance, gap. The prefx Nir indicates negative. Nirantar
means without any gap, continuous, Nairantarya means the
quality of being continuous.
Dirghakala :||=|n consists of Dirgha :|| and Kala =|n.
Dirgha is derived from root verb Drih :r which means to grow,
increase. Dirgha means grown, long. Kala means time.
Putting it together, the State of Nirodha becomes frmly
grounded when cultivated with reverence for a long time,
without any breaks.
The main question here is that the fnal result of becoming
frmly grounded, becoming a second nature, what does it apply
to? What does the That = relate to? Does it relate to the
Practice? Does it relate to the Niruddha i==: state of mind;
48
l
l
49
where dissolution of most of the Vrittis, Patterns of mind, Chitta
has taken place?
If the present Sutra is linked to the previous one and the
Basic defnition of Yoga; the answer is the frmly grounded
relates to the state of mind where patterns have dissolved.
The basis of Patanjal Yoga is to use the natural properties
of the mind, which, in the normal course, generate cause of
sorrow and pain, to set us forth on the road to liberation. Here
we try to put to use the property of the mind of being patterned
itself, malleability to set the pattern which will enable Nirodha
of other Vrittis on a continuous basis.
Uninterrupted Practice of letting go of the desires, continued
with sincerity becomes second nature. Following the path of
practice, without interruption is also a pattern of thinking and
behaviour. However, in this case, one is to ensure that this
pattern becomes as irreversible as possible, so that it becomes
rooted in the mind becoming an almost automatic response.
This will lead to and strengthen Nirodha, dissolution of other
patterns. In the end everything is to be given up, however.
: -t= i++i+ti+s tr +-tt+ttnnt +tt asa
Dnuravikaviayavitasya vakrasaj
vairgyam ||15||
Subjugation, achieved through faith and persistence (+.||=|)
of the desirelessness (i+-|==) for objects of experience (i+|=)
perceived through the fve senses (:=) or heard from the
others, including those understood from scriptures, (=i+=) is
known (=n|) as Vairgya or non-attachment (+|==) ||15||
The practice, Abhyasa, takes care of the Vrittis, Patterns
already in place, as a result of old luggage, what about the
luggage yet to be acquired? It is a natural property of the mind,
the Chitta to get attached to objects of experience, one reason
being the objects exist for this very purpose.
They are to provide experience to the Drashtuh := the
Seer. How doe one get out of this catch 22 kind of situation?
Patanjali suggests a way. Getting persuaded is also a property
of the Chitta. At times, the Chitta, the mind does lose interest in
objects of experience. This property is described as Vitrishna
i+-| desirelessness. This could be due to something more
interesting, more attractive, more binding drawing attention of
the Chitta, the mind.
Mind needs to be persuaded to undergo experience of
this type. This is known as Vashikar +.||=| gentle persuasion.
The other context in which this word is used is Vashikar of
the paramour. The word Vashikar is derived from the root verb
Kri j which means to do. Vashi +.|| which means subduing by
charms, derived from root verb Vash +.| meaning to charm, to
enchant; in English the word Vassal, overpowered is derived from
this very root. Vashikar means subdued by persuasive means.
The word Sanjnya =n| is derived from the root verb Jnya
n| which means to know, to understand. The prefx Sam
denotes together, comprehensiveness. Sanjnya would thus
mean to know comprehensively. Sanjnya the noun form would
mean comprehensive knowledge or understanding. Vashikar
Sanjnya would means comprehensive knowledge as to how
50
l
l
51
the subjugation is brought about, how the mastery on the
desirelessness is brought about.
It would not be out of place to indicate a way here to arrive at
this knowledge in an experiential way, as indicated later in the
Sadhana Pada. Vairagya is removal of Raga, the attachment.
The attachment is due to the pleasure or satisfaction that one
experiences from the sense objects or those described in the
scriptures. If one was to experientially realize that the pleasure
was but for a moment followed by pain forever, it would largely
remove the attachment.
What does this Vitrishna, the desirelessness relate to? It
relates to objects of senses which are desired. What objects?
The answer given is Drishtanushravik : =|= i+=, Drishta and
Anusharavik. The word Drishta : = is from the root verb Drish :.|
which means to see, hear, touch, smell and taste, in general to
experience by the senses. Drishta means experienced by senses.
The word Anushravika is derived from the root verb
Shru .| meaning to hear; the prefx Anu = denotes following
something, according to something. The verb Shru also relates
to scriptures. The word Anushravika thus means according to
what is heard, from scriptures. The objects of experience for
which desirelessness is to be cultivated are those experienced
by the senses and also those described in scriptures.
The subjugation of desirelessness should come through
faith and persistence and not by use of force, even on oneself.
The term +.||=| denotes this process of persuasion of the mind.
As stated earlier, the key issue is the practice of detachment.
The objects of desire could be worldly objects or other-worldly,
mentioned in scriptures.
The term |=i+= refers to the scriptures. One reason why
Patanjali was not found acceptable by the high and the mighty,
was his including the letting go of the |=i+= anushravik
objects in the process of Vairagya +|=.
The word Vairagya +|= is based on root verb viranj i+=
which means to lose natural colour, to cause to be indiferent,
to cause to be not attached. Vairagya thus means of absence
of worldly desires and appetites, of this world or the other one.
Complete non-attachment.
s-t =trtsvt+s asa
Tatpara puruakhyterguavaityam ||16||
After this non-attachment is stabilized (-+=), as a consequence
of a complete understanding of the nature of (r=|-) the personal
and life-giving principle in human and other beings (+=|) total
disinterest (+-==) even in the interplay of the basic qualities
of nature, Gu-s, (=|) is generated ||16||
The word Purusha + =| is derived from root verb Pur + which
means to lead, to go before. Purusha thus means the Ancient
having existed from eternity. It is also called Purusha because
it reposes in the body, Pure shayanat + .|==|- ; or because it is
purana, ancient, having existed from eternity). The word means
The personal and life giving principle in every human being.
Purusha is not afected by anything whatsoever. Had it not
been so all of would have gone berserk within a short time of
our understanding the world around.
The root verb Khya r=| means to be known in detail. The
term Khyati, in + =|r=|- , understanding of the Purusha goes
beyond understanding. It denotes an experiential understanding
and awareness of the nature of the life giving principle within,
experienced and felt as such. This understanding is totally diferent
from what one would have on hearing about it or reading about it.
r=|i- also denotes a continuous awareness. Once achieved,
it does not let you go. If and when such awareness happens,
one loses interest even in the interplay of Gunas.
The relation between the understanding of Purusha and
non-attachment is very strong. Even a little bit of understanding
of the concept of an unchangeable core within all of us, the basic
component of the personality, which is not afected by anything;
which stands completely separate from the operations of the
mind, the fve mechanisms of perception and fve mechanisms
of action; enables everyone to be a bit detached from the world
experience.
One can only imagine what would be the level of non-
attachment, if one were to get the full experience of the Seer
within.
52
l
l
53
i+s+i+ttt=-:tirst=t=vt-nrntsa:a
Vitarkavicrnandsmitrpnugamtsamprajta||17||
Thereafter, Sampraj ta, the state of perfection in the knowledge
and understanding (=-+n|-) is achieved by undergoing
processes of (===|-) Vitarka, the consideration of probabilities
or alternatives by conceptualization (i+-=), Vicra, the exercise
of judgment or reason, discrimination, and focused thinking
(i+=|), experiencing nand , bliss (|=-:), and Asmit, simple
sense of existence alone (i==-|) ||17||
The description in this Sutra applies when the Vairagya has
been mastered, and Vrittis have been dissolved. The process
describes the acquisition of knowledge of an object, how the
Chitta perceives and object when the mental constructs, the
Vrittis do not exist, No Pratyaksha, in the limited sense as
is was described earlier, no Anumana, relating the present
experience to a past one and coming to inferences, no Agama,
evaluating the present experience with what the others have
described, No Viparyaya, misidentifcation, No Nidra, one is
perfectly alert to the present and no impact of the Smritis, the
memories of the past on the present experience.
The present is experiences as it is, here and now. Patanjali,
in this Sutra describes how the present experience, as it is
taken in, and what is the result.
Let us start with the last term in this long word, Samprajnyat
=-+n|-. It is derived from the root verb Jnya n| which means
to know, in fact know has Jnya as the root. The prefx Pra +
denotes intenseness, Prajnya +n| means to know thoroughly.
The prefx Sam == denotes comprehensiveness. Samprajnya
=+n| means to know thoroughly and comprehensively. The
result is Samprajnyata which means totally comprehensive
knowledge, gnosis. How does one get to that? The answer is
given in the frst fve terms in the longish word.
Let us take one word at a time. Vitarka i+-= is derived from
the verb Tark -= which means to conjecture, guess, suspect,
make a guess, infer. The prefx Vi denotes distinction. Vitarka
thus means a distinct conjecture, or reasoning. The frst
process in perceiving an object starts with Vitarka, cogitation
about the object.
The next process is Vichara i+=|, derived from the root
verb Char = which means to move ones self, to be engaged
in, occupied with. Vichara i+=| thus means distinctly occupied
with, engaged in something, independent thinking about the
object as it is perceived is the next step.
The next step Ananda |=-: is derived from the root verb
Nand =-:which means to be pleased or satisfed with, to be
happy with. The prefx Aa | denoted from. Ananda is something
that one gets by being happy, happy as a result of Vitarka and
Vichara about the object.
Asmita i==-| is derived from Asmi which means I am in
Sanskrit. Asmita means a simple sense of I-ness, existence;
the Chitta accepts the existence of the object, as a result of the
earlier three processes.
Rupa =+ is derived from the root verb =+ which means to
form, to assume shape. As a result of these four processes the
Rupa, the form, the shape of the object is defned in the Chitta,
and the process of perception of the object by the Chitta is
complete
In the ordinary state of mind, the processes of Vitarka
and Vichara described above, leads to confusion and chaos
since the mind is following a patterned behaviour. Everyone
would have experienced sleepless nights when the thinking
just does not stop. However, when the patterning is dissolved,
partially or completely, the mind is clear and not-attached, the
same processes Vitarka, the consideration of probabilities or
alternatives by conceptualization and Vicra, the exercise of
judgment or reason, discrimination will lead to perfection in
knowledge. This is also experienced by all of us, at least on a
few occasions.
The organic aspect of all human related processes needs
to be kept in mind, however. This simply means that they are
not switch-on switch-of situations. The change that takes place
in any organic process, say a tree growing, a person achieving
the state of Nirodha, is gradual.
54
l
l
55
Initially there will be confusion. On further freeing of the
patterned mind, further stability in the non-attachment, the
confusion will be less and less. It has to be noted that in none
of the processes described here, and other places in the yoga
sutras, the mind is not ever rendered numb; on the contrary,
the processes lead to state of highest alertness.
Again the key is detachment. The patterned mind does
not allow us to experience moments of pure joy, bliss without
being dragged by the past. The I-am-ness comes as ego and
a sense of possessing rather than simply being what one is,
as a result of the patterned mind. The deeper is the Nirodha,
removal of the patterns and impressions as a result of non-
attachment, the clearer the mind becomes, more spontaneous,
more open.
i+tt-t-tn+ nr+tt-ttts- asa
Virmapratyaybhysaprva saskraeonya ||18||
Thereafter, the practice (-=|=) of stopping (i+|=) all the
experiencing by the mind (+==), leads to(++) the other state of
perfection in the knowledge and understanding, (-=) where
the mind contains nothing but a residue alone (.||) of latent
activating impressions (===|) ||18||
Let us start from the frst term Virampratyayabhyasapurvah
i+|=+==|-=|=++, i+|=+ +==+ -=|=+ ++. The word Viram is
derived from root verb Ram = which means to stop, to stay, to
rest, repose, remain quiet. The prefx Vi denotes distinction.
The only way to confrm that one perceives the present
object alone or not is to remove the object, and to verify
whether one perceives nothing at all. In this Sutra Patanjali
has asked us to do exactly that. The result is no, one still
perceives something; one perceives latent impressions of the
past experiences, which continue to afect the present. Let us
go to the Sutra.
Viram i+|= means coming to a stop or repose in a distinct
manner. The word Pratyaya is derived from verb Pratee +-|
which means to return back from, to follow from something
as a necessary result, response to a specifc object. Pratyaya
thus means response of an experience. Virampratyaya means
all the experienceing of objects by the mind coming to a halt.
The word Abhyasa -=|= is derived from the root verb As =
which means to be, to take place; The most applicable meaning
here of the prefx Abhi i-| is one after the other. Abhyasa
therefore means repetition till one achieves adeptness.
Purvah ++, means preceded by the action which appears
before Purvah in a word. What happens when Virampratyaya
is achieved?
The last term is Samskarasheshoanyah ===|.|||.-=, ===|
+ .||+ -= Let us start with the frst term Samskara. This is the
frst time this word has been used in the Sutras; it is used many
a times later. The Word Samskara ===| is derived from the root
56
l
l
57
verb Kri j which means to act, to do, to perform. The prefx Sam
== denotes coming together, collecting together, completeness,
perfection. The letter S = been added to distinguish between
==j and =j, which have diferent meanings. Samskara thus
means collected recordings of past actions and thoughts, of
whatever one felt, in the Chitta, the mind.
The Samskara is diferent format of storage from the
Smriti ==i-, memory mentioned earlier which is exact recording
of the past experience, from which nothing has been taken
out. Samskara is the impression created in the mind of the
experience. The simile that is suggested is that of a photograph
of a face and a line caricature of the same face, while the photo
has all the details, the caricature with least details makes the
observer to identify the face.
Samskara is like the line caricature, they activate the Chitta
in a similar manner. In other words Samskara is a mental
construct. The attachment to objects, in this case thought
objects inside the Chitta and the objects themselves, are the
raw material for these constructs. We will come across he
details of these objects later in Sadhanapada and more in
Kaivalya Pada.
The next term in the word is Sheshah .||, which is derived
from the root verb Shish i.|| which means to distinguish
from others, to leave a residue, Shesha means remaining,
remainder, residue or balance after something has been
removed or separated. The next term is Anyah -=, which
means other, diferent. When it appears at the end of a term
it means other than, diferent from, opposed to what has been
described earlier.
Putting it together; on achieving adeptness in all the
experiencing of objects by the mind coming to a halt as result
of repeated practice of such stoppage of present experience;
a state other than the previously described Samprajnyat is
reached, in which the Chitta, the mind contains nothing but the
impressions of the past experiences.
The next step, after the mind is freed from patterning, is to
bring to a complete halt all the experiencing by the mind, being
afected by Pratyaya, response to internal or external stimuli.
Viram i+|= means come to rest after an activity, to stop. Here
again the stoppage is not envisaged to be by brute force. It
would be more like a ball rolling on a fat surface coming to a
halt by itself.
It would be still better if the process of removal of patterning,
bringing all experiencing to a halt itself were to become
enjoyable. When all the patterned behaviour of the mind is
eliminated and all the experiencing stops, only the impressions
of the past remain active in the mind. Mind is fully alert, the
analytical apparatus is active, may be far more active than it
was ever before, as there are no distractions. This would be
Ideal state to achieve perfect knowledge and to go beyond.
58
l
l
59
-t+-t i+:rjisnt=t asa
Bhavapratyayo videhapraktilaynm ||19||
In the case of those who have completely given up attachment
to their bodies (i+:r) and the or those who are lost themselves
in the primeval constituent principle (+ji-n=|=|=) the other state
of perfection in the knowledge and understanding, is caused
the any experiencing by their mind (+==) of their very existence
alone (-|+) ||19||
Let us start with the last word Videhaprakritilayanam
i+:r+ji-n=|=|=, i+:r + +ji-n=|=|=. Videha is derived from the
root verb Dih i:r which means to anoint, smear, plaster, spread
over. Deha means the body because it envelopes the soul.
Prefx Vi to a noun denotes without. Videha means without
body, bodiless,or incorporeal.
Prakriti +ji- is word used in the Sutras only on two
occasions, here and in Kaivalyapada Sutra 4.2 Let us try
to see what it means . It is derived from the root verb Kri j
which means to do, Kriti means something which has been
done, which has been created. In fact the English verb create
has the same root. The prefx Pra denotes before or forward,
primacy. Prakriti +ji- means the original or natural form of
anything, natural condition or state, original, primary substance
as opposed to Vikriti, change, modifcation, anything derived or
secondary.
Laya is derived from the root verb Li n| which means to
melt or to dissolve; Laya means melting away, dissolution,
absorption, extinction, disappearing, vanishing. Prakritilaya
means those who are completely absorbed, dissolved in the
primeval constituent principle.
Let us see the frst term Bhavpratayayah -|++==. Bhav -|+ is
derived from the root verb Bhu -| which means to be or to exist.
Bhav means worldly existence. The word Pratyaya is derived
from verb Pratee +-| which means to return back from, to follow
from something as a necessary result, response to a specifc
object. Pratyaya thus means response of an experience.
Patanjali is talking about two kinds of natural Yogin, who
by their very existence and any experiencing of the world go
into the other kind of Samprajnyat =+n|- state and remain there
forever. The road for them stops there, unless they are born
again as progenies of man.
60
l
l
61
zt+trisntitnt++ rsttt azea
raddhvryasmtisamdhiprajprvaka
itarem||20||
However, in the case of all others the other state of perfection
in the knowledge and understanding, is achieved (:-||=),
following (++=) the path of faith born out of experience (,|),
eforts with full vigor (+|=), recollection (==i-) of true knowledge
(+n|) born in full concentration (==|i|) (||20||
The last term is Itaresham :-||=, which means others,
other than the Videhas and the Prakritilayas, that is all of us.
The way out for the people like us is described in the frst term
of the Sutra. Let us go deep into that.
This possibly is the most encouraging of the sutras, that
says, for the ordinary man there is hope, hope of achieving the
state of perfect knowledge =+n|- and going beyond, provided
he understands and follows the processes indicated in the
Yoga sutras. It will be seen that enough number of optional
paths are available and Patanjali has always stated the option
by indicating is as va +|, meaning or.
Since this state is the beginning of the further stages
leading upto Kaivalya =+-=, absolute freedom; Let us not give
up hope, let us try and we will reach there or it will reach us.
What all is required is given in he frst term which reads
Shraddhaviryasmritisamadhiprajnyapurvak ,|+|===i-==|i|+n|
++=, Let us list the qualities which will take us there. Shraddha
,|, is derived from root verb Dha || which means to hold.
Shrat - is a prefx which means faith, trust. Shraddha ,
| thus means held as true as a result of trust. Veerya +|= is
derived from the root verb Veer +| which means to be powerful
or valiant; to make heroic efort, Veerya means tendency to
make heroic eforts. Smriti ==i- is derived from root verb Smri
== which means to remember. Smriti means memory, ability to
remember.
The term Samadhi ==|i|; appears here for the frst time in
the body of the Sutras. Samadhi is derived from the root verb
Dha || which means to hold, to fx upon, direct towards to fx
or direct the mind. The prefx Aa | denotes from all sides. The
frst prefx Sam denotes coming together, collecting together,
completeness, perfection.
Samadhi thus means, by use of simple grammar, perfectly
holding the Chitta together into the one object, Chitta perfectly
merging with the object. The experience in the State of Samadhi
provides the wherewithal in achieving the state of Superior
Knowledge.
Prajnya +n| we have come across before, it means superior
knowledge, totally comprehensive knowledge, gnosis, obtained
in the state of Samadhi.
Patanjali assures that using these fve factors, one can
achieve the state other than and beyond the Samprajnyata.
62
l
l
63
st+n+vt=ttn-= aza
Tvrasavegnmsanna ||21||
It is quickly reached (|=-=) by those who have an intense (-|+)
desire accompanied by intensity of eforts (=+=|=|=) ||21||
Teevra -|+, means intense, strong or severe. Samvega =+=
is derived from the root verb Vij i+= which, when applied to
mind means to separate, divide; to separate by the reason,
distinguish, discriminate, judge. The prefx Sam denotes coming
together, increase in intensity. Veg += is noun form which
means energy, activity, force, power, strength, determination,
and promptitude.
Samvega =+= thus means intense determination and
activity. Teevrasamveganam thus means for those who are
acting with intense determination, strength and activity. What
do they get? The state described earlier is Asannah |=-= for
them. Asannah is derived for root verb Sad =: which means to
sit. The prefx Aa | denotes towards, nearness. Asannah thus
means near, close at hand, proximate. For those the state of
Samadhi is close at hand.
The stronger is the urge, accompanied by intense eforts;
the state of perfect knowledge is nearer. =+= Samvega indicates
both the will and eforts.
:tittt-+t-tstsi i+-tt azza
Mdumadhydhimtratvttatopi viea ||22||
The end results are diferentiated (i+.||) as a result of (--) the
intensity of eforts which could be (i+) weak (=:), moderate
(==) and excessive (i|=||+|-), ||22||
Here we have a threefold classifcation of the intensity of
the eforts, indicated by the extension Tva +, when combined
with an adjective, indicates that quality. Mridu =: is derived
from the root verb Mrid =: which means to squeeze, to grind
or to reduce to powder. Mridu is something which can easily
be squeezed, ground, tender, soft, weak. Mridutva means
gentleness, tenderness. As applied to Samvega, it means low
level of eforts.
Madhya == means middle. Madhyatva ==+ means
medium level of eforts. Adhimatra is derived from the root
verb Ma =| which means to measure. Matra means measure.
The prefx Adhi denotes overadequateness. Adhimatra means
more than adequate.
What happens when the level of eforts difer? The results
are Vishesha i+.||. Vishesha is derived from the root verb
Shish i.|| which means to distinguish from others, to leave a
residue. The prefx Vi denotes distinction. Vishesha means
distinctly diferent.The results are distinctly diferent.
The level of achievement will depend on the intensity of
the eforts. If there is no progress, one should check about this
aspect; one can not expect miracles, if one has not tried really
hard for them.
In the following sutras Shri Patanjali gives practices for
removal of the old patterns of behaviour of the mind Nirodha,
i=|| and also bringing the experiencing to a halt, virama-
pratyaya-abhyasa i+|=+==|-=|=:
64
l
l
65
r-+tittt=tzt azsa
varapraidhndv ||23||
Or else (+|) through total surrender and profound dedication
(+i|||=|-) to the highest self, highest self (:.+) ||23||
Let us start with Ishsvara :.+. Ishvara is derived from the
root Ish :.| which means to own, possess; to belong to; to
dispose of, be valid or powerful, to be master of. Ish the noun
form means master, lord, the supreme spirit. The sufx Var +
which denotes the best, senior most, Ishvara thus means the
supreme lord of everything.
The concept of Ishwara :.+ as envisaged by Patanjali
is diferent from the common concept of God. The word
Pranidhana +i|||= literally means to place something near to.
Ishwarpranidhan :.++i|||= literally means placing oneself as
close as possible to the Ishwara, submitting oneself completely
to Ishwara. If the Ishwara is what is defned by Patanjali, this is
the most easy action, or most difcult. One has to decide.
To avoid confusion leading to massive queues outside
places of worship, and to clarify, the concept of Ishwara is
detailed in the next few sutras by Patanjali
+n-t+i+t+t-tttt- =ti+-tt r-+t az1a
Kleakarmavipkayairaparma puruaviea
vara ||24||
var(:.+) is a Purua, the personal and life-giving principle
in human and other beings, self(+=|), having distinguishing
qualities (i+.||) , who is not even touched (+|==) by causes of
sorrow-- (+n .|), consequences of actions (== ), fruits of the actions
(i++|=) or the resulting residual impressions (|.|=) ||24||
Ishavara we have seen in the last Sutra. Who is he? The
frst description is Purushavishesha +=|i+.||. What is Purusha?
The word Purusha +=| is derived from root verb Pur which
means to lead, to go before. Purusha Thus means Ancient
having existed from eternity. It is also called Purusha because
it reposes in the body, Pure shayanat + .|==|-; or because it is
purana, ancient, having existed from eternity.
The word means The personal and life giving principle
in every human being. Purusha is not changed by anything
whatsoever. Had it not been so, all of would have gone berserk
within a short time of our understanding the world around.
Vishesha i+.| | means distinctly diferent. Ishavara is a distinctly
diferent Purusha. The Purusha that is within all of us gets
tainted as a result of the various Vrittis of the Chitta.
Ishvara is distinctly diferent. How diferent? It is given
in the frst word of the sutra. He is diferent because he is
Aparamrishta +|== by the qualities quoted before in the
word. Aparamrishta is derived from the root verb Mrish =| which
means to bear, endure, or sufer. The prefx Para denotes away
or of. Paramrish means to take hold of, grasp, clutch, seize.
Paramrishta means touched, handled, clutched. The prefx A
denotes total absence, Abhava. Aparamrishta +|== thus
means someone who is not at all touched by something.
What is the Ishvara not even touched by, is given in the
frst part of the word group. It starts with Klesha +n.|. The word
is derived the root verb Klish i+n.| which means to torment, to
cause pain. Klesha means caused pain, torment, or afiction.
66
l
l
67
The point to be noted here is caused pain and not pain per-se.
Klesha refers to the mental torment, pain, afiction caused by
something recorded earlier in the mind.
The next term is Karma ==. The word is derived from root
verb Kri j which means to do, to perform or to cause. Karma is
completed action. As regards the Chitta, the mind, Karma is the
recording of completed actions in the mind. These recordings
link the past actions with the present action and actions yet to
take place in the time yet to come.
The next item is Vipaka i++|=. Vipaka is derived from root
verb Pach += which means to cook or to ripen. The prefx Vi
denoted completeness. Vipaka thus means reaching maturity,
ready for harvest. What harvest are we talking about? Harvest
of residues of actions done in the past carried deep inside the
mind, generated in the past as a result of attachment to objects
of senses and held there by the same mechanism, attachment,
Avidya, wrong notion about reality. Harvest means these
become operative in the present.
The word Ashaya |.|= is derived from the root verb Shi .||
which means to rest or sleep. The prefx Aa | denotes from,
where. Ashaya thus means the resting place, storing space, a
receptacle. Karmashaya means the contents of the receptacle
for recording of completed actions in the mind. These recordings
link the past actions with the present action and actions yet to
take place in the time yet to come.
Patanjalis defnition of Ishwara A special version of the life
giving principle available in every human being. The specialty
being, his not even being touched by the causes of sorrow and
consequences of action, the fruits and the residual impressions.
It will be seen that what He is not even touched by, is the luggage
that we carry; the longer we live, the heavier is the luggage.
He is what every Yogin, rather everyone, would like to be,
thereby providing an ideal, a model, for shedding the baggage
completely. What is the commonality between sorrow +n .|, long
term efects of action == i++|=, and residues of action in the past
==| .|= attachment? Giving up attachment, therefore, enables
one to shed the baggage of the past and worries for the future.
This enables one to be always in present, near the Ishwara.
st i=tis-t n+nxt* azsa
Tatra niratiaya sarvajabjam ||25||
The origin (=|==) of the Omniscient, all pervasive knowledge
(=+n) which cannot be exceeded or surpassed (i=i-.|=) resides
in this Purusha-vishesha, Ishwara (-|), ||25||
After describing what the Ishwara does not possess,
Patanjali describes what he possesses in super-abundance.
Let us start with the last word Sarvajnyabeejam =+n=|==.
Sarvanjya is derived from the root verb Jnya n| which means to
know. The adjective Sarva is derived from root verb Sri = which
means to pervade. Sarva means something which pervades
everything, all, all inclusive.
Sarvanjya means knowledge that pervades all, He is
the ultimate source of all the knowledge. Beejam =|==, seed
indicates the knowledge as it exists now and what will be
available till eternity. All of that resides in the Ishwara. The seed
=|== also indicates potentialities, like the banyan tree available
in the tiniest of all seeds, in addition to the present.
The preceding term is Niratishayam i=i-.|==. Niratishayam
is derived from root Shi .|| which means to rest or sleep. The
prefx Ati i- denotes excess. Atishi means to exceed, to
surpass. The prefx Nir denotes not. Niratishayam thus means
not surpassed by anything, unsurpassed.
In Ishvara resides all pervading knowledge and the
potentialities of all pervading knowledge yet to manifest, forever
not surpassed by anybody.
68
l
l
69
n +tti v= +tn=t=+o:ts azsa
Sa Prvemapi guru klennavacchedt ||26||
As this Purusha-Vishesha, Ishwara is not determined or limited
(=+=:|-) by Time (=|n=), naturally he is the Teacher (==) of
even (i+) earliest of the former teachers (++||=), ||26||
Some more qualities of the concept of Ishvara are given in
this Sutra. Let us start with the last word, Kalenanavcchedat
=|n=|=+=:|- =|n=+ =+=:|-. Kala =|n is derived from root verb
Kal =|n which means to reckon, to calculate or to count. Kala
=|n means point of time, a space of time.
Anavcchedat is derived from root verb Cchid i=: which
means to cut, to divide or to separate. The prefx Ava +, A
denotes downwards. Avacchid means cut completely. The
prefx An = denotes not Anavacched means not cut, not at
all separated, continuous. Kalenaanvacchedat thus means
not separated by a fxed point in time, continuous, without
beginning, middle and end. What is the signifcance of such a
quality?
Purvesham Api Guruh ++||=i+ == Purvesham ++||=
means of those who existed earlier. He is the ultimate and
beginningless guide of all Yogins of all times. The word Guru
comes from the root verb Gur = which means to lift up.
You and I are bound by time. The Ishwara, according to
Patanjali, is neither bound nor limited by time. He is the ultimate
and beginningless guide of all Yogins of all times. The word
Guru comes from the root verb Gur = which means to lift up.
He is simply someone who causes the lift-up, has been and will
for ever for any individual who seeks such help.
sr +t+ t+ az:a
Tasya vcaka praava ||27||
His (-==) vocal expression (+|==) is Prava or sound of O
(+|+) ||27||
How does one seek such a help? One seeks help by calling
up for the same. How does one do that? One does that in the
same manner as one does to call anyone else. Call Him by his
name, vocal representation.
The word vachak +|== is derived from root verb vach +=
meaning to speak or to utter or to vocalise. The English vocal
is descendent from the same root. One thing that has to be
kept in mind is the use of the word Vachak, the intention is
vocalisation, meaning creating sound, not thinking alone.
Mental recitation, to my mind, is not the intension, not in this
Sutra.
Pranava +|+ is derived from root verb pra+nu +-= which
mean to make a reverberating sound, to utter the sacred syllable
. Correctly pronounced, is a very highly reverberating
sound. Sages have written extensively about the Pranava,
Personal experience is that it is the most powerful vehicle
for the journey towards Dharana, Dhyana, Samadhi and
beyond, till liberation.
70
l
l
71
s-*rs:t-tt+= azsa
Tajjapastadarthabhvanam ||28||
The vocalisation (=+) of that (O) (--) leads to the contemplation
and understanding (-||+==) of its (--) meaning (|) ||28||
Let us start with Japa =+. The word is derived from the
root verb Jap =+ which means to utter, to utter repeatedly. The
word Artha | is derived from the root verb Artha | which
means to strive to obtain, the noun form means purpose,
motive. Bhavanam -||+== is derived from the root verb Bhu -|
which means to be, to become. Bhavanam means causing to
be, causing, causing to manifest.
Putting it together the uttering of the sound of causes the
purpose of to manifest itself. It does, just try it.
Correctly vocalising the sound of Pranava, leads to deep
contemplation on its meaning. Absense of and = in the sutra
indicates that vocalization itself leads to deeper understanding
of the meaning. As the time goes by layers and layers of
meaning unfold. As it happens, the mind gets more and more
involved in this experience, the other thoughts vanish one by
one as if by magic.
The most efective way of vocalisation of Pranava is to
synchronise one vocalisation with one exhalation. The sound
starts with which should merge with =, which can be done
by relaxing the tongue and partly closing the lips. This should
merge with the =, which can be done by slowly closing the lips
so that the sound becomes completely nasal. The complete
pronunciation should synchronise with one exhalation. Yoga
Vasistha considers this to be the best of the Pranayamas.
The correct vocalization will set up reverberations
throughout the body. Enjoy it, forget everything else
ss -+s=titvts--sttt-tt+- azsa
Tata pratyakcetandhigamopyantarybhvaca ||29||
As a result (--) the process of thoughts turning inwards (+=+=-=|),
towards ones own true Self is initiated (+=+=-=|) and (=) also
(i+) all the obstacles (--|=) are removed (-||+) ||29||
What happens by correctly reciting uttering of ? Pratyak-
chetanadhigamah +=+=-=|i|==, +== + =-=| + i|==, happens.
The word Pratyak is derived from the root verb Anch = which
means to bend, to turn towards. The prefx Prati +i- denotes
opposite direction. Pratyak thus means turned towards, directed
towards, or proceeding to be turned inwards.
Chetana =-=| is derived from root verb Chit i=- which
means to perceive, fx the mind upon. Chetana means the
state or condition of an observing and conscious being,
consciousness.
Adhigamah i|== is derived from the root verb Gam ==
which means to go, to move. The prefx Adhi i| denotes
nearness, two objects placed near to each other. Adhigamah
means going back towards.
As a result of the mind getting focused on the meaning
of the Pranava, the focus of thought process shifts within.
Pratyacchetana +=+=-=| goes way beyond introspection. As
this happens, Mind becomes steady, stable, like surface of a
lake on a windless night. Thinking process is clarifed.
Let us see the last part of the word Antarayabhava --|=|-||+,
--|=+ -||+. Antaraya is derived from verb Antari --i which
means to stand in any ones way, to separate; to exclude from.
Antaraya means intervention, obstacle or impediment. Abhava
-||+ derived from the root verb Bhu -| which means to be or to
exist, the prefx denotes absence, Abhava means not being,
non-existence.
Another result of the recitation of the sound of Pranava,
again from personal experience, is that the obstacles, not only
in the path towards yoga, but obstacles in general, just vanish
one bye one.
72
l
l
73
titr-t=n-tt:tnrti+tis-tti-s:-t=tnt-ti+-+t=+irts.
-+ti= i-ti+:ttrss-sttt asea
Vydhistynasaayapramdlasyviratibhr
ntidaranlabdhabhmikatvnavasthitatvni
cittavikepstentary ||30||
These (-) are the obstacles (--|=|) which are removed as
a result of the above practice 1 Sickness (=|i|), 2 mental
inefciency (==|=), 3 doubt (=.|=), 4 negligence (+=|:), 5 idleness
(|n==), 6 non-abstention (i+i-), 7 erroneous perception
(-||i--:.|=), 8 the state of not attaining (n|) to any yogic
stage (-|i==+) (and) 9 unsteadiness (=+i=|-+|i=), caused by
confusion and disturbances in the mind (i=-|i+-|+|) ||30||
Here Patanjali makes the most relevant observation regarding
the efects of a disturbed mind on a person, on the mental
wellbeing as also the physical wellbeing. All the diseases are
due to disturbances of the mind i=-|i+-| +| Chittavikshepa, when
the mind is clear, the body-mind complex that we are gets better.
Let us see Patanjali describe the diferent categories of
unwellness.
It starts with Vyadhi =|i|, it is derived from root Vyadh =|
which means to tear, hurt, wound, to cause disease. Vyadhi is
disease, wound, hurt in a physical sense.
The second category of unwellness is Styan ==|=, derived
from root verb Styai == which means to be collected into a
heap or mass. Styan thus means idleness, grossness or sloth,
mental or physical.
The next one is Samshaya =.|=, derived from root verb
Samshi =.|| which means to waver, be uncertain or irresolute
or doubtful. Samshaya thus means uncertainty, irresolution,
doubt, scruple, misgiving, or suspicion.
The next one is Pramada + =|:, derived from verb Pramad + =:
which means to neglect duty for, idle away time. Pramada thus
means drunkenness, intoxication; madness, insanity, distraction,
confusion; negligence, inattention, carelessness or inadvertence.
The next one is Alasya |n==, it is derived from root verb
Las n= which means to play, sport, move about rapidly, dance,
jump, skip about. The prefx A denotes absence or opposite.
Alas means to be inactive, without energy, lazy, idle, indolent,
tired, or faint. Alasya means the quality of being inactive,
without energy, lazy, idle, indolent, tired, or faint.
Avirati i+i- is derived from verb Viram i+= which means
to stop, pause, end, come to an end. The prefx A denotes
absence or the opposite. Thus Avirati means the quality of
not being able to stop, pause, end, come to an end, not being
satisfed.
The next one is Bhrantidarshan -||i--:.|=, -||i--+:.|=. The
word Bhranti is derived from the root verb Bhram -|= which
means to go astray, stray, deviate (from rectitude), err, be in
error or mistake, be perplexed, be foolish or ignorant; to move
to and fro, move unsteadily. Bhranti means the quality of being
in Bhrama, confusion, perplexity, delirium. Dharshan :.|= is
derived from root verb Drish :.| which means to see, Dharshan
mean seeing, perceiving, perception; Bhrantidarshan thus
means confused perception.
The next one is Alabdhabumikatva n|-|i==+, n|+-|i==+
Alabdha is from the root Labh n-| which means to get, to obtain
or to achieve. Prefx A denote opposite or absence, Alabdha
thus means not obtained, not achieved. Bhumikatva is derived
from root verb Bhu -| which means to be, exist. Bhumi means
step, stage, and ground. Alabdhabumiktva means the quality
of not achieving anything.
The last one is Anavasthitatva =+i=|-+, which is derived
from root verb Stha =|| which means stand at one place.
Anavsthitatva means the quality of not being able to stay at
one place, unstableness.
I think Patanjali has listed anything and everything that can
go wrong with a human being, physically and mentally.
He further states that all of these are Chittavikshepah
i=-|i+-|+|, i=-|+i+-|+|, Chitta is the mind. Vikshepa is derived
from the verb i+i-|+ which means to throw here and there,
to be disturbed. Chittavikshepa means disturbances in the
mind.I have no hesitation to read this sutra as a continuation
74
l
l
75
of the previous sutras, relating to the efects of vocalization of
Pranava. The previous sutra says obstacles go away i+-|+| -
-|=|, this sutra gives details of what obstacles go away by
correct recitation of .
:rt:t=rtv*-+-+tn-+tnt i+:tnr-t+ asa
Dukhadaurmanasygamejayatvavsapravs
vikepasahabhuva ||31||
Pain (: r|), feeling of wretchedness and miserableness (:| ====),
shakiness or trembling of the body (=====+), disturbed
inhalation and exhalation (.+|=+.+|=|) coexist with (=r-|+) the
confusion and disturbances (in the mind) (i+-|+) ||31||
This Sutra gives the visible and obvious symptoms of
the disturbances in mind and body. It starts with Dukkha :r|,
which means pain. Daurmanasya :|==== is derived from the
verb Man == which means to conceive, imagine. The prefx
Dur : denotes not well, bad. Daurmanasya means tendency
of imagining bad happenings, wretchedness.
The next symptom is Angamejayatva =====+, ===+)==+.
Angam is part of the body. Ejayatva is derived from the root
verb Ej )= which means to move, tremble. Angamejayatva
means trembling of the body parts.
The next one Shwasprashwasa .+|=+.+|=| is derived
from the root verb Shwas .+= which means to breath in,
Shwasaprashwasa means short breaths, disturbed breathing.
The obvious symptoms of the bad efects of the disturbances
in the mind are described in a most comprehensive manner.
Patanjali further goes on to state that these symptoms
coexist =r-|+ with the disturbances in the mind, described as
Chittavikshepa..
76
l
l
77
s-istttt+s-+t-tn asza
Tatpratiedhrthamekatattvbhysa ||32||
The above practice (-=|=) of a single ()=) principle (-+) is
recommended for (|=) stopping (+i-||) those (--), confusions
and disturbances in the mind ||32||
The word Pratishedha is derived from root verb Sidh
i=| which means to achieve. The prefx Prati denotes
opposite Pratisidh means to stop, to halt, to remove efects of.
Pratishedha is noun form, which means stoppage, halt, and
removal of efects.
The next term is Ekatattva )=--+, )=+--+. Eka )= means
one. Tattva --+ is derived from tat -- which means that, Tattva
literally means thatness. Ekatattva means one thatness, refers
to Ishvara. Only one thatness that we have come across so
far is Pranava. Patanjali is suggesting Abhyasa, repeated
practice of Pranava for removal of all the above Vikshepas,
disturbances.
Patanjali recommends unwavering focus on one practice,
to bring mind to a standstill. One can not say I would follow
one method in the morning and another one in the evening.
Change them on weekly basis. No. One simple method,
recitation of Pranava has just been mentioned. Whatever may
be the practice followed, one has to stick to one practice.
Another interpretation is that the previous sutras 23 to 32
constitute one highway to Dhyana, Samapatti, and Samadhi
and further. If this is the case then one practice refers to the
vocalization of Pranava. I have experienced this, not the whole
hog but some of it. I am quite confdent that this practice will
take us there.
tt+=tti:st:tttt nrt:rtti+tttt
-tt+=tsi--tnt:= assa
Maitrkarumuditopek
sukhadukhapuypuyaviay
bhvantacittaprasdanam ||33||
Tranquility and calmness (+=|:==) of mind (i=-|) is achieved by
cultivating (-||+=|-) disposition of friendship (=||), compassion
(==||), sharing of joy (=i:-|) or indiference (=+-||||) regarding
the objects of experience (i+|=|||) which show happiness (=r|),
sufering pain or distress (:r|), virtuousness (+=) (or) impurity
(+=), respectively ||33||
Let us start with the last word of the Sutra, which is the
operative portion. It says Bhavanataschittaprasadanam -||+=|-
-i.=-|+=|:==, -||+=|-+ i=-|+ +=|:==. Let us start with Bhavanatah,
the term is derived from the root verb Bhu -| which means to
be or to exist, Bhavana -||+=| is the causative noun of Bhu, it
means causing to exist, cultivating. The sufx Tah - denotes
from. Bhavanatah means from or as result of cultivating.
What happens? Chittaprasadanam i=-|+=|:== is the answer.
Chitta means the mind. Prasadanam is derived from the root
verb Sad =: which means to settle down, rest. The prefx
Pra denotes before or in advance. Prasad +=: means to settle
down, become clear, become placid or tranquil, become calm,
be calm, be soothed; to be content or satisfed. Prasadana
means causing to be tranquil and calmed.
One commonality in these four actions, to my mind, is
that all of them describe the feelings of a mother towards her
young =|--||+. No other relationship, whether in humans or in
the animals naturally brings these four qualities to the fore, as
the relationship between a mother and her child. I guess, since
I have no experience of being a mother, though I have ample
experience of being a child of a caring mother, these feelings
and the associated actions would give tranquility and calmness
of mind to the mother.
78
l
l
79
Cultivating these towards everyone, stepping in the shoes
of a mother to one and all, would enable one to develop
tranquility of the highest kind.
Let us start with the frst of the four qualities Maitri =||. Maitri
is the quality of being a Mitra i=|. The word mitra is derived
from root Mid i=: which means to feel afection for. Mitra is
someone one feels afection for. Maitri means afection.
The second quality is Karuna ==||. Karuna is derived from
the root verb Kri j which also means to hurt or injure. Karuna
==| means one who is hurt, Karuna ==|| means the feelings
about who has been hurt, injured, compassion, feeling the pain
as if you have been hurt.
The next term Mudita =i:-| is derived from the root verb
Mud =:which means to rejoice, to be glad or joyous, to be
happy. Mudita =i:-| means joy, gladness, happiness caused
as a result of happiness in others.
The last is Upeksha =+-||, it is derived from root Iksha
:-| which means to look, to see, to behold. The prefx Up =+
denotes something other, diferent. Upeksha means choose
not to see, not to observe, not to react.
These four qualities are to be cultivated. All these qualities
involve a deep empathy with every object in the world including
our own body. These qualities also distinguish us humans.
What are the opposites of these four? Enmity, Cruelty, Envy
and Hatred are the opposites. All of these make us nonhuman.
These would also create extreme disturbances in the Chitta.
The next part of the sutra states where these qualities are
to be applied. These are to be put into practice irrespective of
the nature of the experience. Patanjali states this succinctly by
saying Sukhadukkhpunaypunyavishayanam = r|: r|+ =|+ =i+|=|
||=, irrespective of whether the object of experience i+|=|||=
is pleasant, Sukha =r|, or unpleasant :r|, meritorious += or
unmeritorious +=. Only when such equanimity is cultivated,
the mind will be tranquil and calmed.
Two more aspects need attention. All the qualities
mentioned here are basically emotions and putting the
emotions into practice. The word used is Bhavanatah -||+=|-,
derived from the root Bhu -| which means to be or to exist. It is
used in a causative mode here, Bhavana -||+=|means causing
to be, causing to exist. The sufx Tah - indicates the ablative
declension, indicating from. Thus here Bhavanatah means
from causing the Maitri, Karuna, Mudita and Upeksha to exist
the Chitta becomes Tranquil and calmed.
The other aspect of Bhavanatah -||+=|- which needs to be
considered is that thinking alone on these lines will not make
the mind calm, what is suggested that one needs to make
eforts to cause them to exist, by thought and more particularly
by action, for the efect to happen of the Chitta becoming calm
and tranquil.
In the next few Sutras various methods of Dhyana =|==
which means meditation are suggested. Though a very formal
defnition and description of the process of Dhyana is given
much later, in Sutra 2 of the Vibhutupada, it will be seen
that the methods suggested here each satisfy the defnition.
The defnition is -| +===-|=-| =|==, When there (-|) is one
continuous, sharply focused ()=-|=-|) experience of that object
(+==) alone; it is Dhyana (=|==), meditation.
80
l
l
81
o:=i+ttttt-t +t ttr as1a
Pracchardanavidhrabhy v prasya ||34||
Or (+|) that very Tranquility and calmness of mind can also
be achieved by keeping the mind fxed (i+||||-=|=) upon the
exhalation (+ =: =) of the vital energy contained in the breath
||34||
Prachhardan +=:= derives from the root verb Chharid
=: which literally means to vomit, to eject. To exhale in a
systematic manner is indicated by the prefx Pra. Pran +|| here
simply mean breath. The word is derived from root verb An =
which means to take in, to breathe. The prefx Pra + denotes in
a systematic manner.
Vidharana i+|||| derives from the root Dhri | which means
to fx, to hold together. Coupled with prefx Vi i+ it means to
keep the mind fxed upon (when dealing with mind) Vidharana,
of Prana, to my mind, means exactly this, to keep mind fxed
on breath and not retention, holding of breath. The normal
exhalation mechanism of human body is a passive mechanism,
one lets go the tension in the diaphragm, the elasticity of the
lungs takes over and one exhales.
It is not possible to make the breathing process slow and
smooth as silk while using the chest cavity muscles or the
abdominal muscles for either inhalation or exhalation Uniform
and long exhalation is possible only when one is able to
release this muscle, the diaphragm, slowly and without jerks.
This becomes feasible only when one is completely at ease
with himself. On the other hand, focusing on the process of
releasing the diaphragm slowly enables the mind to be free of
disturbances.
When one breaths out, expires, one expires literally. Who
knows whether there is going to be another breath. This is
the ultimate letting go. Linking mind to this process, when
the process becomes long and steady; would lead to ultimate
tranquility. The fnal result of this process of deep exhalation
linked to awareness is to steady the mind.
In terms of the defnition of Dhyana, the continuous
awareness of the breathing process is the Pratyaya, response
to the object, breath. When this awareness becomes
continuous, it becomes Dhyana. Initially you are aware of
breath and so many other things happening around you and
inside your mind. As the process of focusing awareness on the
breath continues; slowly the awareness of all other things and
thoughts diminishes.
Just as the sun rises in the sky; the stars so far shining
brightly disappear one by one. After a time, one is only aware
of the breath, going in and out, felt as such by a sensation at
edge of the nostrils, in the nose, in the throat, lungs expanding
slowly and again shrinking back, when the breathing muscle
relaxes. These sensations also disappear one by one and one
is only aware of the breath.
This is the most efcient method of meditation, though very
difcult to put into practice.
82
l
l
83
i+t+st +t + i-t=--=t =n irtisi=xi-t=t assa
Viayavat v pravttirutpann manasa
sthitinibandhin ||35||
Or (+|) a wish to act, the knowledge of the means and the
accomplishment of (++i-|) a sense object centered state
(i+|=+-|) produces (=+-=|), a calm and steady state, bound
frmly to the sense object (i=|i-i==i-|=|) of mind (===) produces
that very Tranquility and calmness of mind ||35||
Let us start with the last word, Sthitinibandhini i=|i-i==
i-|=|, i=|i-+i==i-|=|. Sthithi is derived from the root verb Stha
=|| which means to stand frmly, to stay. Sthita means standing
at one place, staying put at one place, Sthiti means that stage,
where everything comes to stillness. Nibandhini is derived
from the root Bandh =-| which means to hold, to bind. The
prefx Ni denotes downwards. Nibandhan means frmly bound
to an anchor. Nibandhini means that state where something
has been frmly anchored. What is the object that is in a state
of being frmly anchored?
The previous word Manasah === is the answer. Manasah
is derived from the verb Man == which means to think. Manas
=== is the noun form, which means the mind, Manasah is
the genitive, of the mind. It is a state where the mind is frmly
anchored. The natural tendency of the mind is to get attached
to a sense object. This enables the experiencing of the world by
the person and also involvement, attachment of the person to
objects leading to kleshas and Dukkha. Patanjali is suggesting
that this very tendency to get attached to a sense object can
be used to steady the mind. If the sense object is attractive
enough, attractive to the particular mind, say a beautiful
picture, a soothing musical piece, it can catch hold of the mind,
so completely that everything else is forgotten.
In the end, not only the mechanism of perception which
perceives the object, the thinking part which thinks about the
object and slowly the whole of the mind gets bound to the object,
and steady state of mind is achieved. Imagine a singer tuning
his voice to a particular tone, as it is done during the Riyaz,
the practice. Many a times, various classical vocalists have
expressed achieving a state of mind; equivalent to Samadhi,
where nothing in the world other than the Swara =+ exists. All
of us have experienced a similar state as result of seeing a
sunset or beautiful scenery.
84
l
l
85
i+-tt+t +t -tisst assa
Viok v jyotimat ||36||
Or (+|) a calm and steady state, bound frmly to a sense
object that is luminous (=|i-=-|) and free from sorrow (i+.||=|)
produces that very Tranquility and calmness of mind ||36||
This sutra continues the description of the experience
described in the previous sutra, the mind getting bound to an
experience, so deeply that a steady state of mind is produced.
This state of mind allows one to forget everything, sorrow of
the worldly existence is left behind, and it is as if the whole
mind is illuminated by the experience itself.
Let us take the second word Jyotishmati =|i-=-|. The term
Jyotis is derived from the root verb Jyut =- which means to
shine upon or to illuminate. Jyotis is light, bright light, light as the
divine principle of life, the source of intelligence, intelligence.
Jyotishman means shining, brilliant. Jyotishmati is that state
of being Jyotishman. The word here relates to the Manasah
Sthitinibandhini === i=|i-i==i-|=| appearing in the previous
Sutra. If one is able to reach such a stage in meditation, the
mind achieves complete steadiness.
Let us take the frst word of the Sutra, Vishoka, derived
from the root verb Shuch .|= which means to be aficted or
to be grieved. Shoka .||= is grief. Shoka .||=| is grieving state
of mind. The prefx Vi i+ which denotes opposite direction,
Vishoka i+.||=| thus means free from all grief, exemption from
grief, which is said to be one of the original properties of man.
Which all of us have lost somewhere.
These two words, to my mind are the efects of the earlier
state described, Vishayavati, which can be practiced.
+tsttvi+t +t i-t as:a
Vtargaviaya v cittam ||37||
Or (+|) the mind (i=-|= ), completely occupied by thoughts of (i+|=)
a sage who is free from passions and attachments, (+|-|=)
produces that very Tranquility and calmness of mind ||37||
To have such an experience one should frst intimately
know such a sage, or know intimately about such a sage. One
should have Shraddha, faith accompanied by experience; in
him to such an extent that thinking about the sage should fll
up the mind. If this happens, it would enable a steady state of
mind.
Alternatively, continuing the practice of the sutra 1.35, a
time comes when the mind is so involved in the object, that
the mind is flled with the object so completely, that one loses
the attachment, but remains flled up with the experience. I
suppose the words have failed me to express the experience.
To go back to the Sutra, the frst term describes the state of
Chitta, the mind, Vitaragavishayam +|-|=i+|==, +|-+|=+i+|==.
Vit +|- is derived the root verb Vi +| which means to go away,
disappear, vanish, be lost. Vit means set free, loosed, let go,
exempt, freed from, devoid of. Raga |= is derived from root
verb Ranj = which means to colour an object. Raga means
the act of colouring, or getting coloured, getting attached,
especially to pleasant sensations.
It is a natural tendency of the Chitta, the mind, to get
coloured by various objects, sensed by the organs. Vishayam
i+|== is derived from the root verb shi i.| which means to be
attentive. The prefx Vi i+ here denotes distinction, Vishi i+i.|
to be attentive to a particular object. Vishaya i+|= thus means
an object of attention, an object of sense, e.g. sound, touch,
form, taste and smell. Vishaya i+|= is derived from the root
verb shi i.| which means to be attentive. The prefx Vi i+ here
denotes distinction, Vishi i+i.| to be attentive to a particular
object. Vishaya i+|= thus means an object of attention, an
object of sense, e.g. sound, touch, form, taste and smell.
86
l
l
87
Vitaragavishayam means freed from the bondage of getting
attached to sense objects.
It would be quite an achievement if one was able to free the
mind in such a manner.
r+i=:tnt=tnrx= +t assa
Svapnanidrj nlambana v ||38||
Or (+|) the knowledge (n|=) supported by (|n-==) experiences
in dreams (=+=) or the state of dreamless sleep (i=:|) produces
that very Tranquility and calmness of mind ||38||
Recollecting an experience in a dream; experienced in
deep sleep, can lead to stilling the mind. However, more often
than not, dreams that one has are the eminently forgettable
variety.
Let us see it word by word. Swapnanidrajnyanalambanam
=++i=:|n|=|n-==, can be divided into =+=+i=:|+ n|=+ |n-==
Swapna is derived from root verb Swap =++ which means to
sleep, to fall asleep. Swapna is noun form, means sleeping or
dreaming.
Nitra i=:| is derived from root verb Drai : which means to
sleep. The prefx Ni indicates downwards. Nidrai thus means
to fall asleep. Nidra is nown form, thus means sleep. Two
terms meaning sleep are here, as such Swapna here means
dreaming. Jnyan n|= means knowledge. Alambanam |n-===
is derived from root verb Lamb n-= which means to hang from,
to be supported by. The prefx Aa | denotes from. Alambanam
thus means supported by hanging from.
Swapnanidrajnyanalambanam thus means the mind
become steady when supported by knowledge gained in
dreams while sleeping. As stated earlier one does not have
experience in this regard.
88
l
l
89
tti-tst=tzt assa
Yathbhimatadhyndv ||39||
Meditation (=|=|-) of whatsoever agreeable form (=||i-|=-) also
(+|) leads to Tranquility and calmness of mind ||39||
Yatha =||, means as or in which manner. Abhimata i-|=-
is derived from the root verb Man == which means to believe
or to think. The prefx Abhi i-| denotes repeated application.
Abhimata means found strongly acceptable, keeping the
objective of the process of Dhyana in view. Acceptable here
would mean that particular method of Dhyana, practice of
which has brought result of producing a single continuous
thread of experience, as a result one has developed belief in
that method of Dhyana.
All the methods described in the preceding sutras are
methods for steadying and stilling our mind, using the natural
tendencies of the mind. Without formally describing them as
Dhyana, and thereby scaring us, Sage Patanjali has introduced
the essentials of the Practice of Dhyana. The formal defnition
of the Process of Dhyana is given much later in Vibhutipada.
The processes described here satisfy have all the features
of Dhyana. He also says in this sutra, by Dhyana which will be
most acceptable to you =|| i-|=- =|=|- +| the mind is to be
stilled, patterns removed. The mind will then achieve clarity.
When this state is achieved, the natural processes of the mind,
the thinking apparatus, of conceptualization, evaluation of
alternatives, reasoning, analysis, interpretation experiencing
bliss and a simple feeling of I- exist therefore I-am, without any
attachment to anything will take over and lead us to samadhi.
This sutra starts where the earlier sutra (1-20, describing
achieving the other state -Asamprajnyata- is described)
ttttr-+t-stsr +-tt+tt a1ea
Paramuparamamahattvntosya vakra ||40||
(When the other state of perfection in the knowledge and
understanding and Asamprajta is achieved then) Everything
starting from the minutest conceivable particle (+=||) up
to (--) infnitely great (+==r-+), is persuaded into (==)
subjugation (+.||=|) ||40||
Let us start with Paramanu +=|| which is made of Parama
+= and Anu |. Parama is derived from root verb Pri +
which means to surpass or excel. Para + means surpassed,
excelled, Param += is superlative of Para, it means extreme,
most distant, whatever word comes after Param, together
these give the best of the quality expressed by the second
word. Anu |, means smallest particle. Paramanu thus means
smallest of the small. Similarly, Paramamahat +==r-, means
infnitely large, largest of the large. The sufx Tva denotes the
quality consisting of what precedes Tva. Something similar to
English sufx ness. Paramanutva quality of being smallest of
the small and Parammahattva means quality of being largest
of the large. The Ant -- term indicates from and to. Asya ==
is genitive of Etat, means of the earlier referred.
The crucial word is Vashikar +.||=|. The word Vashikar
is derived from the root verb Kri j which means to do. Vashi
+.|| which means subduing by charms, derived from root verb
Vash +.| meaning to charm, to enchant; in English the word
Vassal, overpowered is derived from this very root. Vashikar
means mastery, being subdued by persuasive means. Again,
to my mind, mastery or being subdued here is limited to fully
understanding, comprehending the nature of smallest of the
small and largest of the large, and not control over these things
as some people would like to believe. Another meaning of
Vashikara here could be the ability of the Sadhaka or mastery
over the process of Dhyana where the object of Dhyana
ranges between smallest of the small and the largest of the
large objects.
90
l
l
91
When that state beyond that of the perfect knowledge is
reached after the dissolution of patterned behaviour of the
mind followed by the mind not responding to any internal or
external stimulus and coming to a complete halt, it enables the
Yogin to completely focus his mind and understand anything
starting from the minutest to the biggest. Uppermost limit of
understanding is reached.
:ttt+ -t ti-t*tsr + t v rts v rtv tn t s-rts:*=st nti-ta1a
Kavtterabhijtasyeva
maergrahtgrahaagrhyeu tatsthatada janat
sampatti ||41||
The mind, when the habitual patterned behaviour is minimized,
(-|||+-|) behaves like a (:+) spotless transparent, (i-|=|-==)
crystal (=|) which assumes the colour (-:==-|) of an
object kept adjacent (-=|) to it (and becomes identical to it),
achieves complete identifcation between the perceiver (=r|-),
the perception (=r|) and the perceivable (=|n|), (leading to)
complete engrossment. ==|+i-|||41||
I do not consider myself capable to expand on the concept
put forth in this sutra, so the notes are limited to meaning
word by word. It is simply the most beautiful expression of
what happens when an absolutely clear mind experiences the
world, without any bias, any preconceived notion, without any
prescription, experience the world as it is, here and now.
Let us start with Kshinavritterabhijatasysev -|||+-|i-|=|-==+,
-|||++-|+ i-|=|-==+ :+. Kshina -||| is derived from root verb
Kshi -|| which means to wane, to decrease, to be diminished.
The adjective Kshina means waned, decreased, or diminished.
What is diminished is given in the next term Vritteh +-| which as
seen earlier means of the patterned behaviour of the mind, the
Chitta. The next part is a simile, with a perfect crystal.
Abhijatasya i-|=|-== is derived from the root verb Jan ==
which means to be born or produced, to come into existence.
The prefx Abhi i-| expresses superiority. Abhijata means
superior by birth, without any defects at all. Iv :+ is the word
expressing the simile. Abhijatasya means of the something
which is without any defects. What is that something? It is
given in the frst term of the Next word.
The next word is Manergrahitrigrahangrahyeshu =|=r|- =r
|=|n|, =|+ =r|-+ =r|+ =|n|. The adjective Abhijata, without any
defects relates to the frst term Maneh =|. Maneh is genitive
of term Mani =i|, which means jewel or crystal. What happens
with a fawless crystal?
92
l
l
93
The answer is given in the next word, Tatsthatatanjanata
-=|-:==-|, --+=|+--+==-|. Tat -- means that. Stha =| is
from root Stha =|| which means to remain or to stand steady,
without moving, Stha =| thus means held steady. Tat Stha
means held steady near that. Anjanata is derived from root
verb Anj = which means to apply a pigment, smear with a
colour. Anjan means applied colour.
Anjanata means the quality of receiving an applied colour.
Putting it together Abhijatasya Maneh Tat Stha Tat Anjanata,
means Like a fawless crystal accepting the colour and become
coloured, of an object placed adjacent to it to such an extent
that the crystal merges with the coloured object and it can not
be seen separately, as such disappears. What is the result?
Samapatti ==|+i-| is the result. Samapatti ==|+i-| is derived
from root +: which means to fall towards, to come towards. The
prefxes Sam == and Aa | together denote together perfectly.
Samapatti thus means perfectly coinciding together.
What is this fawless crystal being compared with? It is
being compared with the Kshinvritti Chitta that is the mind
where patterned behaviour has diminished.
What happens with such a mind similar to the fawless
crystal? The mind also attains perfectly merging together of
some things. What are the things which come perfectly together
and merge with each other in case of the mind? The answer is
given in the word Grahitrirgrahanagrahyeshu =r|-=r|=|n|, =r|-
+ =r| + =|n|. All the three terms are from the same root verb,
Grah = r which means to take, to receive, to accept. This verb
covers a wide range of activities, like see, hear, smell, taste, and
accept after analysis, depending on the context. Grahitri = r|-
means someone who receives. Grahana = r| means the process
of receiving. Grahya = |n means something which is received.
When the Vrittis of the mind are diminished, the receiver,
the process of receiving and the receiver which in this case is
the Chitta; the process of receiving, in this case the Pratyaya
and the object being perceived coincide together in a perfect
manner, It is engrossment where there is complete identity
of these three entities, which are, in the normal state, are
observed to be quite distinct.
st -t:ttnt=i++ n+ttt ni+s+t nti-ta1za
Tatra abdrthajnavikalpai sakr savitark
sampatti ||42||
Then -| (when the habitual patterned behaviour of mind is
minimized and it achieves complete identifcation between the
perceiver, the perception and the perceivable), the diversity
of associations (i+=-+) of words (.|:), their meanings (|)
and the resulting knowledge (n|=) are poured together (===|
||) resulting in pouring forth of new conjectures (=i+-=|) This
engrossment (==|+i-|) is known as Savitark Sampatti ||42||
Tatra -| means there, in the state where the receiver,
the process of receiving and the object being received have
perfectly merged together, state of mind where the patterns
have diminished.
Patanjali further classifes the states of the perfect aligning
together of the receiver, receiving and the object to be received
according to what is the binding factor. The frst one is the
Savitarka Samapatti =i+-=| ==|+i-|. The word Savitarka is
derived from the root verb Tark -= which means to conjecture,
guess, suspect, make a guess, infer. The prefx Vi i+ denotes
distinction. Vitarka thus means a distinct conjecture or
reasoning. The prefx Sa = denotes accompanied by. Savitarka
=i+-=|, means alignment accompanied by distinct conjecture
and reasoning.
Savitarka Samapatti thus means perfect coinciding together
of the Chitta with the object of experience held together and
accompanied by distinct conjecture and reasoning.
How does this happen? The answer is in the preceding
two words, Shabdarthajnyanvikalpaih Samkirna .|:||n|=i+=-+
===|||, Shabda .|: means sound or a word signifying or
describing an object. Artha | is derived from the root verb
Artha | which means to strive to obtain, the noun form Artha
| means purpose, motive, meaning. Jnyana n|= is derived
from root verb Jnya n|= which means to know or to understand.
Jnyana means knowledge, understanding. Vikalpaih i+=-+
94
l
l
95
is instrumental case of Vikalpa i+=-+, derived from the root
verb Klrip =+ which means to design, to invent, to adapt, to
imagine. The prefx Vi denotes distinction. Vikalpa means
conceptualisation, alternative.
Samkirna ===|| is derived from the root verb Kri j which
means to do, to act. The prefx Sam == denotes together.
Samkirna means mixed together, interspersed with. What
is it interspersed with? The answer is the previous word,
Shabdarthajnyanvikalpaih .|:||n|=i+=-+.
Putting everything together; In that state described in the
previous Sutra, Savitarka Samapatti, perfect coincidence of
the receiver with the received takes place, held together and
accompanied by distinct conjectures and reasoning expressed
and interspersed by words signifying or describing an object,
purpose for using the words, knowledge contained in the words
and conceptualisation.
Imagine looking at the world with clear eyes, hearing sounds,
clearly as if it is a new world, not caring for what has happened
in the past, nor being bothered by the worry of what is going
to happen the next moment, enjoying the present, being fully
involved in the present, fully alert, fnding new meanings in the
same old words, fnding new linkages, based on the present
experience and nothing else.
risit-tzt r+=-t-+tttti=-ttnt i=i+s+t a1sa
Smtipariuddhau svarpanyevrthamtranirbhs
nirvitark ||43||
After this stage, when the memory (==i-) is completely purifed
of the residual impressions, activators, and traits (+i.|,|), and
the mind is, as it were (:+), devoid (.|-=) of its own nature (=+=+),
only (=||) the object of meditation (|) shines forth (i=-||=|)
beyond any conjectures (i=i+-=|). ||43||
Let us start with the frst word Smritiparishuddhau ==i-+i
.|,| It is locative form of Smritiparishuddhi ==i-+i.|i,. Smriti
==i- is derived from the root verb Smri == which means to
remember or to recollect. Smriti means remembrance, memory,
reminiscence, or recollection.
Parishuddhi is derived from the root verb Shudh .||
which means to be or become pure, be purifed, be cleared,
be cleansed. The prefx Pari +i indicates in detail, paying full
attention to, completely. Smritiparishuddhi thus means the
process of complete purifcation, cleaning of remembrance,
memory, reminiscence, or recollection
Human memory as stated earlier consists of factual,
observed data, information on one level and the feelings,
impressions, beliefs, opinions generated on the other level. To
my mind, the frst part contributes to the knowledge while the
second part contributes to the patterning of the mind.
One way of looking at the Purifcation of memory
==i-+i.|i, would be to see it as letting go of the second
part. If one is able to do that, the present experience will fll-
up the mind so completely, it would be as if the awareness
of the present moment alone, whatever one is doing, lights
up the mind completely and it is as if nothing else remains.
The Sutra continues with Swarupshunyevarthamatranirbhasa
=+=+.|-=+||=||i=-||=| describing what happens in the where
memory is completely purifed.
Swarupshunyevarthamatranirbhasa =+=+.| -= +|| =||i=-|| =|
describes the Samapatti. Swarup =+=+, means own form. What
96
l
l
97
does this own form relate to? The Chitta, the mind is the answer.
Shoonya .|-=| means empty. Iva :+, means, as if, not really.
The word Arthamatranirbhasam |=||i=-||=| is a combination
of two words Arthamatra and Nirbhasa. The word Artha | is
derived from the root verb Artha | which means to strive
to obtain, the noun form means purpose, motive, meaning.
The second part Matra =|| is derived from the root verb Ma =|
which means to measure, Matra means a measure, English
word meter has same root. Anything+ Matra means a specifc
quantity with the upper limit not more than anything; quantity
limited to the frst term of combination with Matra.
Arthmatra means Purpose alone and nothing else. Nirbhasa
i=-||=| is derived from the root verb Nirbhas i=-||= which means
to be bright or luminous, the adjective Nirbhasa means lighted,
luster, brightness, brilliance. Arthamatranirbhasa thus means
the purpose of the Dhyana alone and nothing else illuminates
the mind.
The next word describes this type of Samapatti, Nirvitarka
The word Nirvitarka is derived from the root verb Tark -= which
means to conjecture, guess, suspect, make a guess, infer. The
prefx Vi i+ denotes distinction. Vitarka thus means a distinct
conjecture or reasoning. The prefx Nir i= denotes beyond.
Nirvitarka i=i+-=|, means, beyond distinct conjecture and
reasoning. Nirvitarka Samapatti thus means perfect coinciding
together of the Chitta with the object of experience beyond the
state accompanied by conjecture and reasoning.
Putting it together, Such a state, where, as a result of
complete purifcation of the memory; the mind becomes as
if completely emptied of its own form and the purpose of the
Dhyana alone and nothing else illuminates the mind, is called
the Nirvitarka Samapatti, the perfect coinciding together of
the Chitta with the object of experience beyond the state held
together and accompanied by conjecture and reasoning.
s + ni+ttt i=i+ ttt n :i+tt trtst a11a
Etayaiva savicr nirvicr ca skmaviay
vykhyt ||44||
Engrossments known as The Savicr, with thoughts (=i+=||)
and (ca) Nirvicr, beyond thoughts (i=i+=||), whose objects
(i+|=) are subtle (=-=), are explained (=|r=|-|) by similar means
()+) to the previous one ()-=|) ||44||
Patanjali further describes the process of perfect holding
together of the object and the Chitta, Samapatti, when the
objects being held is subtle, Sukshma.
Etaya )-=| means the previous one, Eva )+ means similar
to. Savichara =i+=|| is derived from the root verb Char =
means to engage in, to be occupied with, to obtain knowledge
about. The prefx Vi denotes distinction. Vichar i+= means to
refect, consider, deliberate, ponder, to examine, investigate,
ascertain.
The prefx Sa = denotes accompanied by Thus Savichara
=i+=|| means accompanied by intense refection, pondering,
thinking and examination. The prefx Nir i= denotes beyond,
Nirvichara i=i+=|| means the state beyond intense refection,
pondering, thinking and examination. What do these states
relate to? Or rather what is the object of Dhyana here?
The answer is given in the next word, Sukshmavishaya,
=-=i+|=|. The term Sukshma =-= is derived from root Such
.|= which means to clean, to refne. Sukshma means
refned, minute, atomic, subtle. Vishaya i+.|= means object.
Sukshmavishaya =-=i+|=|. is feminine adjective, which means
with a subtle or minute object.
Vyakhyata =|r=|-| is derived from root verb Khya r=| which
means to know, to understand. The prefx Aa | denotes
from and Vi i+ denotes distinctly. Thus Vyakhya =|r=| means
defnition. Vyakhyata means defned described.
Putting it together, in a similar manner, the perfect
coincidences of the Chitta and the subtle or minute objects
of Dhyana lead to frst Samapatti accompanied by intense
98
l
l
99
refection, pondering, thinking and examination, Savichara
Samapatti and later when the memory is completely purifed
of feelings, impressions, beliefs, opinions generated lead to
Samapatti beyond intense refection, pondering, thinking and
examination, Nirvichara Samapatti
When the object of concentration is subtle, similar processes
take place, leading to conceptual clarity of the highest order.
As it happens, the clarity enables complete closing down of
thought processes, since they are no more required.
n:i+t-+ tinv+nt= a1sa
Skmaviayatva cligaparyavasnam ||45||
And (=) progressively the subtle (=-=) nature of the object
(i+|=+=) of engrossment culminates (+=+=|==) in the
undistinguished nature (in==) ||45||
What happens as the object of Dhyana becomes subtler
and subtler is given here. The frst term is Sukshmavishayatvam
=-=i+|=+, the quality of the objects being subtler and subtler.
What does this process lead to?
This is given in the next term Alingpayavasanam in==-
+=+=|==. Alinga in== is derived from Linga in==, which means
mark of distinction. The prefx A denotes absence, Alinga is
non-distinguished nature itself. Paryavasanam is derived from
the root verb So =| which means to cause to be completed
or to bring to and end. The prefx Pari +i indicates in detail,
paying full attention to, completely. Ava + denotes downwards.
Paryavasanam means bringing to a unique conclusion, unique
end.
In the engrossment on subtle objects, as the objects
become fner and fner, at some stage the focus ultimately
shifts to the undistinguished nature, the world ground itself.
100
l
l
101
st + nxt* ntita1sa
T eva sabja samdhi ||46||
As the object of engrossment thus becomes fner and
fner ending in undistinguished nature that (-|) is only ()+)
engrossment with support (==|= ==|i|) ||46||
This state and nothing but this state deserves to be called
Samadhi, everything coming together, one becoming one with
the world.
Patanjali is describing here the word Samadhi frst time
in the sutras. Samadhi is derived from the root verb Dha
|| which means to hold, to fx upon, direct towards to fx or
direct the mind. The prefx Aa |denotes from all sides. The
frst prefx Sam denotes coming together, collecting together,
completeness, perfection.
holding the Chitta together into the subtlest of the subtle object,
the undistinguished nature itself, Chitta perfectly merging
with the undistinguished nature itself. Everything in the world
becomes the focus of awareness.
We had skipped the previous word, Sabeeja ==|=. Let us
see what it means. Sabeeja is derived from the root verb Jan
== which means to be born. The prefx Bi =| is changed form
of prefx Vi +|, which means distinctly. Bija is thus source from
which something is born, the Bija means seed, something
from which a particular animal or plant grows up, something
which contains a complete map of what is to grow, if DNA was
to be given a Sanskrit term it will be Bija. Bija also denotes the
primary cause.
The Samadhi is described as Sabija, the prefx Sa =
denotes with or accompanied by. Sabija means with a source,
accompanied by a primary cause. Sabija Samadhi means
perfectly holding the Chitta together into the subtlest of the
subtle object, the undistinguished nature itself, Chitta perfectly
merging with the undistinguished nature itself, the object of the
Samadhi providing the primary cause for the perfect holding
of the Chitta.In other words, the awareness, accompanied
by complete conceptual clarity covers the entire world; the
whys and whatfors vanish, the thinking as we know stops
because there is no further need for it as everything is clear
and understood.
102
l
l
103
i=i+tt+-tttst-nt: a1:a
Nirvicravairadyedhytmaprasda ||47||
On getting skill or profciency (+.||=), in achieving a state of
mind beyond thoughts (i=i+=|), purity and lucidity (+=|:) in the
inner instruments of Intellect-- (=|=) is developed ||47||
The experience of absolute clarity, leaving the thinking
processes behind, repeats itself, becoming a natural state of
mind. As the thoughts cease, mind achieves a state beyond
thoughts, awareness assumes clarity, purity and lucidity like
never before.
The word is Nivicharavaisharadyeadhyatmaprasadah i=i+-
=|+.||=.=|=+=|: consists of i=i+=|+ +.||=+ =|=+ +=|: .
Let us start with the frst term Nirvichara i=i+=|. Nirvichara
is to be seen as some stage beyond Savichara. Savichara
=i+=|| is derived from the root verb Char = means to engage
in, to be occupied with, to obtain knowledge about. The prefx
Vi denotes distinction. Vichar i+=| means to refect, consider,
deliberate, ponder, to examine, investigate, ascertain. The prefx
Sa = denotes accompanied by. Thus Savichara =i+=||, means
accompanied by intense refection, pondering, thinking and
examination.
The prefx Nir i= denotes beyond, Nirvichara i=i+=||
means the state beyond intense refection, pondering, thinking
and examination.
In other words, the awareness, when accompanied by
complete conceptual clarity covers the entire world; the whys
and whatfors vanish, the thinking as we know stops because
there is no further need for it as everything is clear and
understood. That is Nirvichara.
Viasharadya +.||= is the quality of being a Visharad i+.||:,
which is derived from root verb Vish i+.| which means to
pervade, to come into possession of, Visharad means skilled
in, expert. Vaisharadya is expertise or skill of the highest order.
Vaisharadye + .||= is locative of Vaisharadya, which means from
the skill of the highest order. What skill we are talking about?
As a result of the development of the skill of being Nirvichara,
the skill of going beyond the thoughts, complete conceptual
clarity covers the entire world; the whys and whatfors vanish,
the thinking as we know stops because there is no further need
for it as everything is clear and understood. That is Nirvichara
Vaisharadya.
What happens when one accomplishes this highest skill?
The result is Adhyatmaprasad =|=+=|:, =|=+ +=|:. The
word Adhyatma is derived from Atman |== which means the
principle of life and sensation in everyone. The prefx Adhi i|
denotes concerning. The word Prasada +=|: is derived from
the root verb Sad =: which means to settle down, The prefx
Pra denotes before or in advance. Prasad +=: means to settle
down, become clear.
Prasada means absolute clarity. Adhyatmaprasad =|=-
+=|: means absolute clarity concerning the principle of life and
sensation in everyone.
To put it together, On achieving the highest skill of
Nirvichara, the skill of going beyond the thoughts, complete
conceptual clarity covers the entire world; the whys and
whatfors vanish, the thinking as we know stops because there
is no further need for it as everything is clear and understood;
absolute clarity concerning the principle of life and sensation in
everyone is achieved.
104
l
l
105
+sr-ttt st nt a1sa
tambhar tatra praj ||48||
On attaining the profciency in achieving a state of mind beyond
thoughts (-|) the wisdom (+n|) flls up (-||) with the divine truth
(=-=) ||48||
Prajnya +n| is derived from the root verb Jnya n| which
means to know, in fact know has Jnya as the root. The prefx Pra
+ denotes intenseness, Prajnya +n| means to know intensely to
understand thoroughly. Prajnya noun means, ability to know
intensely or to understand comprehensively.
Tatra -| means there, in the state when one has received
the Adhyatmaprasada, the absolute clarity concerning the
principle of life and sensation in everyone. What happens? The
Prajnya, the ability of comprehensive understanding, is further
refned.
The word =- Rit, has given the word right to the English
language, though the meaning of =- goes beyond right, it
means right then, right now, right forever. The perfection in the
process of gaining knowledge, the extreme profciency ensures
that the ability of understanding is full of =-, perennially right.
st=t=nt-t-i+tt i+-tttt-+ts a1sa
rutnumnapraj bhymanyaviay vierthatvt ||49||
This is diferent from the wisdom gained from (+n|-=|=) others
and scriptures (-) or from inference (==|=), because it relates
to an altogether diferent way of perceiving the object (-=i+|=|)
and ability to bring forth unique characteristics (i+.||) (|+|-)
of objects ||49||
Let us start from the last word, Vishesharthatvat i+.||||+|-,
i+.||+ |+|-. The word Vishesha i+.|| is derived for the verb
Vishish i+.|| which means to distinguish, to be better than or
more excellent than something. Vishesha means the act of
distinguishing or discriminating.
The word Artha | is derived from the root verb Artha |
which means to strive to obtain, the noun form means purpose,
motive, meaning. The word Arthatva, |+ means having
a particular purpose. Arthatvat, |+|- means as a result of
having a particular purpose. The purpose is described as
Vishesha, which means distinct. Vishesharthatvat, i+.||||+|-
means as a result of having a distinguished purpose.
What is this distinguished purpose? The answer is in
the previous sutra. This wisdom, ability of understanding is
unique, totally diferent from what one has learnt so far, since
the method involved in perceiving the object is altogether
diferent. We talk of lateral thinking, out of box thinking. This
is on the same lines, the scale and magnitude is altogether
diferent. When this happens there is nothing further to
know, to understand; in fact the need to know itself vanishes
here.
What is the result of the Ritambhara Prajnya having
distinct purpose? The answer is in the frst two words,
Shrutanumanprajnyabhyamanyavishaya -|==|=+n|-=|=-=i+|=|,
-+ ==|=+ +n|-=|=+ -=i+|=| Let us start with Shruta -, the
word is derived from the root verb Shru which means to listen,
to pay attention. Shruta means heard, received from someone
else, and received especially by studying the scriptures.
106
l
l
107
Shrutaprajnya -+n| means ability to understand based
on what is heard, received from others and what has been
received as a result of the study of scriptures.
The word Anumana ==|= is derived from the root verb
Ma =| which means to measure; the prefx Anu = denotes
following, according to. Anumana therefore means following
a standard. Thus, when a logical inference; based on what
one already knows is used as a benchmark for the present
experience it is ==|=. Anumanaprajnya ==|=+n| means the
ability to comprehensively understand; based on a logical
inference from what one already knows.
The next term is Anyavishaya -=i+|=|. Anya -= means
other than, diferent from. Vishaya i+|=| is adjective from the
word Vishaya i+|= Vishaya i+|= is derived from the root verb
shi i.| which means to be attentive. The prefx Vi i+ here denotes
distinction, Vishi i+i.| to be attentive to a particular object.
Vishaya i+|= thus means an object of attention, an object of
sense, e.g. sound, touch, form, taste and smell. Anyavishaya
-=i+|=| thus means having completely diferent object of
attention.
Shrutanumanprajnyabhyamanyavishaya -|==|=+n|-=|=-=i+|=|
which describes the Ritambhara Prajnya, thus means this
ability to comprehensively understand; completely diferent
from both the abilities to understand, one based on what is
heard, received from others and what has been received as
a result of the study of scriptures and the other based on a
logical inference from what one already knows, since they
have completely diferent objects of attention.
s-* nr+ttts-nr+ttisx-tt asea
Tajja saskronyasaskrapratibandh ||50||
The latent activating impression (===|) born (=) of that wisdom
flled with divine truth (--) binds and stops (+i-=-||) the other
(-=) residual latent activating impressions (===|) ||50||
Tajjah -= consists of two terms Tat -- and Jah =. Tat
means that. Jah = is derived from the root Jan == which means
to be born, Jah means born, Tajjah means born out of that.
What is the origin? Ritambhara Prajnya referred previouly is
the origin.
What is born out of application of this gnosis? A Samskara
is born. The Word Samskara ===| is derived from the root verb
Kri j which means to act, to do, to perform. The prefx Sam ==
denotes coming together, collecting together, completeness,
In this case the recording of the application of the
Ritambhara Prajnya, this wisdom, ability of understanding,
the gnosis is unique, totally diferent from what one has learnt
so far, since the method involved in perceiving the object
is altogether diferent. We talk of lateral thinking, out of box
thinking. This is on the same lines, the scale and magnitude is
altogether diferent. When this happens there is nothing further
to know, to understand; in fact the need to know itself vanishes
here. The box itself vanishes here.
What does this Samskara do? The last word in the Sutra
Anyasamskarapratibandhi -====|+i-=-||, is the answer. Anya
means other Samskara means recordings, mental constructs
that we carry, Pratibandhi is derived from the root verb Bandh =-|
which means to hold, to bind. The prefx Prati + i- denotes opposition.
Pratibandhi thus means one that removes the bindings.
Anyasamskarapratibandhi -====|+i-=-|| thus means one that
removes the bindings of all the other previous Samskaras.
108
l
l
109
As the rising sun makes all the stars in the sky vanish one
by one, the brilliant impression of this clarity, purity and lucidity
overwhelm all the earlier impressions, luggage carried for a
long time. No more luggage.
srti i=ttt n+i=tttti-=xt* ntit asa
Tasypi nirodhe sarvanirodhnnirvja samdhi ||51||
On dissolution (i=||) of even (i+) those (-==) latent
impressions born of the wisdom flled with divine truth, every
Vritti, habitual pattern and impression in the mind, without
exception is dissolved (=+i=|||-) and the perfect concentration
without support (i=+|= ==|i|) happens ||51||
As we have seen in the last Sutra, the Samskara generated
by the experience of the Ritambhara Prajnya, =---|| +n|, the
perfection in the process of gaining knowledge, the extreme
profciency which ensures that the ability of understanding is
full of =-, perennially right, removes the bindings of all the
other previous Samskaras.
This is the highest pinnacle of the knowledge and
understanding achievable by any human being. At this stage
all the thought constructs, patterns, described in the Sutras
previously as Vrittis, Samskaras vanish as a result of this new
illuminating impression generated in the mind, the Chitta, by
this divine ability and no other impression but this impression
occupies the mind.
Since this new impression is also a thought construct,
this too needs to be dissolved to achieve Yoga, the complete
dissolution of the patterns of the mind, the Chitta, so that the
perceiver within can abide in his own form.
So we come to this last Sutra of the Samadhi Pada. It
starts with Tasyapi -==|i+, -==+i+. Tasya means of that. That
here refers to the impression, the Samskara generated by the
application of the Ritambhara Prajnya. Api i+ means even in
respect of whatever term precedes Api. Tasyapi means even
in respect of the new impression described in the previous
Sutra.
The next word is Nirodhe i=||.The word Nirodha i=||
derives from root verb Rudh, =|; to which prefx Ni i= is added.
Rudh means to be stopped, to stop, to bring to an end. Prefx
Ni indicates movement in downward direction. Nirodha means
110
l
l
111
dissolution. Nirodhe means after the dissolution. What happens?
The next term gives the answer, Sarvanirodhat =+i=|||-. Sarva
=+ means all, every Vritti. Nirodhat, i=|||- means as a result of
the dissolution of. What happens?
The answer is Nirbija Samadhi i=+|= ==|i|. The word Nirbija
i=+|= is derived form the root verb Jan == means to be born.
The prefx Vi (which is converted to Bi here) denotes distinctly.
Bija means something from which something else is born, a
seed, origin. The prefx Nir i= denotes negative. Nirbija i=+|=
means that state from which nothing is originated.The Word
Samadhi is derived from the root verb Dha || which means to
hold, the prefxes Sam == and Aa | together denote coming
together perfectly. Samadhi thus means holding together
perfectly. What are we relating to? Chitta, the mind is being
related. What is being perfectly held together? The processes
of the mind are being perfectly held together. Samadhi thus
means perfect absorption of thought into the one object of
meditation, the Dhyana.
Nirbija Samadhi thus means that process of perfect
holding together of the mind, the Chitta, without any support of
a thought construct, which might break the holding, thus with
no seeds of future Vrittis. Complete freedom.
The all inclusive awareness causes every Vritti, habitual
pattern and impression in the mind, without exception to be
dissolved and in the end, or in the new beginning as one sees
it, dissolves itself.
i;-|=+|: =||=|+|:
Second Section: On practice
s r+tt+tittt=ti= i+ttv aa
Tapasvdhyyevarapraidhnni kriyyoga ||1||
Removal of self-destructive behaviour from oneself (-+), study to
understand oneself better (=+|=|=) total surrender to (+ i|||=|i=)
the highest self (:.+) (residing in oneself) constitute yoga of
action (i==|=|=)||1||
With this Sutra begins the second chapter of the Sutras
titled as Sadhanapada, the chapter relating to the practices for
achievement of Yoga.
The word -+ Tapah is derived from the root verb -+ Tap,
which means to heat, literally. Heating is a process commonly
utilised to remove impurities. In case of mind, impurities are all
the behaviour patterns which are self destructive. Removal of all
such destructive behaviour patterns, to my mind is Tapah, -+.
The word =+|=|= Swadhyay is from root verb adhee ||
which means to study. =+ Swa means self; Swadhyay therefore
means study of self to understand oneself better.
Let us start with Ishvara :.+. Ishvara is derived from the
root Ish :.| which means to own, possess;to belong to; to
dispose of, be valid or powerful, to be master of. Ish the noun
form means master, lord, the supreme spirit. The sufx Var +
which denotes the best, seniormost, Ishvara thus means the
supreme lord of everything.
pranidhana +i|||= literally means to place something near to.
112
l
l
113
Ishwarpranidhan :.++|i|||= literally means placing oneself as
These three constitute the yoga of action Kriyayoga i==|=|=.
The word Kriya i==| is derived from the root verb Kri i= which
means to do or to act. Kriya means doing or action. It needs
to be kept in mind that the Kriya, action, refers to willful action,
action initiated with an intention in the mind. The intention here
is to achieve Yoga. The defnition of Yoga has been given in
Sutra 1.2 as Yoga (=|=) is the dissolution (i=||) of the habits,
the patterned behaviour (+i-|) of mind (i=-|).
All that follows as the Kriyayoga is aimed at achieving the
complete dissolution of the fxed patterns, thought constructs
in the mind, As a result the basic processes of the mind relate
to here and now and not to the past.
ntit-tt+=tt +n-ts=+tttt aza
Samdhibhvanrtha kleatankararthaca ||2||
This practice facilitates (|) moving towards (-||+=|) Samdhi
or Perfect Concentration (==|i|) and (=) also facilitates (|)
reduction of (-==|) klesas, the causes of sufering (+n.|) ||2||
The two purposes of the Kriyayoga are stated in this
Sutra.
Let us start with the frst word Samadhibhavanartha ==|i
|-||+=||, ==|i|+ -||+=|+ |. The Word Samadhi ==|i| is derived
from the root verb Dha || which means to hold, the prefxes
Sam == and Aa | together denote coming together perfectly.
Samadhi thus means holding together perfectly. What are we
relating to? Chitta, the mind is being related. What is being
perfectly held together? The processes of the mind are being
perfectly held together. Samadhi thus means perfect absorption
of thought into the one object, so that the object flls up the
mind completely.
The word Bhavana -||+=| is derived form the root verb
Bhu, -| which means to become. Bhavana is causative
from this verb, it means causing to become, imagining, and
contemplating. The word Artha | is derived from the root verb
Artha | which means to strive to obtain, the noun form means
purpose, motive, meaning. Putting together, one purpose of
the Kriyayoga, Yoga of willful action is causing the Samadhi
state to happen, facilitating to reach Samadhi.
The Second word of the Sutra is Kleshatanukaranarthascha
+n.|-==|||=, +n.|+-==|+ |+ =. The word Klesha is derived
the root verb Klish i+n.| which means to torment, to cause pain.
Klesha means cause of pain, torment, or afiction. The point to
be noted here is cause of pain and not pain per-se. Klesha
refers to the cause of mental torment, pain, afiction, cause
being something recorded earlier in the mind.
Tanukarana -==| is derived from the verb Tanukri -=j,
which is a verb created from the word Tanu -= which means
small in size. By adding Kri j which means to do, the verb
114
l
l
115
Tanukri is created, which means reduce in size, magnitude.
Ankara thus means reduction in magnitude. Kleshatanukarana
means reduction in magnitude of the Kleshas, the pain and the
torment caused by recordings of the previous experience in
the mind.
This yoga of action makes us inclined towards Samadhi,
and minimize the causes of sufering; making them inefective.
Kriyayoga indicates an active approach towards liberation, out
of our own volition; we undertake the practices of Kriyayoga.
The driving force is our will, at least initially.
Since Samadhi has been described and defned in detail in
the frst chapter, Patanjali now starts defning and describing
the concept of Klesha, the cause of human sufering, sorrow.
Sufer we all do, very few bother to know why, and still fewer
initiate eforts to get rid of the sufering.
i+tirstttvzti-ti=+-tt +n-tt asa
Avidysmitrgadvebhinive pa ca kle ||3||
Wrong notion about reality (i+=|), identifying the mind-body
complex with the self (i==-|), attachment (|=), aversion (;|)
and desperation for continued existence (i-|i=+.||) are the fve
(+=) causes of sufering (+n.||) ||3||
Patanjali categorizes the causes of sufering in fve
classes. It will be observed that any of the sufering and sorrow
of anyone are direct result of one or more of these classes
of Kleshas. The frst word gives the fve classes of Klesha
Avidyasmitaragadveshabhinivesha i+=|i==-||=;|i-|i=+.||,
i+=|+ i==-|+ |=+ ;|+ i-|i=+.||. The word Avidya i+=| is
derived from the root verb Vid i+: which means to perceive,
understand, know, or learn. Vidya i+=|, the noun form means
something that is learnt, knowledge. The prefx A denotes
negative or the opposite. Thus Avidya means wrong knowledge,
something that is learnt which is wrong. Avidya does not mean
absence of knowledge but means wrong knowledge.
Asmita i==-| is derived from the verb form Asmi i==,
from root As =, to exist, I am. Asmita is abstract noun formed
from Asmi i== I am, translated as I-amness, property which
distinguishes individuals from each other. This could be a
wrong notion or a correct notion depending on what one starts
with. Here the wrong notion is being described, details given
in the Sutra which follow.Raga |= is derived from root verb
Ranj = which means to colour an object. Raga means the act
of colouring, or getting coloured, getting attached, especially
to pleasant sensations. It is a natural tendency of the Chitta,
the mind, to get coloured by various objects, sensed by the
organs.
Dvesha ;| is derived from the root verb Dvish i:| which
means to hate or to dislike, to be hostile. Dvesha means
hatred, hostility.Abhinivesha i-|i=+.| is derived from the root
verb Vish i+.| which means to pervade; to sit or settle down
on. The prefx Ni i= denotes downwards. The prefx Abhi i-|
116
l
l
117
denotes repeated application, happening again and again,
continuity. Abhinivesha means attachment to continue in the
present state, desire for continued existence.The defnitions of
the fve classes follow.
i+t :tt-tttt n-ss=i+io-=t:ttttt a1a
Avidy ketramuttare
prasuptatanuvicchinnodrm ||4||
Wrong notion about reality (i+=|) is the breeding ground (-||=)
for the remaining four causes of sufering (=-|||) irrespective
of their being dormant (+=-), attenuated (-=), interrupted
(i+i=-=) or active (=:||||=) ||4||
The frst word Avidya, as we know, means wrong knowledge,
something learnt that is wrong. Kshetramuttaresham -||=-|||=,
consists of two terms -||=+ =-|||= . The word Kshetram -||=
is derived from the root verb Kshi i-| which means to abide,
stay, dwell, reside, or to inhabit. Kshetram means the place of
dwelling, region of inhabitance.
The word Uttaresham =-|||= is derived from the word Uttar
=-| which means following or subsequent. Putting it together,
the wrong knowledge is the dwelling place or breeding ground
of the Kleshas which follow Avidya in the previous Sutra
The stages in which the cause of sufering Klesha could
be found is given in the remaining part of the Sutra. The
Klesha could be Prasupt +=-, which is derived from the root
verb Swap =++ which means to sleep, the prefx Pra denotes
intense. Prasupta thus means in deep sleep, dormant. Tanu -=
means reduced in size, minimized.
Vicchinna i+i=-= is derived from the root verb Cchid i=:
which means to divide into pieces. The prefx Vi i+ denotes
distinctly. Vicchinna i+i=-= means cut into pieces, interrupted.
Udaranam =:||||= is derived from the root verb Ri = which
means to rise. The prefx Ud =: denotes upwards, Udara means
increasing in magnitude, manifest.
Putting it together, Kleshas of the four types succeeding
Avidya, irrespective of their intensity and efect, originate in the
Avidya wrong understanding of reality by us.
118
l
l
119
i=-t-ti: rtt=t-n i=--tinrtt-rtisti+t asa
Anityucidukhntmasu
nityaucisukhtmakhytiravidy ||5||
Wrong notion about reality (i+=|) is to recognize (r=|i-) what
is not everlasting (i==) as everlasting (i==), what is not pure
(.|i=), as pure (.|i=) what is pain (:r|) as pleasure (=r|) and
what is not-Self (=|==) as the Self (|==) ||5||
To further clarify the concept of Avidya, wrong knowledge,
Patanjali gives examples in this Sutra, examples of what is
misunderstood as what are given. The frst word gives the
realities, the second gives mistaken notions.
The realities are Anityashuchidukhahnatmasu i==|.|-
i=:r||=|==, i==+ .|i=+ :r|+ =|==. The last term ends in
locative, meaning that the non-realities are perceived in these
realities. Each of the term in the second word needs to be
linked to corresponding reality given in the frst term.
The second word is Nityashuchisukhatmakhyatiravidya
i==.|i==r||=r=|i-i+=|, i==+.|i=+=r|+|=r=|i-+i+=|.
Let us see what is mistaken in what. i== i==r=|i-, the
Nitya, the everlasting is perceived in the Anitya, non-everlasting.
.|=| .|i=r=|i-, the Suchi, the pure is perceived in the Asuchi,
the impure. :r| =r|r=|i-, the Sukha, joy is perceived in the
Dukkha, the painful. Above all =|=i= |=r=|i-, the Atma, the
self is perceived in the Anatma, what is not self, this is surely
wrong notion of reality.
The clarity and comprehensive nature of this sutra stop all
notes and comments in their track.
::-t=-t+-tt+t-s+tirst asa
Dgdaranaaktyorektmatevsmit ||6||
Asmita (i==-|) is recognizing as if (:+) the power of the Seer
(:=) is one and the same ()=|=-|) as the power (.|+-) of the
seen (:.|=). This leads to identifcation of mind and body with
the self (i==-|) ||6||
The word Shaktyoh (.|+=|) means really of the two powers.
It is translated in two singulars for the sake of convenience. The
Drish :.|, the Seer is the life giving principle within each one of
us. The Power of the Seer to see, to experience is infnite.
The Darshan :.|=, the seeing, the process, on the other
hand, takes place in the Seen; which includes everything other
than the Seer within. This includes everything starting from
buddhi or the intelligence, the Chitta or the mind, the human
body and the whole world outside. The power of the Seen is to
give experience to the Seer.
We tend to identify the power of the Seer within with the
power of the mind and the body to see and to experience.
This wrong notion is defned as Asmita. Two things need to
be kept in mind, the use of the word iva :+ which means as
if. We do not completely take the two powers to be the same.
Somewhere, deep within us the doubt, whether these are the
same, is there; based on some experience in our past.
We are not completely lost; each one of us can keep a
hope of being liberated, if not now, later. Secondly, we tend to
identify, albeit with hesitation, the power of the Seer with the
power of the Seen, and not these entities, which are clearly
diferent. The Experiences take place and are recorded in the
Seen, since the Seer has no recording facility.
120
l
l
121
nrtt=-tt ttv a:a
Sukhnuay rga ||7||
Attachment (|=) coexists with (=.|=|) Pleasure (=r|)
The Raga |= is derived from the verb Ranj = which
means to colour, Raga is ability to colour, attachment, afection,
attraction. The word Anushayi is derived from the root verb
Shi i.| which means to lie down, the prefx Anu = denotes
closeness. Anushi means closely adhere to. Anushayi means
closely adhering to. The attraction, attachment closely adheres
to pleasure.
We are attracted towards various objects, starting from our
intelligence, our body, and various objects of experience. When
we are able to get and enjoy any of these, it leads to pleasure.
This leads to attachment. On the contrary, when we are not
able to get and to enjoy any of these, it leads to displeasure
or pain.
:rtt=-tt zt asa
Dukhnuay dvea||8||
Aversion (;|) coexists with (=.|=|) pain or sorrow (:r|); ||8||
The word Dvesha ;| derived from the root verb Dvish i;|
which means to hate or to dislike, to be hostile. Dvesha means
aversion, hatred, hostility. The aversion, hatred, hostility closely
adhere to experience of pain.
When we lose or do not get what attracts us, it leads to
sorrow and pain. The experience of pain leads to aversion or
abhorrence. The pleasure and pain are thus inevitably linked
together. When we realize that both belong to the Seen, and the
pain or pleasure that we feel is due to our wrongly identifying
with the life principle within us, which is distinct from the mind-
body complex, the experience itself gets externalised. When
this happens, when the avidya is gone, there is no pain, no
sorrow.
122
l
l
123
r+tn+trt i+:ttsit stt=:tsi-ti=+-t asa
Svarasavh viduopi tathrhobhinivea ||9||
The instinctive (=+=+|r|), desperation for continued existence
(i-|i=+.|) is well established (|=:) even (i+) in the wise
(i+:|); in the same manner (as others) (-||) ||9||
The word Swaraswahi =+=+|r| consists of Swa =+, Rasa
=, Vahi +|r|. Vahi is derived from the root verb Vah +r which
means to carry, Vahi is something that carries. Rasa is the
essense of anything. Swa means own, Swarasavahi means
carried forward as the essential nature, instinctive.
The word Viduh i+: is derived from the root verb Vid i+:
which means to learn, to know. Viduh is someone who is learned,
knowledgeable. Api i+ means also. The word Arudhah |=:
is derived from the root verb Ruh =r which means to rise or
to mount. The prefx Aa | denotes location. Arudha means
mounted on.
Abhinivesha i-|i=+.| is derived from the root verb Vish
i+.| which means to pervade; to sit or settle down on. The
prefx Ni i= denotes downwards. The prefx Abhi i-| denotes
repeated application, happening again and again, continuity.
Abhinivesha means attach ent to continue in the present state,
desire for continued existence.
To put it together, the instinctive clinging to life, frm
attachment to continued existence afects and controls even
the learned ones.
Abhinivesha i-|i=+.| is the basic attachment of clinging
to this body-mind complex; attachment to continuity of the
present; all the more so, if there is experience of pleasure now;
anxiety about the uncertainty of what the future will bring. All of
these are associated with the body-mind complex, the Seen.
Once there is experiential understanding that the Seer within is
distinctly diferent from everything else, the clinging is released,
we are free.
s isn+rt n:t aea
Te pratiprasavahey skm ||10||
Those (causes of sorrow, kleshas,) (-) (=-=|) need to be reduced
to (r=|) minimum by retracing them back to their sources,
(+i-+=+) ||10|| (sources are given in earlier four sutras)
Pratiprasava is a wonderful tool suggested by Patanjali for
minimizing the causes of sorrow. Pratiprasava +i-+=+ means
sending back to the origin literally reverse of the process of
being born. It is Opposite of +=+ Prasava; which means being
born in Sanskrit. Going along a logical linkage is a natural
property of the Buddhi, the intelligence part of the mind, the
Chitta. The process of Pratiprasava consists of going along a
reverse logical linkage from the sorrow to its immediate cause;
We continue with the same process for the cause of this cause,
so on and so forth, in the reverse order. Ultimately we will end
up with Avidya as the root cause. In the notes to the sutras
describing various kleshas, this has been attempted. Such a
process minimises the efect of the Klesha, sorrow.
The word Heya r=| is derived from the root verb Ha r|
which means to cause to go. Heya means caused to be gone,
removed.
The term Sukshma =-= is derived from root Such .|= which
means to clean, to refne. Sukshma means refned, minute,
atomic, and subtle.
Putting it together when the Kleshas are subtle, they are to
be removed by logically retracing them back to their sources.
The method for minimising the Kleshas is given in the frst
Sutra of this Sadhana Padah.
124
l
l
125
t=rtrs:+-t aa
Dhynaheystadvttaya ||11||
Those (--) fxed behaviour patterns of mind (+-|=) need to be
eliminated (r=|) through meditation (=|=) ||11||
Is it really possible to follow a logical process when the
efect of the Klesha is in full bloom? The answer is negative.
The behaviour of the mind is so completely patterned that we
are lost in the labyrinth of these patterns; the Vrittis. No logical
reasoning is possible. Patanjali suggests Dhyana, focusing the
mind on an object till the experience becomes continuous as a
remedy to get out of this labyrinth.
The word Dhyanaheyastadvrittayah =|=r=|=-:+-|= consists
of Dhyanaheyah =|=r=| and Tadvrittayah -:+-|=. Dhyana
=|= is derived from the root verb Dhyai = which means to
meditate, to hold in mind, to contemplate. Dhyana =|= thus is
said to happen when, in the process of Dharana, the response
to the object of experience, draws out in a single unbroken
thread. The word Heya r=| is derived from the root verb Ha r|
which means to cause to go. Heya means caused to be gone,
removed. What follows is to be removed using Dhyana as a
tool. What is to be removed? The answer is in the second part
of the word, Tadvrittayah -:+-|=. The pronoun Tat here refers
to the Klesha mentioned in the previous. The Vrittis, patterns,
thought constructs created in the mind as a result of the Kleshas
coming into operation are to be removed by using Dhyana.
The suggestion of a subject acceptable to the mind =||i-|=-
is given earlier. The process of Dhyana de-patterns the mind, if
only for some time. The labyrinth is cut open to indicate a way
out; to be free. A wise combination of the process of Dhyana
and Pratiprasava will weaken the Kleshas and the resultant
sorrow.
+n-tn +t-tt :-t:-*-+:=t aza
Kleamla karmayo ddajanmavedanya ||12||
The latent impressions of action (==|.|=), are rooted in (=n)
the causes of sufering (+n.|) which become manifest (+:=|=)
in the present life (:==-=) or in a future life (:==-=) ||12||
This and the following few Sutras relate to the theory of
Kleshas and Karma and the resultant Vasanas.
The sutras could be made applicable to a continuum of
births or only the present life. Since Patanjali has not mentioned
death specifcally in the sutras, the sutras could apply equally
well to the present life alone.
In the previous Sutra a reference was made to the Vrittis
originating out of the Kleshas. This Sutra provides the details
of the Vrittis originating in Kleshas. The frst word of the Sutra
is Kleshamulah +n.|=n, it refers to something which has roots
Mulah =n in the Kleshas. What is rooted in the Kleshsas?
The next word Karmashaya is rooted in Kleshas. Karmashaya
==|.|= consists of Karman === and Ashaya |.|=. The word
Karman is derived from the root verb Kri j which means to do
or to act. Karman means the recording in the mind of an action
done by us in the past. The word Ashaya is derived from the
root verb Shir .|| which means to lie or to rest. The prefx Aaa
| denotes place. Ashi |.|| means to lie at one place. Ashaya
means resting place, store. Karmashaya means the store of
recordings in the mind, the Chitta, of all the past actions.
Since we have memory, we remember what we have done
in the past. When we are displeased, some event causes pain
and sorrow to us we try to fnd why such a thing has taken
place. More often than not, there is no apparent reason for
the pain. We then try to link the pain with what we have done
in the past. We do not remember each and every event as it
happened since we were born; however we carry in our memory
impressions of our past. The impressions, whether hidden or
seen, of past actions are rooted in pentad of Avidya, Asmita,
Raga, Dwesha and Abhinivesha; they appear to link the past
126
l
l
127
actions to the present experience. The present experience of
the sorrow is due to these recordings, impressions. The present
experience is seen as a direct result of the past actions.
nis n sizt+t *t-t-ttvt asa
Sati mle tadvipko jtyyurbhog ||13||
The birth (=|i-), span of life (|=) and experiences (-||=|) are
the consequences (i++|=) of those causes of sufering (--)
remaining (=i-) at the root (=n) ||13||
The Sutra starts with Sati Mule =i- =n, this is a special
way of indicating the locative. The word that follows, Sati is
the location, from that word. Here Mule =n follows Sati, which
refers to Karmashaya in the previous Sutra.
Vipaka i++|= means fruition. The term tat -- refers to the
Karmashaya of the previous Sutra.
The Jati =|i- also means the Personality, Ayu |= also means
the type of life. Bhoga -|| =| means the present experience.
The fruition of the impressions results in our present
personality, the type of life we are living now and the experiences
we are undergoing. The present life is thus seen as a result of
the past actions. The impressions, in turn, are frmly rooted in
the fve kleshas. If the roots are cut the tree will die. Similarly if
the kleshas are removed, the tree of the present and sorrows
will die, the binds will be cut, and we will be free.
128
l
l
129
s rnt:itst=nt trs-+ts a1a
Te hldaparitpaphal puypuyahetutvt ||14||
These consequences (-) appear as results (r-+|-), pleasant
(--||:) or painful (+i-|+), being the fruits (=n|) of virtue (+=) and
vice (+=), respectively||14||
Te - which means those, refer to the Jatyayurbhogah
=|=|=-||=|, present personality, the type of life we are living now
and the experiences we are undergoing. The next words give
the reasons as to why these difer from individual to individual.
The next word Hladaparitapaphala -n|:+i-|+=n| consists of
Hlada -n|:, derived from root Hlad -n|: which means to shout
with joy, to be glad, means joy or happiness; Paritapa +i-|+
derived from root verb Tap -|+ which means to heat. The prefx
Pari +i indicates in detail, paying full attention to, completely.
Paritap means to heat comprensively, completely to make as
discomfortable as possible. Paritapa +i-|+ thus means not
comfortable, painful. Phala =n means fruit, end result.
The next word gives as to why the fruits are pleasant or
painful, Punyapunyahetutvat +=|+=r-+|-, +=+ +=+ r-+|-.
The word Punya is derived from the root verb Pun += which
means to do good, Punya the noun means good or virtuous
deed. Apunya means bad deed. Hetutvat r-+|- is derived from
Hetu r- which means motive or cause. Hetutva means being
the cause of.
As a result of the natural tendency of the mind to see a
logical cause and efect, the present experiences, pleasant or
painful are seen by us as results of our past actions, catagorized
to be full of virtue or vice. Since our experiences are a mixed
bag, mainly painful, this perception leads to more pain.
itttstn r+tt: rt v t+ i-ti+tt tt : rt + n+ i++ i+= asa
Parimatpasaskradukhairguavttivirodhcca
dukhameva sarva vivekina ||15||
Thus there is pain on account of the continuous changes in the
environment (+i||=), pain as a result of our actions (-|+), and
pain on account of the activation of latent impressions of the
past experiences (===|:r|), the tussles (i+|||-) between the
fxed patterns of behaviour of the mind (+i-|) and the constituents
of the nature (=|) cause pain (=). Everything (=+=) is therefore
()+) painful (:r|=) for a discerning individual (i++i==).
Let us consider the frst group of direct causes of sorrows,
Parinamatapasamskaradukkhaih +i||=-|+===|:, +i||=+ -|++
===|:r| Parinama +i||= is derived from root verb Nam ==
which means to bend, the prefx Pari +i denotes complete,
Parinam +i|= means to undergo change, transform. Parinama
the noun means transformation. The transformation relates
to the changes taking place in the environment as also the
individual, which contribute to the sorrows. Tapa -|+ as seen
in the previous Sutra means caused pain as a result of past
deeds. The word Samskara ===| is derived from the root verb
Kri j which means to act, to do, to perform. The prefx Sam ==
whatever one felt in the Chitta, the mind. The replay of these
more often than not causes pain.
The next group lists indirect causes of pain and sorrow,
Gunavrittivirodhaccha =|+i-|i+|||= , =|+ +i-|+ i+|||-+ =. The
word Guna =| is derived from the root verb Grah =r which
means to accept, Guna means quality, the word also denotes
the three primary constituent qualities of the nature according
to Sankhya Philosophy. The word Vritti +i-|, derived from the
root verb Vrit +-| which means to be which means simply way
of being, fxed as such, as a result of repeated behaviour of this
130
l
l
131
type in the past, pattern of being, mental construct. The word
Virodha i+|| is derived from the root verb Rudh =| means to be
stopped, to stop, to bring to an end. Prefx Vi indicates distinct.
Virudh means to stop a particular object, oppose, Virodh i+||
would mean opposition. The opposition between the Gunas,
constituent qualities of the nature and the fxed patterns of the
behaviour of the mind, the Chitta may also generate sorrow.
The rest of the Sutra is :r|=+ =+ i++i==. Dukkhameva
:r|=+ means sorrow alone. Sarvam =+ means everything
without exception. The word Vivekinah i++i== is derived from
root verb Vich i+= which means to discriminate, discern, judge.
The prefx Vi i+ denotes application in a systematic manner,
intensify the action indicated in the verb following it. Vivekin
means someone who is able to discriminate in a systematic
manner.
A discerning person, after seeing this endless chain of
efect and cause, or cause and afect, comes to conclude that
everything is pain. This sutra covers all the possible causes of
pain.
If this is so, is everything lost? In the eyes of Patanjali,
everything is not lost. There is still some hope.
r :rt=tvs asa
Heya dukhamangatam ||16||
Pain (: r|) yet to come (=|=-= ) needs to be eliminated (r = ) ||16||
The word Heyam r== is derived from the root verb Ha r|
which means to cause to go. Heyam means caused to be gone,
removed. Dukkam :r|= means sorrow. The word Anagatam
=|=-= is derived from the root verb Gam == which means to
go. The prefx Aa | denotes from, Agam |== means to come.
The prefx An = denotes not. Thus Anagatam =|=-= means
yet to come. The sorrows yet to come, need to be removed.
Whatever pain has been experienced so far is past. The
key, according to Patanjali is to eliminate the future pain, pain
yet to be experienced. How does one do that? Everyone will be
highly interested in knowing the way to eliminate future pain.
132
l
l
133
:-:-t ntvt rrs a:a
Dradyayo sayogo heyahetu ||17||
The coming together (= =| =) of the Seer (: =) with the seen (: .==| )
is the cause (r - ) of pain, it needs to be eliminated (r =) ||17||
Reverting back to the Sutra which states that for a
discriminating person everything is sorrow as a result of
transformations, as a result of the past actions, as a result of
recollection of impressions in the mind and opposition between
the constituent qualities of the nature and the mental constructs
in the mind, Patanjali fnds the common factor running between
all this jumble of pain. What is this common factor, the primary
reason? The frst two terms of this Sutra give the primary
reason, Drashtrirdhishyayoh Sammyogah :=:.==| ==|=.
The word Drashtuh := is derived from root verb Drish :.|
which means to see, to behold, to experience with any of the
senses or to see with the mind. Drashtuh therefore means
someone who sees, beholds. This process presumes that the
Seer thus defned does not get afected by what he sees.
The word Drishya :.= is derived from the same root. It
means the Seen, which means anything and everything except
the Seer within. Starting from the mind-body complex that we
have to the whole of the universe, everything is the Seen,
The word Samyoga ==|= is derived from the root verb Yuj
== which means to join. The prefx Sam == denotes together.
Samyuj === means to attach together. Samyoga, ==|= the noun,
means conjunction, connection. This is a very special kind of
conjuction where the two entities remain totally segregated but
together. The special feature of the conjunction will come in
Kaivalyapada later.
The last two words are Heyahetuh r=r-. Heya, r=| means
to be removed. Hetu r- means cause or the reason. This
coming together, Samyoga ==|= is the reason for the sorrow
and needs to be removed.
Most of the present pain is seen as result of past action
through the mechanism of residual efect of the past actions.
The residues are rooted in the fve Kleshas; accumulated as
a result of our wrong perception of reality. The Kleshas also
cause some pain in the present on their own, through the Vrittis,
patterned behaviour of mind. The process of Pratiprasava
leads us to conclude that all the Kleshas originate in the
Avidya, wrong understanding of reality. One of the reasons of
this is to believe that the power of the Seer is same as the
Power of the Seen, Asmita. This is coming together of the Seer
and the Seen. If the pain and the sorrow are to be eliminated,
this wrong perception, this Basic Viparyaya i++== needs to be
eliminated.
134
l
l
135
+t-ti+tirtis-ttn -tsi-:t-+ -ttvt+vtt :- asa
Prakakriysthitila bhtendriytmaka
bhogpavargrtha dyam ||18||
Everything that is seen (:.==) exhibits (.||n=) energy (+=|.|),
action (i==|) and inertia (i=|i-), it consists of (|===) elements
(-|-) (and) mechanisms of perception and movement (:i:=), it
exists for the sake (|=) of experience (-||=) and Liberation
(++=) (of the Seer) ||18||
Since the apparent coming together of the Seer and the
Seen is considered to be the reason for all the pain, Patanjali
gives formal defnitions of the Seen and the Seer
What does the Seen the Drishyam consist of? This Sutra
besides giving an answer to this question comments on the
purpose for which the Seen exists. The frst term of the Sutra gives
the characteristics of the Drishyam, Prakashakriyasthitishilam
+=|.|i==|i=|i-.||n, +=|.|+ i==|+ i=|i-+ .||n=. The word Prakasha
+=|.| is derived from the verb Prakash +=|.| which mean to shine
or to illumine. The noun Prakasha means brightness or light.
The word Kriya is derived from the root verb Kri j which means
to do or to act. Kriya i==| means action, movement, activity.
The word Sthiti is derived from root verb Stha =|| which means
to stay at one place. The noun Sthiti means stationery position,
pause, or inertia. The word Shilam .||n= is derived from the root
verb Shi .|| which means to lie alongside, to accompany. Shilam
means accompanying. Something Shilam means having that
something as characteristic. So the Seen, the Drishya has
brilliance, movement and inertia as characteristics. Are we not
reminded of modern Physics?
The next word is Bhutendriyatmakam -|-i-:=|== , -|-+ :i:=+
|===. The word Bhuta -|- is derived from the root verb Bhu
-|which means to be or to exist. Bhuta is what exists, all that
exists has been categorised in fve categories by the Sankhya
philosophers. The word Indriya is derived from the root verb in
:= which means to have power, to infuse strength. Indriya is
something in which power has been infused, Organs of sense
and action and Buddhi, the intelligence together. The word
Atmakam is derived from the word Atman |== which means
Self, Atmakam means essence. Something Atamakam means
having something as its essence. The essence of the Seen is
all the things those exist including the mind-body complex of
the person and the senses and the Buddhi which are infused
with the power, the will.
The next word announces the purpose of existence of the
Seen, Bhogapavargartham -||=|++=||=, -||=+ ++=+ |=. The
word Bhoga is derived from the root Bhuj -|= which means to
experience. Bhoga means experience. The word Apavarga is
derived from the root Apavrij ++= which means to get rid of,
Apavarga ++= the noun means the emancipation of the soul
from the body and exemption from further transmigration. The
Seen exists for the specifc purpose of providing experience
and emancipation of the Seer from the body and exemption
from further transmigration.
Everything in the world, outside the human-body, described
as Bhootah -|-| and the mind body complex consisting of the
mechanisms of perception n|=i-:=|i|, mechanisms of action
==i-:=|i| and the mind i=-| including Buddhi =i, is covered
under the term Seen, :==. All these together or separately
provide experience termed as Bhoga -||= to the Seer within.
This all pervading Seen has three characteristics namely energy
termed as Prakasha +=|.|, action termed as Kriya i==|, and
inertia termed as Sthiti i=|i-. Any of the items in the Seen has
these three characteristics, without exceptions. The proportion
and the nature of them will difer from object to object. These
are also terms as Gunas =||.
136
l
l
137
i+-ttti+-ttinvttinvti= vt+tit asa
Vieviealigamtrligni guaparvi ||19||
Particularized (i+.||), unparticularised (i+.||), marked
(in===||) and unmarked (in==|i=) are the varied states (++|i|)
of the fundamental qualities of the seen, the nature) (=|) ||19||
The previous Sutra gives the three basic constituent
characteristics of the Seen, namely Brilliance, Movement and
Inertia; these are designated as the Gunas in the Sankhya
Philosophy. The combinations of these Gunas, depending
on the depth and level of perception by the Seer, are
perceived diferently, as diferent states. These are specifed
as Particularized (i+.||), unparticularized (i+.||), marked
(in===||) and unmarked (in==|i=). This was possibly the best
possible way of categorization of the objects in the Seen, the
mind-body complex and the world during the times when Yoga
was developed, there being no extensions to the mechanisms
of perception and the mechanisms of action, this was the best
classifcation as perceived by the instrument of Buddhi. I frmly
believe that the system is so strong that even if we were to
take all the help of the technology at our disposal, the end
results, as far as the human experience and liberation will not
change; on the contrary the system will be based on provable
experiments.
:-t :i-ttt -tztsi -t=- azea
Dra dimtra uddhopi pratyaynupaya ||20||
The Seer (dra) :=| being the power to witness (di) :i.| alone
(mtra) =||, perceives (anupaya) =+.= the experiences of
the mind (pratyaya) +== but (api) remains pure and untouched
(uddha) .|, ||20||
After describing the Seen, Patanjali now describes the Seer.
He describes the Seer as only the power of seeing Drishimatra,
:i.|=||. Further, the seeing is indirect Anupashya =+.=, the
Seer within sees the objects only through the responses
generated by them in the mind, as Pratyaya +==. As a result of
this the Seer remains Pure Shuddha .|,, untouched, even after
this Seeing. Does it not remind us of a CPU in a Computer,
perceiving and Acting through only the peripherals? The simile
is extremely limiting the reality but defnitely enhances our
understanding.
138
l
l
139
s:t + :-rt-t aza
Tadartha eva dyasytm ||21||
The contents (|=|) of the seen (:.===) exist for one (--)
purpose (|) of providing experience to the Seer ()+) ||21||
Patanjali reiterates that all the content of the Seen
Drishyasya :.===, have only one purpose Artha |, the purpose
of him, Tat --, the Seer described earlier.
Stated in a diferent manner, it means that the Seen alone,
consisting of the mind body complex and the outside world,
can provide experience to the Seer. He has no other channel
for this purpose. This is his strength and weakness.
jstt is =--=- s:-nttttt-+ts azza
Ktrtha prati naamapyanaa
tadanyasdhraatvt||22||
Though (i+) the seen disappears (===) for (+i-) the Purusha
who has accomplished (j-) this purpose of liberation (|=), it
(--) is available (===) for the other (-=) ordinary (=||||+|-)
persons. ||22||
If the Seen exists only for the purpose of providing
experience to the Seer and emancipation of the Seer and
exemption from further transmigration, when that event takes
place, the there would be no purpose for the Seen to exist.
However, there are multiple Seers, as each individual has
one each, who needs to be provided with the experience and
emancipation by the Seen. This commonality for everybody
-==||||+ of the Seen is specifcally expressed in this Sutra.
It starts with Kritartham j-||=, j-+ |=, Krit is derived from
the root verb Kri j which means to do or to act. Krit means
done, completed, Artham means purpose, Krithartham means
something where the purpose, or task is completed.
Prati, +i- means for or towards. The word Nashtam ===
is derived from the root Nash =.| which means to be lost, or
to disappear. Nashtam means lost, disappeared or vanished.
Putting it together, The Seen disappears for the Seer where
purpose of emancipation is served. What happens to the Seen
as relative to the others is given in the rest of the Sutra.The
last term in the Sutra is Anyasadharanatwat -==||||+|-,
-=+ =||||+|-, Anya -= means diferent or other, Sadharana
=|||| means common Sadharanatva means commonality,
Anyasadharanatv means commonality with others. Anashtam
=== means not vanished, remain intact. Api i+ means but
or However. Putting together, The Seen, however, remains as
it is for the others on account of its commonality.For a Seer,
assuming multiplicity of the Seers, who has achieved his
objective of fulfllment of the experience, Kritartham j-||=, the
Seen, vanishes, ceases to exist, as he has no further need of
140
l
l
141
the experience. Does it mean that no more worlds, mission of
the Seer accomplished. This fear is removed by the rest of the
sutra. This states that as the Seen is common to all the other
Seers, Anyasadharanatwat -==||||+|-, it remains, continues
to exist for providing experience to them. In other words, the
Seen is equally powerful, as only the Seen can provide the
experience to the Seer, not one, but infnitude of them. The
new questions which come to mind are who the owner is and
who is the owned .
r+r+ti-t+-t r+=tnitrs ntv azsa
Svasvmiaktyo svarpopalabdhihetu
sayoga||23||
The two powers (.|+=|), Owner (=+|i=) and the Owned (=+)
come together (==|=) for (r-) reaching (=+ni|) their respective
essences (=+=+) ||23||
The efect of the coming together of the Seer and the Seen
was described in a negative manner earlier where it was stated
that the coming together (==|=) of the Seer (:=) with the seen
(:.==|) is the cause (r-) of pain, it needs to be eliminated (r=).
However, the basic purpose of the Seen is to be the provider
of the experience to the Seer for his emancipation. In this Sutra
this dimension of the Samyoga; that of enabler of achievement
of their respective powers is narratedThe frst word in the Sutra
is Swaswamishaktyoh =+=+|i=.|+=|, =++ =+|i=+ .|+=|. Here the
word Swa means Owned, and relates to the Seen, Swami
means the Owner, here relates to the Seer, indicated by the
dual declension of the word Shakti as Shaktyoh, meaning of
the two powers. Shakti is derived from the root verb Shak .|=
which means to be able to, Shakti is the power or the ability.
The purpose of the coming together is given in the second
word of the Sutra, Swarupopalabdhihetu =+=+|+ni|r-, =+=++
=+ni|+ r-. Swarupa =+=+ consists of Swa =+ meaning own,
Rupa =+ which means form, shape, fgure. Swarupa thus
means own form, own shape, essence. The word Upalabdhi
=+ni| is derived from the root verb Labh n-| which means
to gain possession of, to possess. The prefx Upa denotes
together with, Upalabdhi means beneft, gain. Hetu r- means
purpose. Putting it together, Swarupopalabdhihetu =+=+|+ni
r- means for the purpose of attaining their own forms. The
apparent coming together Samyoga ==|= of the Seer and the
Seen is for the purpose of enabling Upalabdhihetu =+ni|r-
both of them to reach their essence, fulfll their duties, for a Seer
to complete his world experience and to be free and for the
Seen to provide the necessary world experience to the Seer.
142
l
l
143
The Seer goes along blessed and free and the Seen having
satisfaction of sending one, or one more to be precise, awaits
for the Next one. This is Samyoga ==|= leading to ultimate
Yoga =|=. If one recollects, in the Sutra 1.3 Patanjali narrates
afect of achieving Yoga, Then (-:|), the Seer (:=) steps into
(+=||==) his essence (=+=+).
sr rsti+t az1a
Tasya heturavidy ||24||
Ignorance (i+=|) is instrument (r-) of that coming together
(-==) ||24||
Tasya -== means of that, that here refers to the Samyoga,
the coming together of the Seer and the Seen. Hetu r- means
cause. The word Avidya i+=| is derived from the root verb
Vid i+: which means to perceive, understand, know, or learn.
Vidya i+=|, the noun form means something that is learnt,
knowledge. The prefx A denotes negative or the opposite.
Thus Avidya means wrong knowledge, something that is learnt
which is wrong.
The basic Klesha ignorance or false knowledge, Avidya
i+=| causes this apparent coming together. But for this
Klesha, there was no way by which these two entities would
come together. Thus Avidya also serves a purpose, of being
the cause Hetu r- for liberation of the Seer, enabling him to
reach his essence.
144
l
l
145
s:-tt+t-ntvt-tt+t rt= s::-t ++ azsa
Tadabhvtsayogbhvo hna tadde
kaivalyam ||25||
On removal of this ignorance, (-:-||+|-) the union (==|=)
disappears (-||+), The Avidya (i+=|) is to be given up (r|==),
and this leads to Kaivalyam (=+-==) of the Seer (:.|) ||25||
The frst word describes the efect of disappearence of the
Avidya, Tadabhavatsamogabhavo -:-||+|==|=|-||+|, --+-||+|-+
==|=+ -||+. The word Tat -- which means that, refers to Avidya,
the word Abhavat is derived from the root Bhu -| which means
to be, used in a causative manner it means cause to be. Bhava
means caused existence. The prefx A denotes Absence.
Abhava means caused non-existence, disappearance. Abhavat
means as a result of the disappearance. What happens? Abhav
-||+ disappearance of Samyoga ==|= conjunction of Seer and
the Seen happens.
How the Abhava of the Avidya is to take place? As we have
seen Avidya is acquired wrong knowledge, that (--) needs to
be given up Hanam, r|==. Hanam, r|== is derived from the root
Ha r| which means to give up, to release, Hanam means giving
up or release everything. Drisheh :.| is genitive of Drishi :i.|,
derived from the root verb Drish :.|, which means to see to
perceive, Drishi means power of seeing, perception, Drisheh
means of the power of seeing, perception. Giving up of Avidya
and thus removal of everything caused by the Samyoga takes
place leading to the release Kaivalyam, of the power of seeing.
This is Kaivalyam, emancipation of the Seer and exemption
from further transmigration happens.
With the disappearance of Avidya the coming together of
Seer and the Seen vanishes, enabling giving up of everything
caused by the Samyoga takes place Hanam r|== leading to his
absolute freedom, going home, reaching essence of his nature
Swarupa =+=+, attain Kaivalyam =+-==.
Absence of Avidya, wrong perception of the reality, leads
to enablement of the power of the Seer to see everything as is.
It is a necessary condition to further journey but not sufcient.
This power also needs to be given up Hanam Tat r|== --, to
lead to Kaivalya of the Seer. The root verb is ha r| meaning to
give up, to release. If this does not take place a Seer will end
up a Seer, albeit all powerful but only so. No Kaivalya. The
power itself will bind him. Patanjali describes ways to achieve
this Hanam r|==.
146
l
l
147
i+++rtisti+-n+t rt=tt azsa
Vivekakhytiraviplav hnopya ||26||
Incessant and unperturbed (i+n+|) profciency (r=|i-) in
discretion (i++=) is means (=+|=) for bringing everything to a
halt (r|=) ||26||
Patanjali gives specifc measure to be put to practice for
achieving Hanam, the ultimate detachment.Viveka is derived
from root verb Vich i+= which means to discriminate, discern,
judge. The prefx Vi i+ denotes application in a systematic
manner, intensify the action indicated in the verb following it.
Viveka is intense discernment. Viveka i++= is that ability which
enables to distinguish between two objects; appearing similar
on account of the diference between their class, attributes and
location not being easily discernible. Someone who has this
ability, Viveka, does not mistake one for another.
Let us start with Khyati r=|i-. The root verb Khya r=|
means to be known in detail. The term Khyati, in i++=|r=|i-,
understanding by the Viveka goes beyond understanding. It
denotes an experiential understanding and awareness of the
nature of the process of discernment, experienced and felt
as such. This understanding is totally diferent from what one
would have on hearing about it or reading about it. r=|i- also
denotes a continuous awareness. Once achieved, it does not let
you go.Aviplava i+n+| derived from the verb Viplu i+n which
means to foat or drift in diferent directions like a rudderless
boat in the sea, the prefx A denotes absence of what follows,
absence of directionless drifting. Aviplava means focused
continuous and unperturbed application in one direction. The
last term in the Sutra is Hanopayah r|=|+|=, r|=+=+|=, Hanam
r|== is derived from the root verb Ha r| which means to give up,
to relinquish, to let go. Hanam means letting go, relinquishing or
giving up. The word Upayah =+|= is derived from the root verb
I : which means to go, the prefx Up =+ denotes nearness. Upe
=++:, =+ means to go near, Upaya =+|= means something that is
done to go near something, something that is done to achieve
an aim. This Vivekakhyatirviplava i++=r=|i-i+n+|, focused
continuous and unperturbed application in one direction of the
discretion, discernment of what is real, pure, everlasting and
ultimate reality from what is not, is the only way of ensuring,
Hanam r|== ,giving up of anything and everything at all times,
including the all powerfulness, omnipotence available at this
stage.
148
l
l
149
sr n-stt t-s-ti nt az:a
Tasya saptadh prntabhmi praj ||27||
This (The profciency in discretion) leads (-==) to seven (=-||)
tiered (+|--|i=) super cognition (+n|) ||27||
The undeterred adeptness in discernment leads to ultimate
knowledge Prajnya +n| in seven stages. The stages are not
specifed by Patanjali, other commentators have made various
attempts to specify the stages. It may be that when one reaches
a particular stage, the knowledge as to what is the next stage is
available, through Prajnya, perfection in knowledge obtained in
experience of Samadhi.
tvtvt=:t=t:-tiz:t nt=:ti-stti+++rts azsa
Yoggnuhndauddhikaye j
nadptirvivekakhyte ||28||
The bright light (:|i-) of knowledge (n|=), lit by practice (=|=|-)
of the eight limbs (==) of yoga (=|=), results in destruction
(-|=) of impurities (.|i,) and leads to (|) ultimate profciency
(r=|-) in discretion (i++=)||28||
Here Patanjali reverts back to the means of achieving the
undeterred adeptness in discernment. i++=r=|i- The frst word
of the Sutra is Yoganganushthanadashuddhiksaye =|=|==|-
=|=|:.|i,-|=, =|=+ ==+ =|=|-+ .|i,+ -|=.
The term =|= Yoga, when applied to human senses and
mind, denotes a highly sophisticated system for human
development and growth which enables every one to realize
his or her maximum potential. This system consists of a well
arranged program of practices capable of steadying the mind,
with a view to transcending the limitations of worldly existence;
the human egoic barriers to spiritual freedom to enable
everyone to realize their potential.
The next term is Anga == is derived from the root verb
Ang == which means to move or to go around, Anga ==
means something with which one goes around, limbs of the
body, component part.
The next term is Anushthanat =|=|-, derived from the
root verb Stha =|| which means to stand at one place or to stay
at one place, the prefx Anu = denotes succession, following,
Anustha means to stand at one place near something, to
practice. Anusthan means continuous practice. Anushthanat
means as a result of continuous practice.
What happens as a result? Ashuddhikhay .|i,-|= happens.
The word Ashuddhi .|i, is derived from the root verb Shuddh
.|| which means to make pure, to clean, the prefx A denotes
opposite or absence, Ashuddhi thus means impurity. The term
Kshaya -|= is derived the root verb Kshi i-| which means to
make an end of or to destroy, Kshaya means destruction,
150
l
l
151
end, removal. Putting it together, The continuous practice of
the various component parts of Yoga leads to removal of the
impurities. What is the result of such removal? It is given in the
next term.
The next term is Jnyanadiptiravivekakhyateeh n|=:|i--
|i++=r=|-, n|=+ :|i-+ |i++=r=|- The word Jnyana n|= is
derived from the root verb Jnya n| which means to know or to
understand, Jnyana n|= means knowledge or understanding.
The word Dipti :|i- is derived from the root verb Dip :|+ which
means to burn with a bright fame or to be intensely luminous,
bright, Dipti means brightness, luminosity.
The next term is Aavivekakhyateh |i++=r=|-, |+i++=r=|-
Vivekkhyati i++=r=|i- as we have seen earlier means adeptness
in discretion, discernment of what is real, pure, everlasting and
ultimate reality from what is not. The prefx Aa | denotes until
something happens. Aavivekkhyateh |i++=r=|- thus means
till Vivekkhyati is achieved. Putting it together, the continuous
practice of component parts of Yoga, leads to removal of
impurities igniting the brilliance of the knowledge till the
adeptness in discernment is achieved and stabilized.
He says practicing, Anushthanat =|=|-, on a continuous
basis the various component parts, Anga == of Yoga =|=
reduces the impurities Ashuddhikshaye .|i:-|= ignites the
brilliance of real knowledge, Jnyanadeepti n|=:|i-, till the above
adeptness in discernment, Vivekakhyati i++=r=|i- is stabilized.
i=tn=tttt-trtttttttt=nttts-t+vti= azsa
Yamaniyamsanaprymapratyhradhradhy
nasamdhayovagni ||29||
Code of conduct with others, Yama; (==) Observances for
ones own conduct, Niyama; (i===) Correctness of posture,
Asana; (|==) breathing with complete awareness, Pranayama;
(+ |||=|=) inward focusing of all sense organs, Pratyahara; (+ =|r|)
attention focusing, Dharana; (||||) one pointed attentiveness,
Dhyana; (=|=) and complete engrossment, Samadhi (==|i|)
are the eight (==) limbs (==|i=) (of yoga) ||29||
Patanjali lists here the eight component parts Ashtauangani
=|+==|i= of his yoga system. Apart from indicating them in
a serial order, it is not stated anywhere that these should be
taken up in that order. The basic issue is that one should get
attached to yoga out of liking; out of the confdence that yes,
here is something that will make a better me out of me.
If one were to decide to follow implement them in the order
given, one is most likely to give up at the frst step itself, of
adhering to Yamas ==, code of conduct for behaviour with
others. To follow the code as it is, is difcult and to follow it all
times without exception on account of anything whatsoever is
initially next to impossible.
Better to start wherever you feel attracted, try with all
sincerity to practice, Anushthana =|= the same, yoga will
happen to you. At some point one would realize that the
ultimate goal is possible only after all the eight components
are practiced with sincerity.
What I have observed is that the components have a
synergy of their linkage. When practice of one or more of them
is stabilized, practice of the remaining components becomes
relatively easy. Try and at some point you will be practicing
them all. Each one of the practices bring a little of the light, all
together bring Jnyanadeepti n|=:|i-.
152
l
l
153
irntn-trsxtitvrt t asea
Ahissatysteyabrahmacaryparigrah yam ||30||
Not injuring others, Ahinsa; (ir=|) truth, Satya; (===) not
stealing, Asteya; (=-=) dwelling in the divine, Brahmacharya;
(=m==) non-possession, Aparigraha (+i=r) are the code of
conduct with others; Yamas (==|) ||30||
Yamas lay down code of conduct for behaviour with the
others.
The last word in the Sutra, Yamah == is derived from the
root verb Yam == which means to restrain, to hold back. It is
the noun form, which means restraint, holding back, keeping
in check. What are we trying to check? What is common in
the fve Yamas which is to be restrained, held back, and kept
in check? The most plausible common answer appears to be
animal like behaviour.
Let us look at each of the Yama, starting with Ahinsa ir=|.
Ahinsa is derived from root verb Hins ir= which means to
wound, to cause harm, to kill, the prefx A denotes opposite
or absence of. Ahinsa, the noun form means not causing harm.
It may be noted here that both physical harm and mental harm
is included here as also harm to self.
The word Satya == is derived from Sat =|- which is present
participle of the root As = which means to be. Sat means as
it is, true, Satya means the truth as it is.
The word Asteya is derived from the root verb Stai =- which
means to steal, to take possession of what is not yours. The
prefx a denotes opposite. Astai =- means not to steal,
Asteya, the noun form, means not stealing, limiting your needs
to what is rightfully yours.
The word Brahmacharya =m== has made people go in
circles around sex, or rather avoidance of sexual behaviour.
The word Brahman =m= means the Supreme Spirit, the
Absolute. It is derived from the root verb Brih +r which means
to grow, to fll-up. Brahman therefore means something which
flls up everything, the Supreme Spirit, the Absolute. Charya ==
derives from the root verb Char = which means to engage in,
to be occupied with, to obtain knowledge about.
The root verb char = also has sexual connotation, to the
extent that it also means to have intercourse with, similar to
the old English to be with meaning the intercourse. In the
context of yoga and in the context of Yamas as restraints which
distinguish us from animals the most applicable meaning will be
to be occupied with Brahman, with a view to obtain knowledge
about it.
The word Aparigraha +i=r is derived from the root Grah
=r which means to take, to receive, to accept. This verb covers
a wide range of activities, like see, hear, smell, taste, and
accept after analysis, depending on the context. The prefx
Pari +i denotes complete. Parigrah +i=r means to grasp, to
seize. The prefx A denotes absence. Aparigraha, the noun
thus means total absence of possessiveness, desire for any
object.
These fve items distinguish us from the animals. Not
restraining ourselves in these areas would make us no diferent
from the animals. Additionally following the yamas would also
lead to our actions causing the least disturbance in the world
order and also causing the least disturbance in our mind, the
Chitta. These restraints thus free us; free us from the animal
within us, and also free us from the additional baggage of
Vrittis.
154
l
l
155
*tis:-t+tnnt=+io-=t nt+-ttt rt+s asa
Jtideaklasamaynavacchinn srvabhaum
mahvratam ||31||
When practiced everywhere on the earth (=|+-||=|), without
any excuses, for discontinuation (=+i=-=|) of class of the
concerned people (=|i-), place of observance (:.|), time of
observance (=|n) and adherence to the local customs(===|-),
the code of conduct with others becomes the great vow(=r|+-=)
||31||
Let us start from the last word, Mahavratam =r|+-=, =r|++-=.
The term Maha is a short form of the word Mahat =r-, derived
from the root Mah =r which means to be great. Mahat means
the greatest. The word Vratam +-= is derived from root Vri +
which means to restrain, Vratam means something that is to be
adhered to, observance, vow. When does a Vratam become
Mahavratam, greatest of the vows? The frst two words provide
the answer.
The word Sarvabhauma =|+-||=|, =|++ -||=|, Sarva is derived
from the root verb Sri = which means to pervade, Sarva =|+
means pervading everywhere, the term Bhauma is derived from
the word Bhumi -| i= which means the earth, Bhauma means
relating to earth, Sarvabhauma means everywhere on the earth.
Further conditions are given in the frst word of the Sutra.
The frst word is Jatideshakalasamayanavacchinna
=|i-:.|=|n===|=+i=-=|, =|i-+:.|+=|n+===+ =+i=-=| The word
Jati is derived from the root Verb Jan == which means to be
born, Jati means type of person fxed by birth.
The word Desh :.| means any spot or place shown or
indicated, derived from the root verb Dish i:.| which means to
point a direction, to show a direction.
The word Kala =|n is derived from root verb Kal =n which
means to reckon, to calculate or to count. Kala =|n means point
of time, a unit of time.
The word Samay === is derived from the root verb I : which
means to move. The prefx Sam == denotes together. Sami =i=
means to come together, Samay === means occasion to come
together, occasion.
The next term Anavacchinna =+i=-=|, derived from the
root verb Cchid i=: which means to divide into pieces, to break.
The prefx Ava +, A denotes downwards. Avacchid means cut
completely. The prefx An = denotes not Anavacchinna thus
means not broken at all, unbroken.
To put it together, the great vow of adhering to the Yamas
and Niyamas needs to remain unbroken irrespective of the
type of person observing the vow, fxed by birth, the place
where one is living, the time and the occasion. No excuses
whatsoever for non-adherence.
The Mahavrata =r|+- of observing the restraints, irrespective
of time, place, people and local customs enables one to remain
human, gifted with Buddhi, the intelligence, and a mind which
enables us to think and refect. This way of looking at the world
was the best when the system of yoga was formulated; now it
has become all the more relevant.
The four of the restraints are obvious for implementation.
The Brahmacharya =m== has made people go in circles
around sex, or rather avoidance of sexual behaviour. The
word Brahman =m|= means the Supreme Spirit, the Absolute.
It is derived from the root verb Brih =r which means to grow,
to fll-up. Brahman therefore means something which flls
up everything, the Supreme Spirit, the Absolute. Charya ==
extent that it also means to have intercourse with, similar to
the old English to be with meaning the intercourse. In the
context of yoga and in the context of Yamas as restraints which
distinguish us from animals the most applicable meaning will be
to be occupied with Brahman, with a view to obtain knowledge
about it.
156
l
l
157
-ttn-stts r+tt-+tittt=ti= i=t asza
aucasantoatapasvdhyyevarapraidhnni
niyam ||32||
Cleanliness (.||=), Contentment (=--||), Removal of self
destructive behaviour (-+), Study of oneself to understand
self (=+|=|=), and complete submission (+i|||=|i=) before the
highest self (:.+) constitute the Observances for own conduct
(i===|)||32||
The Niyamas i=== are observances for the conduct of the
body-mind complex, again aimed at being human as against
animal. Of course some of the animals observe some of these
more rigidly than we do. Adherence to these will, once again
ensure that we are following the path of least disturbance, both
for the world and for the body-mind complex.
The word Niyama is derived from the root verb Yam ==
which means to restrain, to hold back. The prefx Ni i= denotes
downwards movement. Niyama thus means frmly grounded
restraints for conduct of the body-mind-complex.
The frst Niyama is Shaucha .||=, derived from the root verb
Shuch .|= which means to make pure, to clean, Shauch means
cleanliness of the body and mind.
The word Santosha =-|| is derived from root verb Tush -|
which means to be contented or satisfed. The prefx Sam ==
denoted comprehensiveness. Santosha means the quality of
being satisfed with whatever one gets, always contented.
The next Niyama is Tapas -+=, derived from root Tap -+
which means to heat, since heating has been the process to
remove impurities, it also means to remove impurities. Tapas
as applied to the human-body-mind complex mean all those
activities undertaken to remove all the impurities, all self
destructive habits both physical and mental.
The next Niyama is Swadhyaya =+|=|=, =++=|=. In the
context of Yogasutras the word Swa is used in the sense of
owned, the human-body-mind complex and the world at large.
The word Adhyay is derived from the root Adhi || which means
to study, Adhyay means study. Swadhaya means study of our
own body-mind-complex and the world to understand it better.
The next Niyama is Ishvarpranidhana :.++i|||=. Let us
start with Ishvara :.+. Ishvara is derived from the root Ish :.|
which means to own, possess; to belong to; to dispose of, be
valid or powerful, to be master of. Ish the noun form means
master, lord, the supreme spirit. The sufx Var + which denotes
the best, seniormost, Ishvara thus means the supreme lord of
everything.
Pranidhana +i|||= literally means to place something near to.
Ishwarpranidhan :.++i|||= literally means placing oneself as
The next two Sutras suggest a remedy, if non adherence to
Yamas and Niyamas does happen.
158
l
l
159
i+s+xtt= is:t-tt+= assa
Vitarkabdhane pratipakabhvanam ||33||
When in doubt (i+-==||=), think of the consequences and
change for the opposite (+i-+-|-||+==) ||33||
Let us start with the frst word Vitarka i+-=, derived from
the verb Tark -= which means to conjecture, guess, suspect,
make a guess, infer. The prefx Vi denotes distinction. Vitarka
thus means a distinct conjecture, or reasoning. The word
Badhana =||= is derived from the root verb Badh =|| which
means to torment, to afect or to disturb. Badhana =||= means
torment or disturbance. Vitarkbadhane means in the event
of being disturbed by conjunctures. What is suggested?
Pratipakshabhavanam +i-+-|-||+== is suggested.
The word Pratipakshabhavanam +i-+-|-||+==, consists of
+i-++-|+-||+==. The word Prati means the other side, opposite.
Paksha is derived from the root verb Paksh +-| which means to
take a side. Paksha means side. Pratipaksha means opposite
side. Bhavanam -||+== is derived from the root verb Bhu -|
which means to be, to become. Bhavanam means causing to
be, causing, causing to manifest.
Pratipakshabhavanam +i-+-|-||+==, thus means causing the
opposite side to manifest, putting it simply put yourself in the
other parties shoes. This is a logical process, putting you in the
other partys shoes, if gone through; following the explanations
above, it will immediately stop behaviour causing distress to
the body-mind complex.
i+s+t irnt: js+titst=ti:st nt-t+tttr++t :t-
itttt :rttnt=t=-s=nt ris is:t-tt+= as1a
Vitark hisdaya ktakritnumodit
lobhakrodhamohaprvak mdumadhydhimtr
dukhjnnantaphal iti pratipakabhvanam ||34||
Ignorant(n|=) misbehaviour(i+-=|) like(|:=) causing injury
(ir=|); whether by oneself(j-) or through others(=|i-) or falling
in the lot with who are causing it(==|i:-); whether as a result
of need(n|-|), greed (=|r), or anger(=||); whether in small(=:),
medium(i|=||), or excessive measure(i|=||) leads to never-
ending(=--) painful(:r|) consequences(=n|); such is the
counter(+i-) conviction to be developed(+-|-||+==)||34||
The frst term Vitarka i+-=, means conjuncture leading to
distress as seen in the previous Sutra. Hinsa ir=| is derived
from the root verb Hins ir= which means to wound, to cause
harm, to kill. Hinsa means causing Harm or injury. The word
Adaya means etcetera. What is this etcetera referring to? It
refers to the opposites of the Yamas and Niyamas.
So you have Hinsa ir=| causing harm or injury, Asatya ==
which means untruth, falsehood, Steya =-= which means theft
or stealing, Abrahmcharya =m== not remaining steadfast in the
supreme spirit, Parigraha +i=r which means possessiveness,
greed. For the Niyamas you have Ashauch .||= which means
dirtiness, Asantosh =-|| which means not being satisfed,
Atapas -+ which means adding impurities, Anadhyay ==|=
which means not studying and the last distancing from the
Ishvara. These are destructive behaviours.
This sutra extends the scope of the defnition of destructive
behaviour to include Krita j- meaning done by us Karita =|i-
done by others at our instance Anumodita ==|i:- meaning
permitted to be done by us. The sutra further states that such
behaviour is put into practice as a result of Lobha n|-| meaning
need, Moha =|r meaning greed, and Krodha =|| meaning
anger. This will lead to never ending =--=n| pain :r|, further
160
l
l
161
ignorance n|=, irrespective of the extent of the destructive
behaviour, described as Mridu, Madhya and Adhimatra.
The Pratipakshabhavanam is to be based on this aspect.
I suppose, this argument, if we are alert and attentive will stop
us in tracks. Very strong dose of corrective medicine indeed!
Following the principle of Blow hot Blow cold, Patanjali
goes on to state the goodies that would come our way if the
code and the observances are followed. The good things those
would come to us are perfectly logical benefts of not undertaking
destructive behaviour. These need to be distinguished from the
enhanced abilities mentioned later.
irntis:tt s-ni-=tt +t-tv assa
Ahispratihy tatsannidhau vairatyga ||35||
The hostility (+) vanishes (=|=) near (=i-=||) a Yogin who is
(--) frmly grounded in (+i-|=|=) Ahinsa (ir=|). ||35||
The frst word is Ahinsapratishthayam ir=|+i-|=|=, ir=|+
+i-|=|=. Ahinsa is derived from root verb Hins ir= which means
to wound, to cause harm, to kill, the prefx A denotes opposite
or absence of. Ahinsa, the noun form means not causing harm.
It may be noted here that both physical harm and mental harm
is included here as also harm to self.
The word Pratishthayam +i-|=|= is derived from the root
verb Stha =|| which means to stay at one place. The prefx
Prati here denotes frmness. Pratishtha +i-| derives from root
verb Stha =|| which means to stand, Stha =|| as noun means
standing frm, stationary at one place. Prati +i- is a prefx
denoting downwards movement, towards the ground.
Pratishtha thus means standing on or placing oneself frmly
at one place, grounding, being frmly established. Pratishthayam
means as a result of being frmly established in something, in this
case Ahinsa. What happens is given in the rest of the Sutra.
The next word is Tatsannidhau -=i-=||, derived from the
root Dha || which means to hold, the prefxes San == and Ni
i= together denote frmness and nearness, Sannidha =i-=||
means to hold frmly together, Sannidhi, the noun form means
juxtaposition, placing one close to another. Sannidhau is
locative of Sannidhi, means at the place of juxtraposition. What
happens? The answer is Vairatyagah +=|=.
The word Vairatyagah consists of Vaira + and Tyagah =|=.
Vaira means hostility, animosity, enmity. Tyaga is derived from
the root verb Tyaj == which means to give up or to renounce,
Tyaga the noun means giving up, renouncing. Vairatyaga
means renouncement of hostilities.
A frm grounding in Ahimsa ir=|, abstention form injury to
others makes the others in the surrounding to give up feeling
of hostility.
162
l
l
163
n-is:tt i+t=nt-+ assa
Satyapratihy kriyphalrayatvam||36||
Results (=n) always follow (|=+=) actions (i==|) (of the
Yogin), frmly grounded in (+i-|=|=) truth (==). ||36||
The word Satya == is derived from Sat =- which is present
participle of the root As = which means to be. Sat means as
it is, true, Satya means the truth.
Prati here denotes frmness. Pratishtha +i-| derives from
root verb Stha =|| which means to stand, Stha =|| as noun
means standing frm, stationary at one place. Prati +i- is a
prefx denoting downwards movement, towards the ground.
Pratishtha thus means standing on or placing oneself frmly at
one place, grounding, being frmly established. Pratishthayam
means as a result of being frmly established in something.
What happens as a result of being frmly grounded in truth?
The answer is given in the last term of the Sutra.
Let us carefully consider the Word Kriyaphalashryatvam
i==|=n|=+=, i==|+=n+|=+=. The word Kriya i==| is derived
from the root verb Kri j which means to do or to act. Kriya
means doing or action. It needs to be kept in mind that the
Kriya, action, refers to willful action, action initiated with an
intention in the mind. The word Phal =n is derived from the
root verb Phal =n which means to bear fruit. The noun Phal
means the fruit, the result.
Kriyaphala means result of a willful action. The word
Ash-rayatvam is derived from the root verb Ashri |i which
means to seek refuge in, to adhere to. Ashraya means the
person or thing in which any quality or article is inherent or
retained or received. The sufx tva + denotes such a quality.
Phalashryatvam =n|=+= means results will necessarily
followPutting it together the willful actions of a person who is
frmly grounded in truth, ensure results.
A frm grounding in truth makes the action of such a person
always fruitful, leading to the desired results.
rsis:tt n+t-=trtt= as:a
Asteyapratihy sarvaratnopasthnam ||37||
All the (=+) wealth (=) subserve (=+=||==) the Yogin frmly
grounded in (+i-|=|) non-stealing (=-=) ||37||
The word Asteya is derived from the root verb Stai =- which
means to steal, to take possession of what is not yours. The
prefx a denotes opposite. Astai =- means not to steal,
Asteya, the noun form, means not stealing, limiting your needs
to what is rightfully yours.
Prati here denotes frmness. Pratishtha +i-| derives from
root verb Stha =|| which means to stand, Stha =|| as noun
means standing frm, stationary at one place. Prati +i- is a
prefx denoting downwards movement, towards the ground.
Pratishtha thus means standing on or placing oneself frmly at
one place, grounding, being frmly established. Pratishthayam
means as a result of being frmly established in something.
The result is described in the last word of the Sutra,
Sarvaratnopsthanam =+=|+=||==, =++=+=+=||==. The word
Sarva =+ is derived from the root verb Sri = which means to
go or to pervade. Sarva means all, each and every possible
object. The word Ratna = means any precious thing, anything
excellent or best of its kind. The word Upasthanam =+=||== is
derived from the root verb Stha =|| which means to stay at one
place. The prefx Upa =+ denotes following. Upastha means to
stay near. Upasthana means waiting on or attendent.
A frmly grounded practice of not coveting what is not
yours; all the wealth of the world stands in attendance before
you, available to you. Anyway, since it is not yours, it does not
matter.
164
l
l
165
xis:tt +tnt-t assa
Brahmacaryapratihy vryalbha ||38||
Constantly dwelling in (+i-|=|) the universal divine essence
(=m==), develops (n|-|) vigour and energy (+|=) ||38||
The word Brahmacharya =m== has made people go in
circles around sex, or rather avoidance of sexual behaviour.
The word Brahman =m= means the Supreme Spirit, the
Absolute. It is derived from the root verb Brih =r which means
to grow, to fll-up. Brahman therefore means something which
flls up everything, the Supreme Spirit, the Absolute. Charya ==
extent that it also means to have intercourse with, similar to the
old English to be with meaning the intercourse. In the context of
yoga and in the context of Yamas as restraints which distinguish
us from animals the most applicable meaning will be to be
occupied with Brahman, with a view to obtain knowledge about
it.
Similar to the going around in circles, in respect of
Brahmacharya earlier, here also people take it to mean sexual
self-denial, leading to gain of the male seminal fuid. Let us
try to fnd a meaning which will match the literal meaning of
Brahmacharya, to be occupied with Brahman, with a view to
obtain knowledge about it.
The word Veerya derives from the root verb Veer +| which
means to make heroic eforts, to be powerful. Veerya therefore
would mean ability to make heroic eforts, valor, and power.
The word Veerya has appeared once before in the Yogasutras,
in Samadhipada, :|+|===|i|+n|++= :-||= stating the heroic
eforts as one contributing factor, along with faith born out of
experience and perfect knowledge born out of Samadhi. The
driving force for the heroic eforts put in by the Yogin to be,
is his unquenched thirst for knowledge about Brahman, the
Absolute.
itvrrt *-+t-stnrxtt assa
Aparigrahasthairye janmakathantsambodha ||39||
Stability (=|=) of non-possessiveness (+i=r) enables the yogi
to understand (=-=||) how and why (=|--|) of his existence
(=-=) ||39||
The word Aparigraha +i=r is derived from the root Grah
= r which means to take, to receive, to accept. This verb covers a
wide range of activities, like see, hear, smell, taste, and accept
after analysis, depending on the context. The prefx Pari +i
denotes complete. Parigrah +i=r means to grasp, to seize. The
prefx A denotes absence. Aparigraha, the noun thus means
total absence of possessiveness, desire for any object.
The word Sthairya =|= is derived from Sthira which means
steady or unmoving, Sthairya means the quality of being steady
or not moving, stability. Aparigrahasthairye +i=r=|= means
on reaching stability in total absence of possessiveness. What
happens on reaching this state is given in the last word of the
Sutra.
The word Janmakathantasambodhah =-==|--|=-=||
consists of =-= +=|--| +=-=||. Janma is derived from the root
Jan == which means to be born, to originate. Janma means
birth. Kathanta is derived from the query word Katham =|=
which means How and In what manner? Kathanta means
narration of how and why. Sambodhah =-=|| is derived from the
root verb Budh =| which means to fathom a depth, penetrate
to the bottom, to analyse to the end. The prefx Sam denotes
comprehensiveness. Sambodha means comprehensive
analysis and consequent understanding.
Aparigraha +i=r means total absence of possessiveness,
desire for any object. We are terrifed of peeping deep in our
mind to fnd out why we are what we are. The basic reason for
this hesitation is our fear that we may end up losing what we
have, what we are. If there is no possessiveness, we would be
able to do a perfectly objective analysis of why we are what we
are; thereby knowing how and why of our present existence.
166
l
l
167
-ttt-r+tv*v-nt ttnnv a1ea
auctsvgajugups parairasasarga ||40||
Cleanliness (.|| =) protects own (=+) body (= =), enabling one to be
indiferent to it (= = =|), avoiding contacts (= == ) with others (+ ) ||40||
The word Shauch .||= meaning cleanliness is derived
from the word Shuchi .|i= meaning clean. The word
Shuchi is derived from the root verb Shuch .|= which
means to make bright, to become clean. There is great
debate as to what does Jugupsa mean. The word Jugupsa
===| is derived from the root verb Gup =+. One of the meanings
of this verb is to be disgusted with, to fnd highly distasteful.
The other meaning is to protect, to defend.
As per the usage fxed by the grammarian Panini, the
particular form Jugupsa is to mean distaste. Since the work of
Patanjali antedates that of Panini, and there is precedence in
Vedic literature of the word Gup =+ being used to mean protect,
I fnd this to be the correct meaning here. Cleanliness leads to
Protection of the Body-mind complex. This is further supported
by the fact that Patanjali assumes the Body-mind complex to
be the instrument for attaining Liberation; there is no need for
him to make the aspiring Yogin to feel the body-mind complex
to be disgusting and distasteful. On the contrary, the Yogin by
ensuring Shaucha cleanliness would protect and defend the
body, if only as a tool for liberation. Other efects of Shaucha,
cleanliness are undisputed.
The second word is Parairasansargah +===, ++===.
Par + means other, Paraih + means done by others. The
word Asansargah === is derived from the verb Samsrij ===
which means to let loose together; to mix together, commingle,
Samsarga means contamination or conjunction. The prefx A
denotes absence, Asamsarga means non-contamination, and
Parairasansargah means non contamination by others.
The other benefcial efects of Shaucha continue in the
next Sutra.
n-+-t iznt =r +tv i-: *t-:-t =t -+ti= a1a
Sattvauddhisaumanasyaikgryendriyajaytmadaran
ayogyatvni ca ||41||
Also (=) purity (.|i,) leading to predominance of energy principle
of the nature (=+), tranquility of mind (=|====), onepointedness
()=|==), wining over of the mechanisms of perception and
action (:i-:===), worthiness (=|=+|i=) for perceiving(:.|=) the
Self(|=) are developed. ||41||
All these efects of the Shaucha match with the previous
sutra if Jugupsa is taken to mean protection, defending for
existence. Cleanliness of the mind-body complex would
defnitely lead to all these and more.
Sattva =-+ is derived from the word Sat =- which is present
participle of the root As = which means to be. Sat means
as it is, true. Sattva refers to Buddhi part of the Mind-body-
complex. The word Shuddhi is derived from the root verb Shudh
.|| which means to be or become pure, be purifed, be cleared,
be cleansed, Shuddhi means cleansing or purifcation.
Sattvashuddhi means purifcation of Sattva, the Buddhi.
The word Saumansya =|==== is derived from root Man
== which means to think, Manas === which means the mind,
the prefx Su denotes good, pleasant, Saumansya means
pleasantness or freshness of mind.
The next word is Ekagrya )=|==, )=+==. Eka means one,
Agrya is derived from Agra = which means sharp point, Agrya is
the quality of sharp point. Ekagrya thus means onepointedness.
The word Indriyajaya :i:=== consists of :i:= and ==. The
word Indriya is derived from the root verb in := which means
to have power, to infuse strength. Indriya is something in
which power has been infused, Organs of sense and action
and Buddhi, the intelligence together. Jaya == is derived from
root verb Jay == which means to win, Jaya means victory or
conquest. Indriyajaya means winning over the organs.
The next word Atmadarshanayogyatva |=:.|= consists
of |=+:.|= +=|=+. Atma means self, Darshan :.|= is derived
168
l
l
169
from the root verb Dhrish :.| which means to see or to perceive,
Darshan means seeing, perceiving. Atamadarshan means
perceiving the self correctly. Yogyatva =|=+ is derived from
the root verb Yuj == which means to apply, ft, fx ; to use,
employ, make use of; to make ready, prepare. Yogya means ft
or able to, Yogyatva means ability, ftness. Cleanliness enables
development of ability to correctly perceive ones self.
The practice of cleanliness of the Body mind complex
Shaucha, .||=, needs to be distinguished from the practice of
removal of destructive behaviour harmful to the body-mind
complex, Tapas. While the frst one relates to getting rid of
the normal by-products of the body-mind complex, akin to
maintenance of the mind-body vehicle, the second relates to
getting rid of destructive behaviour patterns acquired since
our birth, akin to improving driving by getting rid of bad driving
habits.
n-sttt:=-tnrtnt-t a1za
Santodanuttamasukhalbha ||42||
Contentment (=--|||-) leads to (n|-|) unsurpassed (=-|=)
happiness (=r|) ||42||
No comments are required as it is clear as it is.
The word Santosha is derived from the root verb Tush
-| which means to be contented or satisfed, to be pleased
or delighted with anything. The prefx Sam = denotes
comprehensiveness. Santosha is all inclusive satisfaction with
no wants pending. Uttama is derived from the particle Ud =:
which denotes upwards, implying superiority. The sufx Tama
-= indicates best Uttama means excellent, the best. Sukh
means joy, happiness. Labhah is derived from the root verb
Labh n|-| which means to get to possess. Labha, n|-| means
beneft, receipt. The all inclusive satisfaction with whatever one
has leads to the best joy, happiness.
The desire for more and more things, objects of pleasure
to senses leads to more and more unhappiness. If one decides
to be happy with what one has, the wants vanish and so does
the unhappiness.
170
l
l
171
+ti-:iniz-tiz:tt-tn a1sa
Kyendriyasiddhirauddhikayttapasa ||43||
Perfection in the abilities of the body (=|=|i=i,) and mechanisms
of action and perception (:i-:=i=i,); elimination (-|=|-) of
impurities (.|i,) (of body and mind) takes place as a result of
removal of self destructive behaviour (-+=) ||43||
If Tapasah -+= is taken to mean removal of all behaviours dest-
ructive of the body-mind complex, the sutra become more meaningful.
Kaya =|= is derived from the root verb Chi i= which means to
arrange or to construct. Kaya means this construct of fesh and
bones, the human body. The word Indriya is derived from the
root verb in := which means to have power, to infuse strength.
Indriya is something in which power has been infused, Organs
of sense and action and Buddhi, the intelligence together.
The word Siddhi i=i, is derived from root verb Sidh i=|
which means to be accomplished, to be completed. Siddhi means
ability for accomplishment, enhanced ability or capability. All
Siddhis relate to enhanced abilities of the Mind-body-complex,
this is specifed by Kayendriyasiddhi =|=i-:=i=i,.
The reason as to why Tapas has this efect is described
in the next word Ashuddhikshayattapasah .|i,-|=|-|+=, .|i,+
-|=|-+-+=. The word Ashuddhi is derived from the root verb
Shudh .| | which means to clean, to make pure. The prefx
denotes the opposite. Ashuddhi means absence of cleanness
or purity. The word Kshayat is ablative declension of word Kshaya
-|=, derived from the root verb Kshi i-| which means to remove.
Kshayat means as a result of the removal of something.
The word Tapasah -+= is genitive declension of Tapas,
derived from root Tap -+ which means to heat, since heating
has been the process to remove impurities, it also means to
remove impurities. Tapas as applied to the human-body-mind
complex mean all those activities undertaken to remove all the
impurities, all self destructive habits both physical and mental.
Tapasah means as a result of Tapas.
To put together, The abilities of the mind-body-complex
are enhanced as a result of removal of impurities by Tapas.
r+tti:-:+stnrtv a11a
Svdhyydiadevatsamprayoga ||44||
Study of oneself to understand self (=+|=|=|-) leads to
communion (=-+=|=) with desired (:=) divine power (:+-|)
||44||
If Swadhyaya =+|=|= taken correctly to mean Study of
oneself to understand self, it will frst lead to understanding
of the concept and correct meaning of the word Ishtadevata
:=:+-| and would defnitely lead to a communion with the
Ishtadevata.
Let us see Swadhyaya =+|=|=, =++=|=. In the context of
Yogasutras the word Swa is used in the sense of owned, the
human-body-mind complex and the world at large. The word
Adhyay is derived form the root Adhi || which means to
study, Adhyaya means study. Swadhaya means study of our
own body-mind-complex and the world to understand it better.
What happens as a result of Swadhyaya?
Ishtadevetasmprayogah :=:+-|=-+=|=, :=+:+-|+=-+=|= is the
result. Ishta := is derived from the root verb Ish :| which means
to endeavour to obtain, strive, seek for ; to endeavour to make
favourable ; desire, wish, long for. Ishta means sought for,
desired. The word Devata :+-| is derived from the root verb Div
i:+ which means to shine or to be bright. Devata means a deity
or divine being. The word Samprayoga is derived from the root
verb Yuj == which meansme to apply, ft, fx ; to use, employ,
make use of; to make ready, prepare. Sampyayaga means
union, conjunction, meeting with, reaching, approaching.
As a result of the intense study of self, one is able to reach
the desired deity or the divine being.
172
l
l
173
ntitiniztt+tittt=ts a1sa
Samdhisiddhirvarapraidhnt ||45||
Accomplishment (i=i,) of Samdhi or Perfect Concentration
(==|i|) is achieved through complete submission (+i|||=|-) to
the highest self (:.+) ||45||
The meaning of Ishwara needs to be taken from the earlier
sutras 1-23 to 1-31. Yes, placing you as close to the Ishwara
as possible leads to establishment of Perfect Concentration
Samadhi.
The word Samadhi ==|i| has been used to mean various
states of mind in various texts. In the context of the Yogasutras,
however, we need to stick to what Patanjali says. Samadhi is
derived from the root verb Dha || which means to hold, to fx
upon, direct towards to fx or direct the mind. The prefx Aa |
denotes from all sides. The frst prefx Sam denotes coming
together, collecting together, completeness, perfection.
holding the Chitta together into the one object, Chitta perfectly
merging with the object.
This state is made possible as a result of Ishvarpranidhana
:.++i|||=. The description of Ishvarpranidhana is given earlier.
Ishsvara :.+ is derived from the root Ish :.| which means to own,
possess;to belong to; to dispose of, be valid or powerful, to be
master of. Ish the noun form means master, lord, the supreme
spirit. The sufx Var + which denotes the best, seniormost,
Ishvara thus means the supreme lord of everything The
concept of Ishwara :.+ as envisaged by Patanjali is diferent
from the common concept of God. The word Pranidhana +i|
||= literally means to place something near to. Ishwarpranidhan
:.++i|||= literally means placing oneself as close as possible
to the Ishwara, submitting oneself completely to Ishwara. If the
Ishwara is what is defned by Patanjali, this is the most easy
action, or most difcult. One has to decide.
irttnrtt=n= a1sa
Sthirasukhamsanam ||46||
Firm (i=|) and comfortable (=r|=) Posture (|===) is required
for further practices of yoga ||46||
The next three steps, component parts ==|, relate to
preparation of the mind-body complex for experience of
Samadhi. The overall objective of Yoga is to Achieve or reach
the stage of absolute Liberation =+-=. Experience of Samadhi
is the frst step towards this objective, for all of us who are not
fortunate enough to get is through grace. The earlier sutra says
==|i|+n|++= :-||=. Yoga is the way of eforts.
The process of Dhyana, concentration till the experience
becomes sharply focused and continuous, requires that we
should be able to make the whole body-mind complex remain
perfectly still during the process.
On a lighter vein, suppose while sitting in Asana, we reach
Samadhi stage and remain there for some time; returning back,
one should fnd the body in the same position, fully functioning,
else how can we return?. The Asana, therefore, needs to be
steady and comfortable, if it is not comfortable, the discomfort
to the body will recall us back.
This requires perfectly steady posture, Asanam |===.
Asanam is derived from the root verb Aas |= which means to
sit down, to sit down quietly. Aas indicates a sense of continuity
in the sitting. Asana means sitting down. Patanjali prescribes
what such a posture should be. The word Sthira i=| is derived
from the root verb Stha =|| which means to remain steady,
without moving. Sthira therefore means steady, without any
movement. The word Sukha =r|, means happiness or comfort.
Comfort is relevant in the extant case. So the posture should
be steady and comfortable.
It will be seen that Patanjali is not referring to the Posture
as mentioned in Hatha-yoga. Nor is he asking for any body
contortions, causing any discomfort or stress on the body-mind
complex. How does one achieve these specifcations of steady
and comfortable is answered in the next sutra.
174
l
l
175
t-titt=-snti-t-t a1:a
Prayatnaaithilynantasampattibhym ||47||
The posture is made frm and comfortable by bringing about an
infnite number (=--) of balances (==|+i-|-=|=) between efort
(+==) and relaxation (.|i|-=) in the body||47||
Samapatti ==|+i-| is derived from root +: which means to
fall towards, to come towards. The prefxes Sam == and Aa
| together denote together perfectly. Samapatti thus means
perfectly coinciding together, combining, balancing together.
In the word Anant =--, Anta -- means end, the prefx An
= denotes opposite, Anant thus means endless, tending to
infnity, uncountable.
The word Prayatna + ==, is derived from the root verb Yat =-
which means to make efort, to try, to attempt. Yatna therefore
means efort, attempt. The prefx Pra + denotes perfection.
Prayatna thus means perfect efort, efort with full concentration.
The word Shaithilya .|i|-= is derived from root verb Shlath
n| which means to be loose or to be relaxed. Shithil means
relaxed, Shaithilya .|i|-=, means relaxation, release. For
achieving a steady posture of any limb, the anatomy tells us,
it is required to bring about a perfect balance of efort and
relaxation of the related opposing muscles.
If the whole body is to be made steady, an infnite number
of such balances will need to be in place. If this happens the
posture will not only become steady but it will also become
comfortable. While this is happening, the mind, which has to
be involved in a highly focused manner to bring about these
processes, will also become steady.
sst z-zt=i-tttts a1sa
Tato dvandvnabhighta ||48||
Then (--|) all the opposites counterbalance each other (;-;|=)
and become inefective (i-|||-) ||48||
Tatah -- refers to earlier Sutra, of the state when the
infnite number of perfectly counterbalancing pairs of efort and
relaxation fall together in place resulting in a steady posture.
The word Dvandva ;-; is reduplicated Dva ; indicating a
pair of qualities which are opposite to each other.
The word Abhighata i-|||- is derived from the root verb
Han r= which means to kill or to overcome. The prefx Abhi
i-| denotes repeated application. Abhighata thus means
repeatedly overcoming, in case of Dvandva, ofsetting each
other.
When the perfection in Asana happens as a result of perfect
counterbalancing of an infnite number of efort-relaxation
pairs, similar process takes place in the mind component of
the Body-mind complex. In this case, the opposite forces of
patterns of behaviour, acting in opposite directions, which are
always pulling the mind apart literally, are counterbalanced
and become inefective. The body becomes still, all motion of
the body except breathing stop, all the commotion in the mind
comes to a halt. Since the body has become steady and mind
has become tranquil, the breathing also becomes steady, deep
and slow.
176
l
l
177
sir-nis +tn-+tntvisi+o: tttt a1sa
Tasminsati vsapravsayorgativiccheda
pryma ||49||
In that state of stability (-i==-=i-) with increasing awareness,
the fow (=i-) of inhalation (.+|=) and exhalation (+.+|==|)
undergoes variety of changes (i+=:) known as Pranayam
(+|||=|=)||49||
Sati is a special way of indicating the locative. The word
that follows or precedes Sati is the location, from that word. The
word Tasmin -i=== refers to the steady Asana state. The words
Tasminsati -i==-=i- meaning in that state, all that has been
described in the previous three sutras has taken place and the
state continues. The body has become steady, alert yet relaxed
as a result of uncountable balances of pairs of opposite forces,
the mind is emptied of all other thoughts other than the intent
of making the body steady, a level of comfort in the posture is
experienced. The need for inbreath and outbreath is reduced
as a result in the decrease of the requirements of the body for
breath. When this happens, the Pranayama happens.
What is this Pranayamah +|||=|= ? The word Pranayama
is combination of two words Prana +|| and Ayama |=|=. The
word Prana +|| is derived from the root verb An = which
means to breath, to live. The English word animal has the
same root; it means something which breaths and therefore
lives. The simple meaning of Prana is therefore breath. The
word Ayama is derived from the root verb Ayam |== which
means to stretch, to lengthen out, to extend. Ayama |=|=
therefore means stretching, extending, expansion. Pranayama
simply means stretching, extending, expanding breath. When
the conditions in the previous three sutras are met, Pranayama
happens.
This is further supported and explained by the actual
process relating to breathing that takes place. The word
Shwasa +|= is derived from the root verb Shwas += which
means to breath, to respire. +|= means inbreath, breathing
in, inspiration. Prashwasa ++|=, on the other hand, means
outbreath, breathing out, expiration. The word Gati is derived
from the root verb == which means to move. Gati means motion,
movement, or velocity. The word Viccheda i+=: is derived
from the root verb Cchid i=: which means to cut, to divide or to
separate. i+=: would, therefore mean dividing or separating.
What is being separated, divided or broken into parts? The
Gati =i- the motion of breathing, of Shwasprashwasyoh
+|=+.+|==|, is to be broken into parts. This breaking of the
motion of breathing can be done by paying full attention to the
breath, being completely aware of it. When this takes place
Pranayama happens.
To my mind, stopping of breath, holding it; is not indicated
either in this sutra or the next ones.
178
l
l
179
xtn--strsr-t+i-t :-t+tnnrti-t it:-t :tttn: asea
Bhybhyantarastambhavttirdeaklasakhybhi
parido drghaskma ||50||
The outward movement (=|n), inward movement (|-=--) and
stillness (=--|+i-|) are observed with awareness (+i:=) and
related to the space, time and frequency (:.|=|n=r=|i-|), leading
to the breathing becoming longer and longer (:||) and subtler
and subtler (=-=) ||50||
The most crucial word in this sutra is Paridrishtah +i:=.
The word is derived from root verb Drish :.| which means to
see, to observe, to see in the mind, to be aware. The prefx
Pari +i indicates in detail, paying full attention to, completely.
Paridrishtah +i:= would thus mean being comletely aware,
completely seeing in the mind. The seeing, being aware, relates
to the breathing process. The breathing process, +|= and ++|=
are to be observed with full attention. You have to be completely
aware of each instant of the inbreath and outbreath.
Patanjali next specifes as to what all one should be
aware of while observing the breathing process. The word
Bahyabhyantarstambhavrittih =|n|-=--=---|+i-| describes
the tendencies of the breath. The word Bahya =ir is derived
from the particle Bahir =ir which means outwords, Bahya
means fowing out. The word Abhyantar |-=-- is derived
from the particle Antar -- which means inward, the prefx
Abhi denotes repeated application, Abhyantar means fowing
inwards. Stambh =---| is derived from the verb Stambh =---|
which means make frm, make stif or immovable, Stambhvritti
means tendency of the breath to slow down. The tendency of
the breath to fow out, tendency to fow inwards, and tendency
of the breathing to slow down is to be observed. The awareness
of breath, besides the movement, is to be related to the place
and time. The word Deshkalsankhyabhih :.|=|n=r=|i-|, consists
of Desh, :.| derived from the root verb Dish i:.| which means to
point a direction, to show a direction,Desh i:.| means any spot
or place shown or indicated. Further, the place where the breath
is felt in all these three components, the time taken for each of
the processes as also the frequency of these processes is to
be observed. One has to be fully aware of all these dimensions
of breathing, this is Pranayama. What is the result of this being
fully aware, Paridrishtah? The breath becomes long, Deerghah
:|| and Sukshmah =-=, subtle, delicate, as delicate as a strand
of silk, silken breath.

180
l
l
181
xtn--sti+tt:tt st asa
Bhybhyantaraviaykep caturtha ||51||
Going beyond (|-|+|) everything (i+|=) the outward movement
(=|n), the inward movement (|-=--) and momentary stillness,
the fourth type is observed ||51||
The word Bahyabhyantarvishayakshepi =|n-=--i+|=|-|+|
consists of =|n+|-=--+i+|=+|-|+|. Bahya as we have seen in
the previous Sutra is tendency to fow outwards, Abhyantara is
tendency to fow inwards. Vishaya i+|= is derived from the root
verb shi i.| which means tobe attentive. The prefx Vi i+ here
object. Vishaya i+|= thus means an object of attention, an
object of sense, e.g. sound, touch, form, taste and smell, here
the object is the movement of breath. Akshepi |-|+| is derived
from the root verb Kship i-|+ which means to throw or cast. The
prefx Aa | denotes from. Akship |i-|+ means to refuse, not
to have regard to, refuse as wrong. Akshepin means one who
does not accept, one who refuses to accept. Here it refers to
that Pranayama which does not accept the three tendencies as
such, one which goes beyond.
When the above process is continued, at some point of
time, the breathing goes beyond three tendencies, inwards,
outwards, slowing down, may be it stops altogether, who knows
or cares. This is described as the fourth type of Pranayama.
ss :tts +t-t+tt asza
Tata kyate prakvaraam ||52||
By following the above practices (--), the covering (|+|=) on
the light of true understanding (+=|.|) is attenuated (-||=-) ||52||
Tatah refers to the Paridrishta of the previous Sutra. As the
process of keeping the awareness on breath deepens, resulting
in the breath becoming deep and subtle, silken and maybe one
experiences something beyond the three tendencies.
What happens? The answer is given in the next two terms
Prakashavaranam Kshiyate +=|.||+|= -||=-. The word Prakasha
+=|.| is derived from the verb Prakash +=|.| which mean to shine
or to illumine. The noun Prakasha means brightness or light,
it also means the light of divine knowledge which is built deep
within each one of us, covered by layers of Vrittis. The word
Avarana |+| is derived from the root verb Vri + which means
to cover or to conceal. The prefx A denotes location. Avarana
thus means covering. The word Kshiyate -||=- is derived from
the root Kshi i-| which means to destroy to bring to an end. The
covering on the light of divine wisdom is destroyed.
As the Process of Pranayama deepens, when the Asana is
made steady and comfortable as a result of counterbalancing
of uncountable pairs of opposite forces, awareness of each
and every aspect of the Breathing process flls up the mind,
the Pranayama happens, breath becoming long and delicate,
the veil of ignorence on the internal light of true understanding
which all of us are blessed with thins out and destroyed in the
end, we are able to see the light, slowly begin to understand
what we are.
182
l
l
183
tttttn tst =n assa
Dhrasu ca yogyat manasa ||53||
And (=) the mental (===) ability (=|=-|) for concentration on
one object (||||=) is achived||53||
The above process opens the doors to further progress.
Dharana |||| is derived from the root Dhri | which mean to hold
without moving. Holding of the mind at one place by attaching it
to a specifed object is Dharana. Dharanasu means towards
Dharana.
Yogyata =|=-| is derived from the root verb Yuj == which
means to apply, ft, fx ; to use, employ, make use of; to make
ready, prepare. Yogya means ft or able to, Yogyata means
ability, ftness. Whose Yogyata are we talking about is given
in the last word Manasah ===. Manasah is derived from the
verb Man == which means to think. Manas === is the noun
form, which means the mind, Manasah is the genitive, of the
mind. It is a state where the mind is frmly anchored. The word
Manasah has appeared twice in the Yogasutra, both the times
it has referred to the moving component of the Chitta, and
possibly most difcult to hold in one place.
When the Asana is Sthir and Sukham and the Pranayama
happens, the mind achieves the ability to achieve stability of
undisturbed concentration on a single object. In the normal
state, our mind has a tendency to get attached to each and
every object in our vicinity, like a butterfy fitting between
fowers. This means that we are not able to focus on a single
object, not able to achieve onepointedness. As a result of the
Pranayama we are able to let go of this tendency, are able to
focus our mind on a single object, enabling us to undertake
practice of the advanced components of Kriyayogah.
r+i+ttnrtv i-tr r+=t=+tt r+i-:ttt -trtt as1a
Svaviaysamprayoge cittasya svarpnukra
ivendriy pratyhra ||54||
When the mechanisms of perception and action (:i-:=|||), cease
(=-+=|=) their respective operations (=+i+|=) and appear (:+)
to follow (==|) the shape (=+=+) of mind (i=-|==), it is called
their withdrawal (+=|r|) ||54||
Let us start with the frst word, Swavishayasamprayoge
=+i|=|=-+=|=, =++i+|=+=-+=|=. In the context of Yogasutras the
word Swa is used in the sense of owned, the human-body-
mind complex and the world at large. Vishaya i+|= is derived
from the root verb shi i.| which means to be attentive. The
prefx Vi i+ here denotes distinction, Vishi i+i.| to be attentive
to a particular object. Vishaya i+|= thus means an object of
attention, an object of sense, e.g. sound, touch, form, taste and
smell. Swavishay means all the objects providing fodder to the
Indriyas, which in turn attract the mind so that it gets attached
to the experience provided.
The next term is Asamprayoge =-+=|= is derived from
the root verb Yuj == which means to apply, ft, fx ; to use,
employ, make use of; to make ready, prepare. The prefxs Sam
and Pra together denote commonness and extensiveness.
Samprayoga means common and extensive use. The prefx
A denotes the exact opposite, complete stoppage of the
normal use. Who is the used is given in the next word; the
Chitta is used extensively by the Indriyas. When this common
usage is stopped, what happens is given in the next two words,
Chittasya Swarupanukar. When the process of Pratyahara is
established, the process is reversed. Instead of the Chitta
getting attached and carried away by the experience through
the Indriyas, it is as if the Indriyas follow the Chittas own form
Chittasya Swarupanukar Iva i=-|== =+=+|==| :+.
Patanjali defnes the process of Pratyahara +=|r| in these
two sutras. Normally, the mind follows and gets attached to
the experience provided by the mechanisms of perception and
184
l
l
185
action. To further complicate the matters, the mind behaves in
a patterned manner as a result of Vrittis. Our past actions haunt
us through the mechanism of Karma. As a result we do not live
in the present, here and now. Pratyahara is a process which
enables us to let go of the attachment to the experience of the
sense organs. The word Pratyahara +=|r| is derived from the
root verb Rhi r which means to take hold of, to captivate. It is
combined with Prefx Prati +i- indicates opposite direction. The
Prefx A | indicates towards. +i- | r, +=|r means reverse of
getting captivated, frst to let go of the hold, to get detached
and in efect reverse the process of getting attached, in this
case the Indriyas getting attached to what the mind is focusing
on, Pratyahara thus means getting detached, letting go of the
hold of the mechanisms of perception and action on the mind,
withdrawing the senses from external objects and the Chitta
providing its own form to the Indriyas to follow..
Another way of looking at Pratyahara is to understand it
as reversal of the hold of the sense organs on the mind, rather
than the senses captivating the mind, in Pratyahara the mind
captivates the senses. When does this happen? When the
mechanisms of perception and action abstain from their normal
mode of behaviour and follow the mind, Pratyahara happens.
It is a complete reversal, rather than the mind blindly following
what it gets from the sense organs, the sense organs follow the
character of the mind.
One thing is certain the mind needs to be provided with
the activity of getting attached to something, in normal mode,
the mechanisms of perception provide the something to which
mind gets attached, in Pratyahara the attchement is reversed,
mind providing the experience to the mechanisms.
ss tt +-si-:ttt assa
Tata param vayatendriym ||55||
This practice (--), leads to supreme (+=|) subjugation (+.=-|)
of the mechanisms of perception and action (:i-:=|||=) ||55||
Tatah -- means when the process of Pratyahara is
frmly established, the normal process of the mind following
and getting attached to the sense experience provided by the
Indriyas is completely reversed and the Indriyas are following
the form of the Chitta, as if the experience is provided by the
Chitta. What happens is given in the next two words, Parama
Vashyatendriyanam +=| +.=-i-:=|||=, +=|, +.=-|+:i-:=|||=.
Parama means the supreme, Vashyata is derived from the
verb vash +.| meaning to charm, to enchant; in English the word
Vassal, overpowered is derived from this very root. Vashyata
means being subdued by persuasive means. In the normal
state the Chitta is charmed by the experience provided by the
Indriyas, When Pratyahara takes place the process is reversed,
the Indriyas follow the form of the Chitta, the mind resulting in
the subjugation of the Indriyas of the extreme kind.
The process of Pratyahara is very easy to describe and
understand but extremely difcult to put to practice. The
linkage between the Indriyas and the mind is not snapped but
it is reversed.
This sutra is self explicit, once Pratyahara is understood
and established, the mind captivates the sense and action
organs completely. The captivation is reversed +i- | r.
186
l
l
187
--|= +|: i+-|-|+|:
Third Section: Supernatural powers
:-tx-ti-tr ttttt aa
Deabandhacittasya dhra ||1||
When one object (:.|) frmly holds (=-|) the mind, (i=-|==) it is
called Dharana (||||) ||1||
Desh :.| means any spot or place shown or indicated,
derived from the root verb Dish i:.| which means to point a
direction, to show a direction. Bandha means catching holding,
binding, derived from the root verb Bandh =-| which means to
hold, to catch, to ensnare.
Dharana |||| is derived from the root Dhri | which mean to
hold without moving. This Sutra gives the defnition of Dharana
as defned by Patanjali. Very specifc - Holding of the mind at
one place by attaching it to a specifed object is Dharana. It
may be seen that the object is not specifed, nor is the method
for attaching the mind to the object. That is your choice. The
process is defned, but freedom is given for specifcs.
Let us go a little deep in the process of holding, Bandha,
of any object by the mind. What happens when we perceive
an object? The mechanisms of perception and the sixth organ
Buddhi register it and the mind is made aware. The Vrittis
Pratyaksha, Anumana and Pramana immediately come into
play. We immediately go in the past, either our experience or
someones experience is used as a benchmark, it is as if we
are seeing the object through a coloured glass. The process
does not end there. Holding of the object in the mind involved
the processes of Vitarka and Vichara. In this case, these
normal processes end in a massive chaos, this would not lead
to Ananda of seeing the object as it is, feel the existence of the
object and realise the correct form of the object. The mind is
scattered all over the place.Now what happens when the Vrittis
are completely or partly dissolved? Upto the level of registering
by the mechanisms of perception and the Buddhi the process
is same. Since Vrittis are not there we go over direct to the
processes of Vitarka - Vichara - - Ananda - Asmita and Rupa,
all these processes are synergistic, no chaos, as the time
passes by the mind gets more and more frmly attached to the
object or the object gets attached to the mind. Desha Bandha
of the mind, the Chitta happens, that is Dharana.
188
l
l
189
st -+st=st t= aza
Tatra pratyayaikatnat dhynam ||2||
When there (-|) is one continuous, sharply focused ()=-|=-|)
experience of that object (+==) alone, it is Dhyana (=|==),
meditation ||2||
Tatra -| which means, there, in the process called
Dharana. The word Pratyaya is derived from verb Pratee +i-
which means to return back from, to follow from something as
a necessary result, consequence or response. Pratyaya thus
means response of an experience. In a way the processes of
Vitarka, Vichara, Ananda, Asmita and Rupa together constitute
the Pratyaya. In the fnal stage the Rupa, the perceived,
unchanging form of the object holds the object and the mind
together, this ensures Ekatanata, Dhyana happens
Ekatanata )=-|=-| is combination of Eka )= meaning one
and Tanata -|=-| stretched, which is derived from the root Tan
-= which means to stretch, to extend, to draw out. Ekatanata
describes the process of drawing a single continuous yarn
from silk or cotton. Pratyayaikatanata +===-|=-| thus means
Drawing out response to the experience in Dharana into a
continuous unbroken thread.
Dhyana =|= is derived from the root verb Dhyai = which
means to meditate, to hold in mind, to contemplate. Dhyana
=|= thus is said to happen when, in the process of Dharana,
the response to the object of experience, draws out in a single
unbroken thread. Very skillfully defned process indeed! Thus
defned, we can examine what we are doing as to fnd out
whether it deserves to be described as Dhyana. The process
starts as Dharana, elevates to Dhyana, if the response to the
object of Dharana draws out as a single unbroken experience
as the Rupa of the object perceived by the mind.
s:+tttti=-ttn r+=-t-i+ ntit asa
Tadevrthamtranirbhsa svarpanyamiva
samdhi ||3||
During Dhyana (--), when the essence of the object of
experience (|) alone (=||) illuminates the mind (i=-||==),
making it, as if, (:+) devoid (.|-=-=) of its own form (=+=+), it is
perfect concentration (==|i|) ||3||
Tadeva -: +, -- +)+ That itself here refers to the continued
process of Dhyana. The word Arthamatranirbhasam | =||i=-|| ==
is a combination of two words Arthamatra and Nirbhasam. The word
Artha | is derived from the root verb Artha | which means to
strive to obtain, the noun form means purpose, motive, meaning.
The second part Matra =|| is derived from the root verb Ma
=| which means to measure, Matra means a measure, English
word meter has same root. Anything+ Matra means a specifc
quantity with the upper limit not more than anything; quantity
limited to the frst term of combination with Matra.
Arthmatra means Purpose alone and nothing else. Nirbhasam
i=-||== is derived from the root verb Nirbhas i=-||= which means
to be bright or luminous, the noun Nirbhas means lighted, lustre,
brightness, brilliance. Arthamatranirbhasam thus means
The purpose of the Dhyana alone, the unbroken thread of
response to the chosen object of experience, and nothing else
illuminates the mind. Continuing the example taken for Dharana
and Dhyana when the Rupa of the object, perceived through
the processes of Vitarka etc is the purpose of the process of
holding together of mind and object is achieved.
When this Rupa, the purpose flls up the mind, lights up the
mind, it is as if the mind loses its own form, Samadhi happens
Swarup =+=+, means own form. What does this own form
relate to? The Chitta, the mind is the answer. Shoonyam .|-==,
means empty. Iva :+, means, as if, not really.
The Word Samadhi is derived from the root verb Dha ||
which means to hold, the prefxes Sam == and Aa | together
denote coming together perfectly.
190
l
l
191
Samadhi thus means holding together perfectly. What
are we relating to? Chitta, the mind is being related. What is
being perfectly held together? The processes of the mind are
being perfectly held together. Samadhi thus means perfect
holding together, absorption of thought into the one object of
meditation, the Dhyana.
The Dhyana itself becomes Samadhi when the purpose
of the Dhyana, the continuous response to the object, alone
illuminates and flls up the mind so completely, that it is as if
the own form of the mind is completely emptied and the perfect
absorption of thought into the only object, the Dhyana takes
place.
t+t n a1a
Trayamekatra sayama ||4||
Simultaneous application ()=|) of the above three processes
(|==) is Samyama, the yogic restraint (===) on the object||4||
I am not very sure whether Patanjali intended this to mean
Dharana, Dhyana and Samadhi applied together. This appears
not to be possible since Dhyana happens when the Experience
in the Dharana becomes a single continuous strand. Similarly
Samadhi happens when the purpose of Dhyana, the continuous
single experience alone fully illuminates the Chitta, which as a
result, appears to lose its own form.
The intension using the words Trayam Ekatra Samyama
|===|=== which mean these three processes together
constitute The Process called Samyama. The meaning
becomes clearer if the word Ekatra )=| is taken to mean one
after the other. The dictionary meaning is coincidence.
This process is designated as Samyama, The Yogik
Restraint.
192
l
l
193
s-*t-ntnt+ asa
Tajjaytpraj loka ||5||
Mastering (==|-) the yogic restraint (--), the object is seen
(|n|=) in brilliance of superior wisdom (+n|) ||5||
The word Tat -- which means That here refers to the
process of Yogik Restraint. The word Jayat ==|- is ablative of
Jaya ==. Jaya is derived from the root verb Ji i= which means
to win, to master. Jaya therefore means winning over, mastery.
Jayat means from Mastery of. Here mastery over the processes
of Dharana, Dhyana and Samadhi. Since no defnition of this
Jaya is given, we have to build it. When will we say that the
process is mastered? We should be able to start it whenever
we want to. We should be able to stop it when we want to.
We should be able to follow and be aware of each and every
moment of the process as it goes on. We should be able to
relate to it after it is over. We should be able to repeat it. We
should be able to improve it. I dont know what Patanjali meant
by Jaya, however going through the tenor of the rest of the
Sutras this must be it
The word Prajnya +n| is derived from the root verb Jna
n| which means to know, to understand. Know in English
language has the same root. The prefx Pra + denotes perfection
Prajnya means perfect knowledge, gnosis. The word Aloka
|n|= is derived from the root verb Lok n|= which means to
see, to perceive. The prefx Aa | denotes from all sides, all
around. Aloka thus means seeing from all sides, seeing in a
comprehensive manner. Prajnyaloka thus means perceiving
in a comprehensive manner due to perfect knowledge. The
mastery on Yogik restraint on an object enables perceiving
it in an all comprehensive manner due to perfection in the
knowledge and understanding.
What a tool for analysis!
sr -tit i+i=tv asa
Tasya bhmiu viniyoga ||6||
Application (i+i==|=) of that yogic restraint (-==) needs to be on
diferent objects in stages (-|i=|) ||6||
The word Tasya -== which means of that refers to the
Yogik restraint. The word Bhumishu -|i=| is locative form of
Bhumi -|i=. Bhumi means step, stage, and ground of a house.
The word Viniyoga is derived from the root verb Yuj == which
means to use, to join, to connect. Use has the same root. The
prefxes Vi and Ni i+ and i= together denote using for a specifc
purpose, intense application. Viniyoga thus means using for a
specifc purpose. The Yogik restraint is to be used in stages for
specifc purposes.
194
l
l
195
t-stv +- a:a
Trayamantaraga prvebhya ||7||
These three practices, of holding, meditation and perfect
concentration (|==) are internal practices (--===) than the
previous (++-=) fve practices of code of behaviour, restraints,
posture and sense withdrawal ||7||
The word Antarang --== consists of two words Antar --
and Anga ==. Antar means inner, from within, Anga means
component part, facet, and aspect. The word Purvebhyah
++-= is ablative of Purva, which means the Previous, same
root for the English word. Purvebhyah means As compared to
the previous.
These three practices are inner practices, practices from
within, as compared to the previous fve of Yama, Niyama,
Asana, Pranayama and Pratyahara. These relate to the mind
Part, the inner part of the mind body complex.
s:i xirtv i=xt*r asa
Tadapi bahiraga nirbjasya ||8||
Even then (-:i+), these are far removed from (=ir===) the
perfect concentration without support (i=+|===) ||8||
Tadapi, Tat Api, -:i+, -- i+, mean These, However.
These refer to Dharana, Dhyana and Samadhi. The word
Bahirangam =ir=== is opposite of the word Antarangam used
in earlier Sutra. Bahir =ir means outer, distant from, removed
from. Bahirangam means an outer part, a component part far
removed from the core. What are these practices distant from?
They are far removed from the ultimate destination, the Nirbeej
i==|= state.
The word Nirbeej is derived from the root verb Jan == which
means to be born, to originate with prefx Vi i+ which denotes
in a specifed manner. Veeja, which is written as Beeja means
seed, something from which a particular animal or plant grows
up, something which contains a complete map of what is to
grow, if DNA was to be given a Sanskrit term it will be Beeja.
Beeja also denotes the primary cause, Nirbeeja i==|=, the term
used in the Sutra, on the contrary by use of the prefx Nir, i=
means something which has no seeds of anything, as a result
nothing can grow. Since this term refer to Chitta, it refers to a
state of mind where there are no seeds of anything to grow, no
Vrittis, No Sanskaras, it is the ultimate station on this journey.
196
l
l
197
-tt=i=tt tn r+ttt ti-t-t t: -tt +t i=tt t:tti-tt-+t i=tt titttasa
Vyutthnanirodhasaskrayorabhibhavaprdurbhva
u nirodhakaacittnvayo nirodhaparima ||9||
Dissolution (i=||) of the correlation (-+=) between the
moment of time (-||) and the mind (i=-|), when the activating
impression of the manifest state (=||=) subsides (i-|-|+) and
that of the dissolution state of mind (i=||) appears (+|:-||+|), to
ensure continuity of the dissolution state, is called dissolution
(i=||) transformation (+i||=) ||9||
This Sutra and the next two Sutras give the basic defnitions
and descriptions of the processes involved in achieving
Nirodha, Ekagrata and Samadhi.
The word Vyutthana =||= is derived from he root verb Stha
=||, which means to stand. To further indicate the meaning the
prefxes Vi and Ut i+ and =- are added. Ut denotes a motion
upwards, outwards. In fact, the word out has the same root.
The prefx Vi denotes strengthening of the other prefx Ut.
Vyutthana thus means causing to rise up. In fact it denotes
the exact opposite of Nirodha, causing to dissolve, to subside.
The word Nirodha i=|| derives from root verb Rudh, =|; to
which prefx Ni i= is added. Rudh means to be stopped, to stop,
to bring to an end. Prefx Ni indicates movement in downward
direction. Several combinations of prefxes with root Rudh are
available, each of which has a diferent shades of meaning.
Suppression would mean Avarodh +||, opposition would
mean Virodh i+||, and persuasion would mean Anurodh =||.
All these processes would mean, at the end, there would be
a balance of whatever one is trying to stop, it would go on
accumulating and would blow up at the smallest stimulus. The
process of Nirodha i=||, on the other hand, indicates nothing
remaining after the process is over.
The Word Samskara ===| is derived from the root verb Kri
j which means to act, to do, to perform. The prefx Sam ==
Thus there will always be Samskaras of Vyuatthana, in
the Chitta, and also there will be some Samskaras of Nirodha,
recordings of the rare instances when the mind was calm,
enjoying the then present. The word Vyutthannirodhsamskarayo
is dual form of Sambandha declension, which translates as of
the two Samskaras of Rising up and Dissolution of the Patterns
of the Chitta.
It is a normal tendency of the mind to recollect these
recordings, get afected by them and to give them up for
later recollection. This process is described as Abhibhava
Pradurbhava i-|-|++|:-||+|. The word Abhibhava i-|-|+ is
derived from the root verb Bhu -| which means to take place,
to happen.
The prefx Abhi i-| denotes repeated application,
happening again and again. Abhibhava thus means as a result
of repeated application, overpowered defeated. Pradurbhava
+|:-||+, on the other hand means arising, coming up. These
processes take place one after the other. Thoughts appear,
and disappear. That is Abhibhavpradurbhavau i-|-|++|:-||+|.
The appearance and disappearance, emergence and
fading out of thoughts take place in time sequentially, linked
to the time. It is this movement of thoughts which links mind
to time. Even if all our sense organs are closed, we will have
sensation of passage of time as a result of movement of our
thoughts.
The word Kshanchittanvayo -||i=-||-+=| describes this
linkage. Kshana -|| means an instant, a moment of time. Chitta
i=-| means the mind. The word Anvaya -+= is derived from
the root verb I : which mean to be, to exist. The prefx Anu
= denotes succession, following. Anvaya thus means being
linked together, correlation.
As the arising and dissolution of the impressions takes
place, there will be some moments when arising is taking place,
Vyutthankshana =||=-|| and some when dissolution is taking
place, i=||-||. When these moments when the dissolution is
198
l
l
199
taking place are linked to each other in time as a succession
or series Nirodhakshanachittanvayah i=||-||i=-|-+= will take
place. This is defned by Patanjali as Nirodhaparinamah i=||+i
||=, the Nirodha transformation, the Dissolution Transformation.
It is very logical and very deep.
This is helped by the earlier practices of Yama, Niyama,
Asana, Pranayama, Pratyahara, which are all aimed at slowing
down the movements of the Chitta in addition to make the
impressions of dissolution predominant; thereby enabling the
establishment and strengthening of the linkage between such
moments of time and the Chitta, the mind.
Alternatively, the term Nirodhakshana i=||-|| can be taken
to mean those moments when the impression of Nirodha,
impressions of dissolution of thought constructs are predominant
and linking those to the movements of mind i=-||-+=
sr -tt-s+tirst nr+ttts aea
Tasya prantavhit saskrt ||10||
As a result of the impression (===||-) created by the dissolution
transformation (-==) the mind achieves a continuous undisturbed
state of mental tranquility (+.||--+|ir-|) ||10||
Tasya -== is Sambandha, relationship declension of Tat
--. It relates to the Dissolution transformation described in the
earlier Sutra. As a result of this Samskara ===||-, As a result
of the impressions, recording in the Chitta of the Dissolution
transformations, the Chitta assumes Prashantvahita state. The
word Prashanta is derived from the root verb Sham .|= which
means to calm down, to be pacifed, to be satisfed. The prefx
Pra + denotes completeness. Prashanta means completely
at peace. The word Vahita +|ir-| is derived from root verb
Vah +r which means to carry, to fow. Vahita means fowing.
Prashantavahita means fowing completely at peace. Relating
to state of mind, it means a state of mind where it has achieved
a continuous undisturbed state i=|i- of mental tranquility; as
a result of the Samskaras of the dissolution transformation,
i=||+i||=. As a result of these Sanskaras, the impressions
created by the dissolution transformation, the mind achieves a
continuous undisturbed state of tranquility.
200
l
l
201
n+tts+tvst :tt:t i-tr ntitittt aa
Sarvrthataikgratayo kayodayau cittasya
samdhiparima||11||
Simultaneous attenuation (-|=) of the tendency of the
mind running everywhere (=+||-|) and emergence (=:=|) of
onepointedness ()=|=-=|) is transformation (+i||=) leading to
perfect concentration (==|i|) ||11|| diverse
This Sutra gives the defnition of Samadhi Parinama
==|i| +i||= of the Chitta; i=-|==. The word Sarvarthata, =+||-|
is derived from Artha |, which means purpose. Sarva
=+ means all, diverse. Sarvarthata means having diverse
purposes, Chitta getting attached to everything, dispersed
attentiveness. This is the normal state of mind. The word
Ekagrata is derived from the word Agra = which means a
point, a sharp pointed end. Eka )= means one. Ekagrata
means onepointedness. Sarvarthataikagratayoh =+||-=|=-=|,
means, of the two behaviours of the Chitta, of diverse attention
and onepointedness.
The word Kshayaodayau -|=|:=| means Kshaya -|= and
Udaya =:=| together. The term Kshaya -|= is derived the root
verb Kshi i-| which means to make an end of or to destroy,
Kshaya means destruction, end, removal, diminishing. The
term Udaya is derived from the root verb I : which means to
move or to go, the prefx Ud =: denotes upwards, Udi =: means
to come up, Udaya means coming up, rising. When the diverse
or dispersed attentiveness of the Chitta is diminishing and
onepointedness is increasing the Samadhi transformation takes
place. Samadhi Parinamah ==|i|+i||= means transformation
towards Samadhi.
The transformation of the Chitta, the mind, where the
diverse attention is diminishing and onepointedness is rising
simultaneously is the transformation leading towards Samadhi.
Samadhi Parinama, Transformation towards Samadhi is
beginning of the fnal journey, Samadhi is the ultimate coming
together.
ss = -tt-sti:st s-t i-tr+tvstittt aza
Tata puna ntoditau tulyapratyayau
cittasyaikgratparima ||12||
When the experience of the present moment (=i:-|) is same
(--=) as experience (+==|) of the moment just passed (.||--), and
this is repeated again and again (-- +=), it is onepointedness
()=|=-|) transformation (+i||=) of the mind (i=-|==) ||12||
Here a defnition and description of onepointednedness
is given. Tatah Punah -- += means repeatedly, yet again.
Shanta .||-- from root Sham .|=, to be subdued, calmed down,
means subsided. Udita, =i:- means rising. Shantoditau .||--|i:-|
means; of the two, one subsiding and one rising. Tulya --=
means equal in balance, comparable or similar. Pratyaya +==
means response of the mind to a single object of experience.
When the subsiding and the rising responses of the Chitta to
a single object of experience are equal in balance, comparable
or similar to each other, and this happens repeatedly,
the Ekagrata Parinamah )=|=-| +i||= transformation to
onepointedness takes place.
202
l
l
203
s= -tsi-:t tn:ttt+rttitttt trtst asa
Etena bhtendriyeu dharmalakavasthparim
vykhyt ||13||
By means of these defnitions ()- =), the transformations (+i||=|)
in the essential attributes (|= ), temporal character (n-||) and state
of existence (+=||) of the gross elements (-| -) and mechanisms
of perception and action (:i-: = | ) are explained (=|r=|-|) ||13||
The three transformations as they are described here relate
to the Chitta, described in detail in the preceding Sutras. Patanjali
takes a big intellectual leap and says that similar transformations
are applicable, in principle, to the material world and also the
mechanisms of perception and mechanisms of action. These entities
keep on changing as a result of undergoing transformations of their
essential attributes, temporal characters and state of existence.
Etena )-=, by means of these; Bhutendriyeshu -|-i-:=|, in
respect of the material world, the mechanisms of perception
and mechanisms of action; transformations are explained.
Bhuta -|- is derived from the root verb Bhu -| which means to
be or to exist. Bhuta -|- is all that exists, all that exists has been
categorised in fve categories by the Sankhya philosophers.
The word Indriya is derived from the root verb in := which
means to have power, to infuse strength. Indriya is something
in which power has been infused, Organs of sense and action
and Buddhi, the intelligence, together.
These transformations relate to Dharma |=, derived
from Dhri |, to hold together, to identify, meaning essential
attributes, irrespective of whether these are being observed
or not; Lakshana n-||, derived from root verb Laksha n-|, to
perceive, to observe, meaning observed characters; Avastha
+=||, derived from root Stha =|| to stand at one place, meaning
state of existence. When any substance undergoes a change,
the change is in respect of these three descriptions.
Are we not getting an impression that we are reading a
book on theoretical physics or particle physics?
The next few Sutras, seen thus, need no comments,
explanations.
-tt-sti:st:-tt=tst tt a1a
ntoditvyapadeyadharmnupt dharm ||14||
Any substance (|=|) is observed (=+|-|) to have essential
attributes (|=) of the past (.||--), present (=i:-) and those not
defned so far (=+:.=) ||14||
Shanta .||-- from root Sham .|=, to be subdued, calmed
down, means subsided, come to rest, completed. The term
Udita is derived from the root verb I : which means to move
or to go, the prefx Ud =: denotes upwards, Udi =i: means to
come up, ascend. Udita, =i:- means ascended, come up. The
word Avyapadeshya =+:.= is derived from the root Dish i:.|
which means to point out, to show the direction. The Prefxes
are A, Vi, Ap , i+ and +, which together mean not specifcally
shown. Avyapdeshya means not yet defned, materialised.
Dharma is essential attribute. Dharmin is any substance, which
has essential attributes. Any substance follow =+|-| or show
essential attributes which are on account of its past, which has
taken place .||--, the present, which is happening, =i:-, and the
future, yet undefned state, =+:.=.
Pure theoretical Physics, if nothing else!
204
l
l
205
+t--+ itttt--+ rs asa
Kramnyatva parimnyatve hetu ||15||
The diference in the end result of (-=+) the transformations
(+i||=) is due to the diference (-=+=) in the sequence (==)
||15||
The word Hetuh r- means cause, immediate cause. What
is the cause? Kramanyatvam ==|-=+=, Krama == is sequence,
Anyatvam -=+= is being diferent. The sequence being
diferent, What does the diference in the sequence lead to?
Parinamanyatwe +i||=|-=+, Parinama +i||= is transformation,
Anyatwe -=+ is being diferent. This relates to the Dharmin |=|
of the previous Sutra. The Dharmas, the properties, essential
attributes of a substance will be caused by the transformations
that have taken place in the past and the sequence in which
these have taken place to come to the present state.
From the next Sutra onwards, the Yogik restraint has been
used both as an analytical tool and also a formative tool. All
of us have experienced the most simple and lower version of
Samyama. We have all experienced that if we really focus our
mind onto a problem, we understand it better and the chances
are that we might fnd a solution are bright. The Yogik restraint,
as defned earlier is the fnest version of focusing the mind,
where the contents of the experience of the object of Samyama
fll up the mind completely, to the exclusion of everything else.
If this was to take place, there is no reason as to why what
Patanjali is stating should not take place.
ittttnt:stst=tvsnt= asa
Parimatrayasayamdattngatajnam ||16||
The application of the yogic restraint (===|-), on the three basic
transformations (+i|=|=) undergone by a substance reveals
the knowledge (n|==) of its past (-|-) and future possibilities
(=|=-) ||16||
This Sutra relates to the Atita, the Past state and Anagata,
the future state of the object on which the Samyama is
addressed and not to the Past and Future in general.
The Sutra can be split in individual ===|- terms as +i||=+
|=+ ===|-+ -|-+ =|=-+ n|==. Parinama means transformation,
the word Tray |= is descriptive derived from Tri |= which
means three, Traya |= means a group of three, a group of
three Parinama which defne a substance, Dharma, Lakshana
and Avastha Parinamas. Samyamat is ===|- ablative of ===
Samyama, the Yogic restraint.
Atita -|-, derived from root I : which means to go, the prefx
Ati i- denotes going beyond, Atita means past, something that
has happened and gone. Anagata =|=-= is derived from the
root verb Gam == which means to go, The prefx Aa | denotes
from, An = denotes not, Anagata means the happenings yet
to come. In my opinion both the Atita and Anagata in this Sutra
are describe the states of the Substance, the Dharmin, the
particular object of the Samyama, and not to general past and
future.
If the meaning of this Sutra is limited to the object of
Samyama, rather than generalising it, the result appears
imminently feasible. By a Samyama on the transformations
which have been undergone by an object to arrive at the
present state, we will know about the past of that object and
in all likelihood would know what will happen to the object in
immediate future. Needless to add one should keep in mind, all
the time the rigorous defnition and description of the process
of Samyama, lest one get carried away daydreaming.
206
l
l
207
-t:tt-t=tiststttnt-n+trs-i+-ttvnt-n-
+-ts=snt= a:a
abdrthapratyaynmitaretardhystsakarastatpr
avibhgasayamtsarvabhtarutaj nam ||17||
The vocalization of words, (.|:) their meanings (|) and the
rules governing word combinations, (+==) superimposing
(=|=|-) on each other, (:--) lead to a mixture of meanings.
(==). Yogic restraint (===|-) on a systematic arrangement
(+i+-||=) of this mixture (--) leads to understanding (n|==) of the
vocalization (=-) by any of the species (=+-|-) ||17||
The principles of analysis of any communication process,
especially verbal communication are given in this Sutra. What
does the communication consist of? It consists of words, the
purpose for which the words are used and the way a sequence
of words is combined together.
The Shabda .|: means word, a specifc combination of
various vocal sounds. Artha | means the purpose for which the
word is used. The word Pratyaya +== here is used in a diferent
context than what it has been used earlier. In the Sanskrit
language the ways by which words are combined together in a
sentence by changing their forms to for a sentence are called
Pratyaya. So we have Shabdarthpratyayanam .|:||+==|=|=
Using the Words, the purpose for which the words are used
and the ways the words are combined together.
Itaretaradhyasat :--|=|=|- the next word in the Sutra
consists of two parts Itaretara :-- means one with another.
Adhyasat =|=|- is derived from the root verb As = which
means to be, to exist. The prefx Adhi i| denotes nearness, two
objects placed near to each other. Itaretaradhyasat :--|=|=|-
thus means as a result of placing near one another. What is
being placed near one another? The Words, The Purpose
for the words and the Grammatical Prefxes and Sufxes are
placed near one another. What is the result? Sankara ==
means unruly combination.
How does one fnd meaning in an unruly combination? One
can do so by an analysis of the system of such arrangement.
This is exactly what is proposed by Patanjali. We are to do
Samyama, the Yogik restraint. Samyama on the Pravibhaga
+i+-||= is to be done. The word Pravibhaga derives from the root
verb Bhanj -|= which means to share, to divide. The prefxes Pra
+ and Vi i+ together denote in a systematic manner. Pravibhaga
means to divide in a systematic manner, to analyse. Samyama
is to be done on the Pravibhaga, Analysis.
What happens? One understands n|==. What does one
understand? Sarvabhootaruta =+-|-=-. Sarva is all. Bhoota
is which exists. Rut is speech. One is able to understand the
speech of anything that speaks. Very logical and scientifc it is.
Are we not reminded of speech recognition algorithms?
This Sutra, to my mind, is the key to understand the
Yogasutras. I have made a sincere attempt in doing so and
feel that this is a better way to understand them.
Many of the Sutras in this Pada relate to various enhanced
abilities. Two things need to be kept in mind. Samyama, The
Yogik restraint is a very specifcally defned tool of analysis
and understanding for a practicing Yogin. It is also very difcult
to put into practice. All the three constituent processes need to
be undergone and fully internalized. If this really happens, one
should consider himself having received grace and be grateful
for it. Secondly if one follows the meaning of some of the Sutras,
using the present Sutra as a guide, the abilities are no doubt
enhanced, but not really supernatural, as they are taken to be.
In respect of the following Sutras, notes are on a very few
of the Sutras, indicating me to be a real beginner, preschool
class in the Samyama School.
Why is he asking us to practice a variety of Samyamas? One
reason is Tasya Prashantvahita Samskarat, to make the Chitta
achieve a state of continuous tranquility. Is that all? No I think we
are asked to practice, since we may have to tackle some similar
but mammoth task relating to application of Samyama on the way.
Applying Samyama should become our second nature.
208
l
l
209
nr+ttnt:tt-+ttt-+*tisnt= asa
Saskrasktkaratprvajtij nam ||18||
Application of yogic restraint on the activating impressions,
Sanskaras (===|) leads to knowing their origin. Such realization
(=|-||=||-) of the activating impressions (===|) leads to
knowledge (n|==) about the type of existence (=|i-) until now
(++) ||18||
Application of Samyama on Samskara, the impressions in
our Chitta leads to Samskarasakshatkarana ===|=|-||=|. The
word Sakshat is derived from root verb Aksha -| which means
to see, to perceive with any of the senses. The prefx Sa =
denotes actually happening, together with. Sakshat means as if
we perceive it now with our own eyes and other senses. Karan
=| derives from root Kri j which means to do. Karan means
doing. Sakshatkarana means perceiving as if we are seeing it
happening now, or a complete recall of the memory as to how
the Samskara was generated. Samyama on the impressions in
the mind leads to our seeing what lead to the Samskaras, as if
it is happening now. What does this lead to? Purvajatijnyanam
++=|i-n|==, knowledge and understanding of what we were
earlier. One can always relate this to either the current birth or
to stretch it further the previous births.
The critical issue is, will we be able to remain unafected by
such a recall? Unless a very high degree of non-possessiveness
or detachment is developed, I am sure such a recall of what we
are and how we came to be so would send us to a madhouse.
-r ti-tnt= asa
Pratyayasya paracittaj nam ||19||
Yogic restraint on the experience of the interaction with others
(+====) leads to knowing (n|==) the structure of their minds
(+i=-|) ||19||
This sutra tells us the efect of Samyama on our interaction
with others. This leads to understanding the structure of their
mind.
The word Pratyaya is derived from verb Pratee +-| which
means to return back from, to follow from something as a
necessary result, response to a specifc object. Pratyaya thus
means response of an experience. Here we are relating to
the others, the Pratyaya here would be our response to the
others. Such an experience could consist of a composite of
experiences and so would be the response, all of it together is
the Pratyaya. What would a Yogic Samyama on this Pratyaya
achieve is indicated in the last word of this Sutra.
The last word is Parachittajnyanam, +i=-|n|==, ++i=-|+n|==.
Para is relating to the other, the later of the pair to be precise,
The word i=-| Chitta is derived from the verb root Chit i=-|
which means to think, to perceive, to refect, and a few other
meanings; one thing running common in all of them is their
reference to the mental processes. The term Chitta i=-| therefore
refers to the thinking apparatus of the human beings which
undergoes changes constantly and all the activities going on
there. Jnyanam means knowledge or understanding. Putting it
together the Parachittajnyanam thus means understanding of
the structure of the others mind.
If this is possible, it would put every psychiatrist out of their
business, or running for classes in Samyama.
210
l
l
211
= s-ntnrx= srti+tt-ts-+ts azea
Na ca tatslambana tasyviaybhtatvt ||20||
However, this does not (= =) lead to understanding of the
support of the structure (=|n-===), the contents of their minds,
since these (-==) are not a subject of the restraint by the Yogin
(i+|=|-|-+|-) ||20||
The limitation of the previous Sutra is given. Since the
content of the others mind would not be the object of Samyama,
as such, contents remain unknown, and Peeping Toms are
kept at bay.
Let us start with the last word Tasysavishayibhutatvat
-==|i+|=|-|-+|-, -==+i+|=|-|-+|-. Tasya here refers to the
understanding of the structure of the others mind, referred in
the previous Sutra. Avishayibhutatvat i+|=|-|-+|- is derived
from the word Vishaya. Vishaya i+|= is derived from the root
verb Shi i.| which means to be attentive. The prefx Vi i+ here
object. Vishaya i+|= thus means an object of attention. Bhuta,
when used at the end of a word means being, existing, being or
becoming like, consisting of. Vishayaibhuta, means becoming
like the objects of attention. The prefx A denotes absence
or opposites. Avishayibhutata means not becoming like the
objects of attention, Avishayibhutatvat i+|=|-|-+|- thus means
as a result of not becoming like the object of attention.
The frst three words are Na Cha Tatsalambanam; Na means
not, Cha means and. Tatsalambanam -=|n-==, --+=|n-===,
Tat means its, Alambanam |n-=== is derived from root verb
Lamb n-= which means to hang from, to be supported by. The
prefx Aa denotes from. Alambanam thus means supported
by hanging from. The prefx Sa = denotes with or accompanied
by. Salambanam thus means having a support.
Putting it together; the understanding of the others mind;
since it is not the object of the Samyama, does not provide
understanding of its support structure, details of the contents.
+t=nt-trtn-ti+srsr-t :t
+t-tnrtvs-stt= aza
Kyarpasayamttadgrhyaaktistambhe cakupr
aksamprayogentardhnam ||21||
Yogic restraint, Samyama (===|-), on the form (=+) of own body
(=|=) leads to stoppage (=---|) of the perceptibility (=|n.|i+-) of
the body (--). Resultant non-interaction (=-+=|=) between
the eyes of others (=-|) and light (+=|.|), the Yogin becomes
invisible (--||==) ||21||
The process of not seeing is very described in the second part
of the Sutra. The words use are Chakshuprakashasamprayoge
=-|+=|.||=-+=|=, =-|+=|.| =-+=|=. Chakshu is eye. Prakasha is
light. Asamprayoge is derived from the root verb Yuj == , which
means to join, to attach together. The prefxes A , Sam == and
Pra + together denote systematic joining not taking place. As a
result of the light and the eye not coming together in a systematic
manner is the meaning. What happens? Antardhanam --||==
is derived from the root verb Dha || which means to hold. The
prefx Antar denotes inside, within. Antardha means to hold
within, to hold under, to obscure, to not disclose, and to cause
not to be seen. Antardhanam thus means causing not to be
seen, obscuring.
What causes this causing not to be seen? A Samyama
causes. What Samyama? The Kayarupa Samyama, =|==+===.
The word Kaya =|= is derived from the root verb Chi i= which
means to arrange in order. Kaya is Human body, which possible
one of the most systematically arranged structure. Rupa =+ is
derived from the root verb =+ which means to form, to assume
shape. Kayarupa means the form, shape of the systematically
arranged structure of the Human body. The Samyama is
addressed on the Kayarupa, =|==+. What is the result of this
Samyama?
Tadgrahyashaktistambhah -;|n.|i+-=---| is the result. Tat
-- here refers to the Kayarupa. Grahya =|n is derived from
212
l
l
213
root verb Grah =r which means to take, to receive, to accept.
Grahya means something which is received, acceptable.
Shakti .|i+- is derived from root verb Shak .|= which means
to be able, to be powerful. Shakti means ability or power.
Stambha =---| is derived from root Stambh =---| which means
to stupefy, to cause to stop, to disable, to paralyze. Stambha
means stupefed, disabled, paralyzed.
The result of the Samyama on the Kayarupa is causing
disability of the power to receive something, in this case the
light. As a result, there is no systematic coming together of the
light and the eyes, which in turn causes the Yogin not to be
seen.
If you look at the sutra in this manner, it sounds very logical.
The key lies in Samyama on the Kayarupa. James Bond would
have been happy to have Patanjali as Guru, I am saying this
with all seriousness.
nt + i==+ + s-n t:tt-snt=it- -t +t azza
Sopakrama nirupakrama ca karma
tatsayamdaparntaj namariebhyo v ||22||
The consequences of action are (==) diferent for a structured
action (=|+===) and unstructured action (i==+==). Application
of yogic restraint (===|-) on these (--) leads to understanding
(n|==) of the fnal outcome of these actions (+|--) and also
(+|) of the obstacles (i=-=) ||22||
What is the Samyama indicated here? Samyama on
Karma is indicated. Karma is derived from the root verb Kri j
which means to do, to act. Karma is doing or action. Karma
of two types appears here. Sopakrama =|+|==, =+=+== and
Nirupkrama, i==+==, i=+=+== are the two types. Krama ==
means sequence, the prefx Up =+ denotes following and Sa =
denotes with. Sopakrama thus means with following sequence,
planned, structured. Nirupkrama is opposite of Sopakrama,
meaning unstructured, unplanned.
What happens when the Samyama is applied on Karma?
Karma is the recording of Past actions, recorded in the mind.
As a result of the Samyama on the recordings Aparantjnyanam
+|--n|== happens. Aparanta is combination of Apara + and
Anta --. Apara is beyond, Ant is end, and Aparant is beyond
the end fnal result. This Samyama leads to the knowledge
of the end result of the Karma beforehand. It also leads to
Arishtebhyah Jnyanam i=-= n|== knowledge about the
obstacles and difculties.
Why are we shown so many goodies which are results of
the Samyama? One reason is that the impressions created by
the practice of the Samyamas result in a state of continuous
tranquility in the Chitta, as stated earlier, -== +.||--+|ir-| ===||-.
The real reason is Samyama is a tool. It is being sharpened
for the ultimate Samyama, which will lead to the ultimate
knowledge and further.
214
l
l
215
ti:t xnti= azsa
Maitrydiu balni ||23||
Application of yogic restraint (===) on disposition of friendship
(=||), and other (|i:|) abilities, (compassion (==||), sharing
of joy (=i:-|) and indiference (=+-||), leads to these abilities
developing into major strengths (=n|i=) ||23||
In the next fve Sutras, Samyamat, ===|- meaning as a
result of the Yogik restraint on is omitted, but meaning become
clearer if we put this phrase there like Maitryadishu Samyamat
Balani
What does Maitryadishu ==|i:| indicate? It indicates
Samyama on Maitri and others. Maitri is derived from root
verb Mith i=| which means to meet or to associate with, to
unite, pair. Mitra means a friend, an associate. Maitri means
friendship, universal charity, love, friendship for.
What are the other attributes? We have earlier referred
Maitri with Karuna, Mudita and Upeksha. These attributes will
lead to tranquility of the Chitta. What happens if Samyama
is addressed to these? The result is that these attributes will
get converted to Balani =n|i=, strengths, powers. The Maitri
Bhavana will become stronger,
xnt rirsxnti:i= az1a
Baleu hastibaldni ||24||
Yogic restraint on potencies (=n|) leads to their developing into
strengths; for example if restraint is focused on physical power
of an elephant, one develops physical strength (=n|:|i=) of an
elephant. (ri=-) ||24||
Continuing with the concept of strength, it is said that a
Samyama on strength will lead to achieving the most superior
of such strengths. The achievement of strength of an elephant
by Samyama on strength is an example. It is said that What
you think is what you will become. The athletes are told to
think of what they want to achieve. It is power of Samyama.
216
l
l
217
+-tnt+-tnt-n:+irsi+j-nt= azsa
Pravttylokanystskmavyavahitavi-
prakaj nam ||25||
Focusing attention by way of yogic restraint (-=|=|-) on the
ability (++i-|) to see (|n|=), leads to knowledge (n|==) of tiniest
of the objects (=-=), objects placed far away from the observer
(i++j=), and objects scattered over a large area (=+ir-) ||25||
This Sutra gives details of the enhancement of the ability
to see. Let us start from the frst word, Pravrittyalokanyasat
++-=|n|=-=|=|-, ++i-|+ |n|=+ -=|=|-. Pravritti ++i-| means
tendency to do something, derived from root Vrit +- which
means to be, to become. The prefx Pra denotes mainly.
Aloka |n|= is derived from the root verb Lok n|= which
means to see, to perceive. The prefx Aa denotes from all
sides, all around. Aloka thus means seeing from all sides,
seeing in a comprehensive manner.
Nyasat -=|=|- is ablative declension of Nyasa -=|=, derived
from the verb Nyas === which means to lay or put down or
place upon anything, Nyasa means to focus upon. Alokanyasa
would thus mean focussing the seeing in a comprehensive
manner. Pravrittyalokanyasa means the tendency of focussing
the seeing in a comprehensive manner. The ablative relates to
Samyama, Nyasat would mean Nyasasamyamat, as a result of
the Samyama on the ability indicated.
What is the result? The result is Jnyanam, Knowledge. What
does the knowledge relate to is given in the words preceding
Jnyanam. It relates to objects described by these words. What
are the words? Sukshma, Viprakrishta and Vyavahita are the
descriptive words.
The term Sukshma = -= is derived from root Such .| = which
means to clean, to refne. Sukshma means refned, minute, atomic.
The term Viprakrishta i++j=, is derived from the verb
Prakrish +j|. Prakrish +j| means to draw out, stretch out or
prolong. The prefx Vi i+ denotes distinction. Viprakrishta i++j=
thus means kept at a great distance from the observer.
The word Vyavahita =+ir- is derived from the root Dha
which means to hold. The prefxes Vi i+ and Ava + together
denote not so. Vyavahita means not held together, held far
apart, scattered here and there.
To put it together, as a result of the Samyama on the
tendency of focussing the seeing in a comprehensive manner
one gets the knowledge of objects even when they are refned,
minute, atomic, or kept at a great distance from the observer or
scattered here and there.
This is the ultimate of the Microscope-cum-telescope-cum-
whatsoeverscope.
To my mind the next four Sutras which deal in various kind
of knowledge, or gnosis are extensions of this Sutra which
relates to the gnosis or direct knowledge about objects refned,
minute, atomic, or kept at a great distance from the observer or
scattered here and there.
218
l
l
219
-t+=nt= n nts azsa
Bhuvanajna srye sayamt ||26||
Yogic restraint (===|-) on the sun (==), leads to complete
knowledge (n|==) of our world (-|+=) ||26||
Let us start the hard way, word by word. The frst word is
Bhuvanjnyanam. The word Bhuvana is derived from the verb
Bhu -| which means to be or to exist. Bhuvan is a place where
we exist, live, the planet earth. It also means a house where
we live. Jnyanam as we know is knowledge, understanding.
Bhuvanjnyanam means the knowledge of this planet with all
the parties living on it.
The remaining part is Surye Samyamat The word Surya ==
means the Sun, or the deity representing the Sun in the sky.
Samyama means Yogic restraint.
Thus the Sutra indicates that a Yogic restraint on the Sun
in the sky or the deity representing the Sun will lead to gnosis
about all the world and all that lives on the world, maybe instant
history and geography of the earth if not the universe.
-: stttrnt= az:a
Candre trvyhaj nam ||27||
Yogic restraint on the moon (=-:) leads to knowledge (n|==) of
the arrangements of planets and stars (-||=r) ||27||
When the Sun is not shining in the sky we see the stars
and the planets and of course the moon. The sutra says that
yogic restraint on the moon =-: will lead us to all that is to
be known about the stars and the planets, the word used is
the Vyuha which means the arrangement of the stars and the
planets in the sky -||=r.
All the planets and the stars move, the arrangement
changes, do we want to know about it? The answer is provided
in the next Sutra.
It would be very relevant to note that the Indian astronomers
knew much about these things before anyone else did. All
these three Sutras need to be taken very seriously.
220
l
l
221
t+ srisnt= azsa
Dhruve tadgatijnam ||28||
Yogic restraint on the polestar (|+) leads to the knowledge
(n|==) of the motion of the stars and planets (--) ||28||
Dhruva |+ is derived from the verb Dhru | which means to be
frm and fxed or to stand frm. Dhruva is someone who remains
fxed or stands fxed at one place. Amongst the arrangement
of the stars and the planets what remains fxed? The Polestar
remains. A Yogic restraint on the polestar is stated to lead to
Tadgatijnyanam -;i-n|== knowledge, Jnyanam of their relative
motions Tadgati -;i-. Imminently rational!
There are no notes on some of the Sutras which follow.
They are either self-explicit or not explicit at all to me at this
stage.
=ti-t+ +trnt= azsa
Nbhicakre kyavyhaj nam ||29||
Yogic restraint on the navel circle (=|i-|==) leads to knowledge
(n|==) of the structure and working of the body||29||
The word Nabhichakra =|i-|==, used here in locative
declension as Nabhichakre, contains Nabhi and Chakra. The
word Nabhi is derived from root verb Nah =r which means to
bind. Nabhi is the central place to which every other member
of the system is connected. The hub of a wheel is called Nabhi.
The English word navel has the same root. The word Chakre
is derived from the root verb Kri j which means to do, used in
a reduplicated manner, to mean a circle, a round. Nabhichakre
means the circle, may be of nerves, located at the navel of
he human body. What is the efect of the Samyama on the
Nabhichakra?
The efect is stated as Kayavyuhajnyanam =|==rn|==. The
word Kaya =|= is derived from the root verb Chi i= which means
to arrange in order. Kaya is Human body, which possible one
of the most systematically arranged structure. The word Vyuha
=r is derived from verb Vyuh =r which means to dispose,
arrange, place in order; to array, to place in battle-array. Vyuha
is a systematic arrangement with an objective, which the human
body is. Jnyanam is knowledge.
The neurologists are now slowly coming to a conclusion
that the nerves and ganglion in the abdomen, the enteric
nervous system plays a very defnitive role in controlling the
various autonomous body processes, so much so that some
refer to it as the enteric second brain. If this be the case then
this Sutra makes great sense.
222
l
l
223
+:+ :ti-tnti=+i-t asea
Kahakpe kutpipsnivtti ||30||
Yogic restraint on the pit (=+) of the throat (=) leads to
freedom (i=+i-|) from hunger (-|-) and thirst (i++|=|) ||30||
The word Kanthakupa ==+, used in locative declension
as Kanthakupe, consists of Kantha and Kupa. The word Kantha
is derived from the root verb Kan =| which means to sound,
Kantha is the where he sound comes from, the throat. Kantha
also means a guttural sound. The word Kupa =+ is derived from
he verb Ku = which means to make noise. Kupa is someplace
where a noise is heard, it means a hole, a hollow is a tree.
Kanthakupe thus means the pit of the throat. What does the
Samyama on the throat pit generate?
The word Kshutpipasa -|i++|=| consists of Kshut and
Pipasa. The word Kshut is derived from verb Kshut which
means to be hungry. Kshudha, -||| means hunger, a short form
Kshut is used here in this combination with Pipasa. The word
Pipasa is derived from root verb Pa +| which means to drink.
Pipasa means a desire to drink. Kshutpipasa means a desire
to eat and drink.
The term Nivritti i=+i-|, is derived from the root verb Vrit
+-. The simplest meaning of this verb root is to be. Other
meanings like to rotate, fuctuate are there; however those are
not applicable here. Vritti +i-| simply means way of being, fxed
as such, as a result of repeated behaviour of this type in the
past. The prefx Ni indicates movement in downward direction,
reduction. Nivritti means release from Vritti, One other meaning
of Nivritti is retirement from a job.
To put it together, Samyama on the pit of the throat leads
to cessation or satiation of the desire to eat and drink.
Simple way is to try a very elementary level Yogic restraint
on the pit of the throat, the Vishuddhi chakra, by reciting the
Beejamantra Ham in a sonorous manner and see for you
yourself as to what happens.
+=tsvt rt asa
Krmany sthairyam ||31||
Yogic restraint on the bronchial tube (===|=|=) leads to stability
(=|==) ||31||
I beg to difer on the location of the Kurmanadi, I feel
Patanjali is referring to the Muladhara chakra. Kurma == means
support to the Earth, considered to be foating in the Akasha.
Nadi =|i is derived from the root verb Nal =n which means
to bind, to tie. Kurmanadi ===|i thus means the support of
the human body, Muladhara. Samyama on the Muladhara
is intended here. What does it do? The answer is Sthairyam
=|==. The word Sthairyam is derived from the root verb Stha =||
which means to stand frm or to remain frm. Sthairyam means
frmness.
A simple experiment will indicate this really happening.
Focussing on the Muladhara immediately makes one steady
and frm.
I would also suggest trying out a very elementary level
yogic restraint on the Muladhara by reciting slowly and in a
sonorous manner the Beejamantra Lam.
224
l
l
225
t-tisit inz:-t= asza
Mrdhajyotii siddhadaranam ||32||
Yogic restraint on the mental brilliance at the top of the head
(=|=|i-i|) leads to vision (:.|==) of the Siddhas (i=,) ||32||
Let us start with the word Murdhajyotis =|=|i-=, the
locative declension =|=|i-i| is used here. The word Murdhan
=|= is derived from the root verb Murv =: which means to
bind. Murdhan is frmly bound, the highest or foremost or most
prominent part, surface, top, point, peak, summit, top of the
head.
The word Jyotis =|i-= is derived from the root verb Jyut
=- which means to shine upon or to illuminate. Jyotis is light,
bright light, light as the divine principle of life, the source of
intelligence, intelligence. Murdhajyotis thus means the source
of intelligence located at the top of the head. What is the result
of Samyama there?
The Sutra says Siddhdarshanam i=,:.|==. The word
Siddha is derived from the root verb Sidh i=| which means to be
accomplished, to be completed. Siddha i=,, means someone
with ability for accomplishment, enhanced ability or capability.
The word Dharshana :.|= is derived from root verb Drish :.|
which means to see, Dharshana mean seeing, perceiving.
Siddhadarshanam means perceiving someone with ability for
accomplishment, enhanced ability or capability.
One gets guidance with such a Samyama.
tis-ttzt n+ assa
Prtibhdv sarvam ||33||
Above all, (+|) yogic restraint on the process of intuition (+|i--||-)
leads to knowledge of everything (=+=) ||33||
Pratibh +|i--| comes from the verb Pratibha +i--||, which
means to get in mind, to suddenly appear clear in the mind,
to intuit. The noun Pratibha +i--|| means suddenly appearing
clear in the mind; fashing in the mind, intuition. Pratibh +|i--|
is derived from Pratibha and mean obtained by process of
Pratibha. This word goes far beyond intuition.
A Samyama on the process of Pratibh +|i--| will lead to all
the knowledge. Very difcult process, as one will frst need to
understand what actually happens in the process of intuition.
Will it not be great to have at your beck and call the Pratibha,
ability to intuit of the highest order?
226
l
l
227
r: i-tni+s as1a
Hdaye cittasavit ||34||
Yogic restraint on the seat of feelings and sensations (r:=)
develops deep understanding (=i+-) of the processes of the
mind (i=-|) ||34||
Hridaya r:=, the heart; as it is in all languages, refers to
many other mind related objects in addition to physical heart.
It also refers to the essence of an object and seat of feelings.
A Samyama on the heart, or the concept of heart, leads to
Chittasamvit i=-|=i+-. Chitta is mind. Samvit is derived from the
root verb Vid i+: which means to understand. The prefx Sam
== denotes comprehensiveness. Chittasamvit thus means
comprehensively understand the structure of our own Chitta.
n-+=ttt--stn+ttt -ti+-ttt -ttv ttt
-+t-r+ttnt-=tnt= assa
Sattvapuruayoratyantsakrayo pratyayvieo
bhoga parrthatvtsvrthasayamtpuruaj
nam||35||
As a result of the complete (=--) segregation (===||=|)
between the purest form of Buddhi, the Sattva (=-+) and the
life giving principle, the Purusha (+=|), the experience (-||=),
irrespective (i+.||) of the response of the mind (+==), is for
the beneft of the later (+||+|-). Yogic restraint (===|-) on this
aspect (=+||) of Sattva, leads to knowledge (n|==) of Purusha
(+=|), the life giving principle. ||35||
What is the Knowledge that is made available in this Sutra?
Purushajnyanam + =|n|== , is the knowledge about the Purusha, the
Seer, the basic life giving principle in all of us. Since the Purusha, the
seer, is completely separate from the Mind-body complex, Samyama
on the Purusha is not possible. This Sutra suggests a way.
The Samyama is to be made on the Purpose of the Mind-
body complex. This is described as Swarthsamyama =+||===,
=++|+===. Swa, as in Pada 2, is the Owned, the mind-
body-complex. Artha is purpose, purpose of the Swa here.
Samyama is to be made on this. What is the Purpose of Swa?
The purpose of the mind-body-complex is to provide Bhoga
and Apavarga. Bhogah -||=, is derived from the root verb Bhuj
-|= which means to use, to eat, to accept, to experience. Bhoga
is experience. Who is providing the experience and who is
receiving the experience is given in the frst part of this Sutra.
Sattvapurushayoh =-++=|=|, meaning of Purusha has been
given earlier, what is this Sattva =-+ ? The word is derived from
the word Sat =- the truth, the essence, the purest form. Sattva
refers to the purest part of the Mind-body-complex, purest part
of the Buddhi, when all the Vrittis and Samskaras have been
cleared. Sattvapurushayoh, means of the two, the Sattva and
the Purusha.
228
l
l
229
The next term is Atyantasankirnayoh =--|===||=|,
=--+===||=|, Atyanta means completely, till the end;
Asamkirnayoh is derived from the root verb Kri j which means
to do, to act. The prefx Sam == denotes together. Samkirna
means mixed together, Asamkirna means not mixed together,
totally separate, very distinct. Atyantasamkirnayoh =--|===|
|=| means of the two which are very distinct from the beginning
till the end, always, never mixed.
Despite this totally distinct nature, these have a common
purpose. The purpose is described by the term Pararthatvat
+||+|-. Pararthatvat +||+|-, ++|+|-, Para is relating to the
other, the later of the pair to be precise; Arthatwat, Artha is
purpose, Arthatwa is purposiveness, intention. Pararthatvat
+||+|-, means as a result of the intent to serve the purpose of
the later of the two, here Purusha. What happens as a result of
the intent to serve the purpose of the Purusha?
What do these qualities of the pair lead to? The, Bhoga,
is afected. Bhogah -||=, is derived from the root verb Bhuj
-|= which means to use, to eat, to accept, to experience.
Bhoga is experience. How the experience is afected? Bhoga
becomes Pratyayavishesho +==|i+.||, +==+i+.||. Pratyaya
is response to an experience of a sense object. Avishesha is
derived from the verb Vishish i+i.|| which means to distinguish,
to diferentiate, to understand as separate. Vishesh is the noun
form, meaning distinct, diferentiated, understood as separate.
Avishesha is opposite of this; not distinct, not diferentiated,
understood as not separate, uniform, without any diference.
Pratyayavishesho Bhogah, +==|i+.|| -||= means experience of
all the type irrespective of the objects of experience.
Let us put this together. The Bhoga, all the experience
irrespective of the objects providing the experience, always
serves the purpose of the Later, the Purusha; as a result
of the Sattva and Purusha being totally distinct but totally
collaborative. The Samyama on the Purpose of the Sattva,
serving the purpose of the Purusha leads to the knowledge of
the Purusha.
Experience being undistinguished, does it not ring the bell
on detachment, ultimate detachment?
ss tis-tt+t+:=t:-ttr+t:+tst *t-s assa
Tata prtibharvaavedandarsvdavrt
jyante ||36||
As a result of such knowledge of Purusha, (--) intuitive sense
(+|i--|) of hearing (|+|), touch (+:=|), seeing (:.|), taste (|=+|:)
and smell (+|-|) is produced. (=|=--) The mechanisms of
perception get fnely tuned. ||36||
Tatah -- means as a result of that, that here referring
to the result of the Samyama referred in the previous Sutra,
Purushajnyanam +=|n|==, the knowledge of the nature of the
Purusha.
What are the other achievements? The next long word
gives the details as Pratibhashravanavedanadarshaswadvarta
+|i--||+|+:=|:.|=+|:+|-|. The frst term, Pratibha, +|i--| is
adjective of all the abilities those follow. Pratibha +i--|| comes
from the verb Pratibha +|i--|, which means to get in mind, to
suddenly appear clear in the mind, to intuit. The noun Pratibha
+i--|| means suddenly appearing clear in the mind; fashing
in the mind, intuition. Pratibha +|i--| is derived from Pratibha
and mean obtained by process of Pratibha. This word goes
far beyond intuition. What intuitive abilities are available at this
stage?
The list starts with Shravana |+| derived from the root
Shru which means to hear, to listen to or to be attentive,
the noun Shravana means the act of causing to be heard;
knowledge derived from hearing. Pratibhashravana means
intuitive hearing or attentiveness of the highest order.
The next term is Vedana +:=|, derived from root Vid i+:
which means to perceive, understand, know, learn, ascertain,
fnd out, experience, Vedana means perception, knowledge;
knowledge obtained by the senses, feeling, sensation.
Pratibhavedana means intuitive knowledge obtained from what
is experienced by the senses.
The next Term is Darsha :.| is derived from the root verb
Drish :.| to see, to behold, to experience with any of the senses
230
l
l
231
or to see with the mind. Darsha :.| means looking at, viewing,
seeing, perceiving, showing, having a view, Pratibhadarsha
means intuitive knowledge obtained from what is viewed,
seen.
The next term Aswada |=+|: derived from the verb Aswad
|=+: which means to taste or to eat, Aswada |=+|: means
taste of food, favour of the food. Pratibhaswada means intuitive
knowledge of taste.
The next term Varta, +|-| means an account of anything
that has happened, tidings, report, rumour, news, intelligence.
Pratibhavarta means intuitive knowledge of whatever is
happening.
The achievements of the Samyama on the Swa Artha, =+
|, in addition to the Knowledge of the Purusha are perfectly
tuned senses and intuitive power to sense, to perceive with all
the fve senses. The awareness itself becomes tuned, intuitive
and continuous.
If what is described in the previous Sutra, Purushajnyanam
+=|n|==, really happens, what is described in the present Sutra
pales into insignifcance!
Are these really worth it? The answer is in the next Sutra
s nttt+nvt -tt= inz as:a
Te samdhvupasarg vyutthne siddhaya ||37||
These super developed abilities (-) are hindrances (=+==|)
on the road to Samdhi (==|||); however they are considered
to be super accomplishments (i=,=) in the ordinary state of
consciousness in which the mind functions (=||=) ||37||
Patanjali very specifcally states that these enhanced
senses are Upasargas =+==|. Upasarga is derived from
the root verb Srij == which means to create. The prefx Up
=+ denotes a byproduct, something which comes along with
something else, usually not wanted. Upsarga here means a
usually unwanted byproduct. Samadhau ==||| is locative form
of Samadhi, which means in Samadhi. These are byproducts
unwanted in Samadhi. Vyutthane =-||= is locative form of
Vyutthana, the Non-Samadhi, the Ordinary state of The Chitta.
In the ordinary state of functioning, the enhanced abilities
are perceived as Siddhayah i=:=, super talents. It is a very
matter of fact statement these are disturbances in Samadhi,
perceived as super talents in the normal state.
232
l
l
233
x-t+ttt-t itt- ttn + :=t i-tr t-ttttt+ -t assa
Bandhakraaaithilytpracrasavedancca
cittasya paraarrvea||38||
As a result of the knowledge so far gained, the cause (=||)
of bonds (=-|), which bind the mind to the body, is released
(.|i|-=|-) and (=) the freedom of movement of the mind (+=|) is
enabled (=+:=|-). Such a developed mind can enter (|+.|) into
another (+) body (.||). ||38||
Let us start with the frst word Bandhakaranshaithilyat
=-|=||.|i|-=|-, =-|+=||+.|i|-=|-. The word Bandha means
catching holding, binding, derived from the root verb Bandh
=-| which means to hold, to catch, to ensnare. The word Karana
=||, derived from the root verb Kri j which mean to do or to
perform, means motive, reason, cause. Bandhakarana means
cause for holding. The word Shaithilya .|i|-= is derived from
root verb Shlath n| which means to be loose or to be relaxed.
Shithila means relaxed, Shaithilya .|i|-=, means relaxation,
release. Bandhakaranshaithilya means release from the cause
for holding. Shaithilyat is ablative declension of Shaithilya. It
means as a result of the release from the cause of bonding.
Whose release? The answer is Chittasya i=-|==, of the mind,
the Chitta.
What else happens to the mind? Pracharsamvedana
+=|=+:= +=|+=+:= is the answer. The word Prachara is
derived from root verb Char = which means to move, the
prefx Pra + denotes in a systematic manner, thoroughly,
Prachar means to allow to roam about. Prachara thus means
free movement. The word Samvedana is derived from the root
Vid i+: which means to know or to sense. The prefx Sam ==
denotes comprehensive manner, Samvedana =+:= thus means
comprehensive knowledge, perception. Pracharsamvedana
means comprehensive knowledge of free movement. What is
the result of the mind possessing these two abilities?
The answer is Parshariraveshah +.|||+.|, ++.||+|+.|.
The word Par means other, other than. The word Sharira is
derived from the root Shri i which means to go into, enter; to
cling to. Shrarira means something, to which we cling to, which
is bound to dissolve anyway. It also denotes a dead body.
The word Avesha is derived from the root verb Vish i+.| which
means to pierce, penetrate; to pervade; to sit or settle down.
The prefx Aa | denotes from all sides. Aveshah |+.| thus
means entering, entrance, taking possession of.
To it together, As a result of freedom from the cause
of bonding of mind and complete knowledge of the free
movement of the mind, it is able to enter another body and take
possession of it. This is being told as another consequence of
Purushajnyanam.
The whole exercise was to barely tolerate one body, that
too as a means of liberation and this Sutra is enticing with entry
into another body, this is defnitely not Patanjali speaking.
234
l
l
235
:t=*t-*n++-+ti:+nv -+ti-s assa
Udnajayjjalapakakaakdivasaga
utkrntica ||39||
Yogic restraint leading to control (==|-) of Udana (=:|=) vital
energy enables the Yogin to avoid contact (===) with obstacles
in the way like water (=n), mud (+==), thorns (===) and (=)
ability to neglect such obstacles (==|i--). ||39||
Let us start with the frst word Udanajayat =:|===|-,
=:|=+==|-. The word Udana is derived from root verb An =
which means to breathe, to move or to live. The prefx Ud
=: denotes upwards or up. Udana mean breathe which rises
up the throat and passes into the head. This is a technical
term used in Hathayoga. Literal meaning of Udana is upward
movement. The word Jaya == is derived from root verb Ji i=
which means to win or to conquer, Jaya means winning or
conquest. Udanajayat is ablative declension, it means as a
result of conquest of the breath which rises up the throat and
passes into the head. What is the result of such a conquest of
Udana by Yogic restraint? The answer is the rest of the Sutra.
Jala means water; Panka means mud; Kantaka means
thorn; Adishu means etcetera. Asanga means not coming in
contact with.
To put it together Yogic restraint on the breath which rises
up the throat and passes into the head causes its conquest,
which leads to the ability of not coming in contact with water,
mud, thorns and other such obstacles. Something more is
there as the last word, which says Utkrantisch ==|i-- =.
The word Utkranti is derived from root Kram == which
means to step or to move. The prefx Ud =: denotes up or
upwards, Utkranti means upwards movement overcoming.
The Jaya of Udana also will enable overcoming obstacles.
nt=*t-+n= a1ea
Samnajayjjvalanam ||40||
Yogic restraint leading to control (==|-) of Samana (==|=) vital
energy produces enhanced energy producing metabolism
(+n==) ||40||
The word Samana is derived from root verb An =
which means to breathe or to live. The prefx Sam denotes
comprehensiveness or equality. Samana means that breathe
which circulates about the navel and is considered essential
to digestion. Jwalanam +n== is derived from the root verb
Jwal +n which means to burn, Jwalanam means combustion,
burning, producing heat and light.
Application of Yogic restraint and consequent mastery
on breath which circulates about the navel and is considered
essential to digestion, will lead to enhanced energy producing
metabolism.
236
l
l
237
ttt+t-tt nrx-tntiz tt a1a
rotrkayo sambandhasayamddivya rotram||41||
Yogic restraint (===|-) on the relationship between (=-=-|) the
mechanism of hearing (||) and the space (|=|.|=|) leads to
divine (i:==) power of hearing (||=) ||41||
What is the Yogic restraint referred in this Sutra?
Shrotrakashayoh Sambhandhasamyama |||=|.|=| =-=-|===
is referred. The word Shrotrakashayoh consists of Shrotra ||
and Akasha |=|.|, in dual form. The word Shrotra is derived from
the root verb which means to hear or to listen to, Shrotra | |
means the organ of hearing, the mechanism of hearing provided
in the human body, the ear. The word Akasha is derived from the
verb Akash |=|.| which means to view. Akasha the noun from
means something through which one can see, empty space. It
also means the subtle and ethereal fuid supposed to fll and
pervade the universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and
of sound.
The word Sambandha =-=-| is derived from the root verb
Bandh =-| which means to bind or to join together. The prefx Sam
denotes joining, together; Sambandha thus means relationship, that
which binds two things together. Shrotrakashayoh Sambhandha-
samyama | ||=|.|=| =-=-|= ==|- thus means as a result of the
Yogic restraint on the relationship between the organ of hearing,
the mechanism of hearing provided in the human body, the ear
and the subtle and ethereal fuid supposed to fll and pervade the
universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and of sound.
What is the result of this Samyama? The answer is Divyam
i:== Shrotram ||=. The word Divyam is derived from the root
verb Div i:+ which means to shine, to be bright, Divya, the
adjective means divine or celestial. In fact the word divine has
the same root. The word Shrotram we have come across. The
Samyama described here leads to divine organ of hearing, the
mechanism of hearing provided in the human body, the ear
gets divine powers.
Another temptation!
+tt+t-tt nrx-tntnttsnnt-tt+t-tv= a1za
Kykayo sambandhasayamllaghutlasampat
teckagamanam ||42||
Yogic restraint (===|-) on the relationship (=-=-|) between the
physical body (=|=|) and the space (|=|.|=|) enables the body
identifying (==|+-|) with a cotton wisp (n|-n), which can fy in
the space (|=|.|====) ||42||
The object of the Yogic restraint is given in the frst word
of the Sutra Kayakashayoh =|=|=|.|=|, =|=|+ |=|.|=|. The word
Kaya =|=| is derived from the root verb Chi i= which means to
arrange in order. Kaya is Human body, which possible one of
the most systematically arranged structure.
The word Akasha is derived from the verb Akash |=|.|
which means to view. Akasha the noun from means something
through which one can see, empty space. It also means the
subtle and ethereal fuid supposed to fll and pervade the
universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and of sound.
Kayakashayoh =|=|=|.|=| means Kaya and Akasha together.
The word Sambandha =-=-| is derived from the root verb
Bandh =-| which means to bind or to join together. The prefx
Sam denotes joining, together; Sambandha thus means
relationship, that which binds two things together. Application
of Yogic restraint is to me aimed at this relationship.
What happens as a result of this Samyama? The next term
gives the answer as Laghoottulasamapatteh n| - n==|+-| , ablative
declension of n| - n==|+i-|. The word Laghu n| means small or
tiny. The word Tool - n means piece of cotton; Laghutool means
a wisp of cotton. Samapatti ==|+i-| is derived from root +: which
means to fall towards, to come towards. The prefxes Sam == and
Aa | together denote together perfectly. Samapatti thus means
perfectly identifying with each other. Laghutoolsamapatti means
the Kaya, the human body identifying with wisp of cotton.
What is the result of such identifcation? The answer is
Akashagamanam |=|.|====, which means levitation.
Another result of this Samyama is given in the next Sutra.
238
l
l
239
xirt+ist +i-trti+:rt ss +t-t+tt:t a1sa
Bahirakalpit vttirmahvideh tata
prakvaraakaya ||43||
Such restraint also leads to a natural (=i-+-|) mental construct
(+i-|) outside the body called Mahavideha (=r|i+:r|), which
(--) enables destruction (-|=) of the covering (|+|) on the
brilliance of knowledge (+=|.|) ||43||
Tatah -- means as a result of that, the Samyama described
in the previous Sutra. What is the result? Bahirakalpita
Vrittirmahavideha =ir=i-+-| +i-|=r|i+:r| is the result. The word
Bahirakalpita =ir=i-+-| consists of Bahih =ir and =i-+-|.
Bahih means external or relating to the exterior. The word
Akalpita is derived from the root verb Klrip =+ which means to
design, to invent, to adapt, to imagine. The prefx A denotes
negative or not so. Akalpita means not imagined, real, natural
or genuine. Vritti +i-| is derived from the root verb Vrit +- which
means to be or to become, Vritti means a pattern of being. The
Vritti is described as Akalpita, which means natural as against
other Vrittis in the mind which are mental constructs. This Vritti
is designated as Mahavideha =r|i+:r|. Maha is the descriptive
form of Mahat which means great. Videha is derived from
the root verb Dih i:r which means to anoint, smear, plaster,
spread over. Deha means the body because it envelopes
the soul. Prefx Vi to a noun denotes without. Videha means
without body, bodiless, or incorporeal. A natural Vritti of the
mind to remain outside the body is referred here. One reaches
this natural Vritti as a result of the Samyama described in the
previous Sutra.
The result of achieving this Mahavideha Akalpita Vritti
given here is Prakashavaranakshaya +=|.||+|-|=. The word
Prakasha +=|.| is derived from the verb Prakash +=|.| which
mean to shine or to illumine. The noun Prakasha means
brightness or light, it also means the light of divine knowledge
which is built deep within each one of us, covered by layers
of Vrittis, or mental constructs. The word Avarana |+| is
derived from the root verb Vri + which means to cover or to
conceal. The prefx A | denotes location. Avarana thus means
covering. The word Kshaya -|= is derived from the root Kshi i-|
which means to destroy to bring to an end. The covering on the
light of divine wisdom is destroyed.Very interesting indeed!
240
l
l
241
rtnr+=n:t-+tt+-+nt:-ts* a11a
Sthlasvarpaskmnvayrthavattvasaya-
mdbhtajaya ||44||
Yogic restraint on the basic qualities of the fve elements (-|-),
(earth, water, air, fre, and space) materiality (=|n), essential
nature (=+=+), intangibility (=-=), association (-+=) and
purpose(|++) leads to the Yogin fully understanding their
nature (==) ||44||
Another way of looking at the Sutra is given below. One
has to chose, depending how one looks at it.Let us start with
the frst term Sthulaswarupa =|n=+=+. The word Sthula =|n is
derived from the root verb Stha =|| which means to stand frm,
to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action. Sthula
means gross, tangible, material as opposed to Sukshma.
Swarupa =+=+ consists of Swa =+ meaning own, Rupa
=+ which means form, shape, fgure. Swarupa thus means
own form. Shtulaswarupa thus means the gross form of the
Bhootas, the elements.
The next term is Sukshamanvaya =-=-+=. The word
Sukshma =-= is derived from root Such .|= which means to
clean, to refne. Sukshma means refned, minute, atomic,
and subtle. Sukshma =-=|, means subtle. The word Anvaya
is derived from the root verb I : which mean to be, to exist.
The prefx Anu = denotes succession, following. Anvaya thus
means being linked together, correlation. Sukshmanvaya thus
means subtle correlation. The next term before the defnition of
Samyama is complete is Arthavatva |++. Artha | is derived
from the root verb Arth which means to strive. The noun
Artha thus means something to be strived, the purpose. Thus
Arthavattva means signifcance or importance. Samyama on
the signifcance of the correlation between the gross from and
subtle purpose of the Bhootas is intended here. What happens
with such Yogic restraint?
The answer give is Bhootajaya -|-==. Bhoota is derived
from the root verb Bhoo -| which means to exist, to be, to take
place, to happen. Bhoota is everything material that exists,
categorized into fve by the philosophers. . Jaya == is derived
from root verb Jay == which means to win, Jaya means
victory or conquest. The Bhootas, all the material objects are
conquered.
The results of such a Samyama are given in the following
Sutra.

242
l
l
243
sstsitti:t:-tt+ +tnr-tzt=i-tttts a1sa
Tatoimdiprdurbhva kyasampattaddharmnab
hightaca ||45||
Such understanding (--) creates (+|:-||+) supernormal
abilities; like (|i:) ability to assume a minute form (i|=|). This
also leads to perfection (=-+-) of the physical body (=|=), and
nullify the adverse efects (=i-|||-) of attributes (|=) of these
elements (--) on the body||45||
Tatah -- means as a result of that, the Samyama
described in the previous Sutra. What is the result? The frst
result is Animadipdurbhavah i|=|i:+|:-||+. Animadi i|=|i:
refers to the eight Siddhis, enhanced abilities, super powers
starting with ability to be as small as required. Pradurbhava
+|:-||+ Pradurbhav +|:-||+, is derived from the root verb Bhu
-| which means to take place, to happen. Pradur means out
of door, forth, to view, in sight, Pradurbhav means becoming
visible or audible, manifestation, appea-rance. The Siddhis
manifest. Two more results follow this Samyama.
First is Kayasampat =|==-+-. Kay =|= is derived from the
root verb Chi i= which means to arrange or to construct. Kaya
means this construct of fesh and bones, the human body.
Sampat =-+- means to cause to succeed, cause to arise,
bring about, produce, efect, accomplish. Kayasampat means
achievements of the human body. The next one is -,=|=i-|||-
-- +|= +=i-|||-. The pronoun Tat here refers to the Bhootas,
Dharma |=, derived from Dhri |, to hold together, to identify
means essential attributes of any substance. Tat Dharma
joined as -,= means essential attributes of any substance,
here the Bhootas.
Anabhighata =i-|||- The word Anabhighata =i-|||- is derived
from the root verb Han r= which means to kill or to overcome. The
prefx Abhi i-| denotes repeated application, the prefx An =
denotes opposite or not so. Anabhighat means not being adversely
afected. Taddhrmanbhighata -,=| =i-|||- means not adversely
afected by the essential attributes of any of the Bhootas.
The Kayasampat, achievements of the human body are
further detailed in the next Sutra.
=nt+xn+*nr==-+ti= +trs a1sa
Rpalvayabalavajrasahananatvni kyasampat
||46||
Perfection (=-+-) of the physical body (=|=) consists of grace
(=+), charm (n|+=), strength (=n) and ability to stop (=r==+)
even a thunderbolt (+=) ||46||
The details of Kayasampat =|==-+-, achievements of
human body are : Rupa =+ is derived from the root verb =+ which
means to form, to assume shape. Rupa applied to human body
means the form, shape of the systematically arranged structure
of the Human body. Lavanya n|+= derived from Lavana n+|,
which means salt, which is added for taste to a dish, Lavanya
means beauty, loveliness, charm. Bala =n is derived from
root verb Bal =n which means to be strong, Bala means
strength. Vajrasamhanantva +==r==+ consists of Vajra and
Samhananatva. Vajra is a weapon which can break anything.
Sahananatva is derived from the root Han r= which means to
kill or to destroy. The prefx Sam denotes comprehensiveness.
Samhanana means the strength, muscularity of the body as
having the limbs well compacted, so that it can stop anything.
Vajrasamhanantva means that quality of the human body which
makes it as tough as Vajra so that it can stop anything.

244
l
l
245
vrtr+=tirst-+tt+-+nti:i-:* a1:a
Grahaasvarpsmitnvayrthavattvasayamdindri
yajaya ||47||
Yogic restraint on (===|-) the fve basic characteristics of
the mechanisms of perception and action (:i-:=), namely
responsiveness (=r|), fundamental nature (=+=+), sense of
existence (i==-|), association (-+=), and functionality (|++)
enables a Yogin to have a complete understanding of their
working and therefore mastery in their usage (==) ||47||
Another way of looking at the Sutra is as follows:Let us start
with Grahanaswarupa =r|=+=+. The word Grahana is derived
from the root verb, Grah =r which means to take, to receive,
to accept. This verb covers a wide range of activities, like
see, hear, smell, taste, and accept after analysis, depending
on the context. Grahana =r| means the process of receiving.
Swarupa =+=+ consists of Swa =+ meaning own, Rupa =+
which means form, shape, fgure. Swarupa thus means own
form. Grahanswarupa thus means the form of the process of
receiving.
The next term is Asmitanvaya i==-|-+=, i==-|+ -+=.
Asmita is derived from root verb As = which means to
be. Asmita i==-| is abstract noun formed from Asmi i== I
am, translated as I-amness, property which distinguishes
individuals from each other. The word Anvaya -+= is derived
from the root verb I : which mean to be, to exist. The prefx Anu
= denotes succession, following. Anvaya thus means being
linked together, correlation. Asmitanvaya thus means the
correlation between the form of the process of receiving and
I-amness, property which distinguishes individuals from each
other. Arthavatva as we have seen earlier means signifcance or
importance. Samyama is to be addressed on this signifcance.
What happens as a result of this Samyama?
The result is stated as Indriyajaya :i-:===. The word
Indriyajaya :i:=== consists of :i:= and ==. The word Indriya
is derived from the root verb in := which means to have
power, to infuse strength. Indriya is something in which power
has been infused, Organs of sense and action and Buddhi,
the intelligence together. Jaya == is derived from root verb
Jay == which means to win, Jaya means victory or conquest.
Indriyajaya means winning over the organs, the fve organs of
perception fve organs of action and the Buddhi, the intelligence.
What happens further as a result of Indriyajaya is given in the
next Sutra.
246
l
l
247
sst =t*i+-+ i++tt-tt+ tt=* a1sa
Tato manojavitva vikaraabhva
pradhnajayaca ||48||
As a result of such mastery (--), agility (=i++=) of the operative
part of the mind (==), altogether new use (i+=|-||+) of the
same mechanisms of perception and action is developed and
(=) a wholly new understanding of the working (==) of the
nature (+||=) ||48||
Tatah -- means as a result of that, the Samyama described
in the previous Sutra. What is the result?The frst result is
stated as Manojavitvam ==|=i++=. The word Manas === is
used only on two occasions in the Yogasutra. Manas is derived
from the root verb Man == which means to think, to imagine,
refect upon. Manas, the noun form means the thinking part
of the mind, more related to the Buddhi. The word Javitvam
is derived from the root verb Ju = which means to move fast,
to speed up. Java =+ is speed, Javitva the quality of being
fast. Manojvitvam is the quality of the mind to be very fast.
This is a surprise as till now all the eforts in this exercise were
to bind the mind, to achieve a Sthiti which was frmly bound,
Nibandhini and now we suddenly talk about the fastest mind.
Of course a fast thinking mind will be required for speeding any
process.
What is the next efect? It is stated as Vikaranbhavah i+=-
|-||+. The word Vikarana is derived from the root verb Kri j which
means to do or to perform. The prefx Vi i+ denotes in a diferent
manner. Vikri i+j means to make diferent, form variously, give
a diferent shape to anything, transform. Vikarana, the noun
means altered, completely changed. The word Bhavah The
word Bhava -||+ is derived from root word Bhu -| which means
to be, to exist;. Bhava, therefore, means happening, existence.
Vikaranabhava means completely changed existence of
the Manas, the mind.The next efect is Pradhanjayah +
||===. The word Pradhan is derived from the root verb Dha
|| which means to hold. The prefx Pra denotes before. Pradha
means to set before. Pradhana means the Originant primary
or original matter or rather the primary germ out of which all
material appearances are evolved, the frst evolver or source
of the material world (hence in a general acceptation nature
or rather matter as opposed to purusha or spirit). With this
meaning of Pradhana I am more and more convinced that
the meaning of Jaya at least at some places in the Yogasutra
needs to be conquest of the understanding of and not simply
conquest.
248
l
l
249
n-+=tt-strtisttr n+-tt+tit:ts-+ n+nts-+ a1sa
Sattvapurunyatkhytimtrasya
sarvabhvdhihttva sarvajttva ca ||49||
As a result of the experiential understanding (r=|i-=||==) of the
complete dissimilarity (-=-|) between even the purest form of
the combination of Gunas, the Sattva (=+) and the life giving
principle, the Purusha, (+=|) comes the supremacy (i||-+=)
over all (=+) that comes into existence (-||+) and (=) omniscience
(=+n|-+=) ||49||
The end results in this Sutra are Sarvabhavadhishthatritvam
=+-||+|i||-+= and Sarvajnyatritvam =+n|-+=, Omnipotence
and Omniscience. Does not that give you jitters? What is
the Samyama which gives this fantastic result? Samyama
on Sattvapurushanyatakhyatimatra =-++=||-=-|r=|i-=|| is
recommended. The sufx Sya == denotes sambandha; relation,
of whatever precedes.
One has to backtrack to Sutra 3.35 for meaning of Sattva and
Purusha. Sattva is the purest part of the body-mind-complex,
purest part of the intelligence; the Buddhi. Purusha is the life
giving principle. Anyata -=-| is from Anya -= which means
the other, diferent; Anyata is diference, distinction. Khyati
r=|i- is from root verb Khya r=| which means to understand,
to know with experience. Khyati means understanding and
knowing with experience. Matra =|| is a word which we have
come across before; it indicates the limit, lower and upper.
Khyatimatra means Khyati alone and nothing else.
Let us put things together; Sattvapurushanyatakhyati-
matrasya Samyama means Samyama on only the experiential
understanding that even the purest form of the intelligence, the
Buddhi; the Sattva and the life giving principle; the Purusha
are completely distinct entities, leads to omnipotence and
omniscience.
This Samyama leads to Omnipotence and Omniscience.
Does one stick to the achievement? No, not even for an
instant!!! Next Sutra makes it abundantly clear.
The purpose of showing of all the goodies, achievements
of Samyama as a process given in detail in Vibhutipada so
far was to enable one to become an adept in the process, to
make the Samyama process a second nature for the Sadhaka.
The perfectly sharpened tool was being developed for the
ultimate of the Samyama, described in the Sutra 3.35 and the
present Sutra. What an intellectual leap! This goes beyond this
description as intellectual.
This needs to be ofset by an equally powerful detachment
or rather non-attachment, to remove all the bindings and to be
totally independent. That is the subject of the next Sutra
250
l
l
251
szttt:i :ttxt*:t ++ asea
Tadvairgydapi doabjakaye kaivalyam ||50||
Non attachment to (+|=|-) even (i+) such exalted power
and knowledge (--) and resultant destruction (-|=) of even the
latent seeds (=|=) of impurity (:||) leads to absolute liberation
(=+-==) ||50||
The frst term describes what leads to complete liberation.
Tadvairagyadapi, -;|=|:i+, --++|=|-+i+.Tat -- here refers
to the enhanced abilities mentioned in the previous Sutra,
omnipotence and omniscience. Vairagya The word Vairagya
+|= is based on root verb Ranj which means to colour an
object. The prefx Vi i+ denotes separation, Since it is a natural
tendency of the Chitta, the mind, to get coloured, Viranj i+=
thus means lose natural colour, to cause to be indiferent, to
cause to be not attached. Vairagya thus means absence of
worldly desires and appetites, of this world or the other one.
Complete non-attachment. Api i+, since it appears at the
end of a word means only after the condition described before
is satisfed, the next stage is achieved. To put it together,
Tadvairagyadapi, -;|=|:i+ means only after the complete non-
attachment to the omnipotence and omniscience is stabilized.
What is the next stage?
The next word is Doshabijakshaye :| |=|=-|= , :| |+=|=+-|= .
Dosha is derived from Dush : | which means to become bad
or corrupted, Dosha means fault or defect. Beeja =|= is derived
from the root verb Jan == which means to be born. The prefx
Bi =| is changed form of prefx Vi i+, which means distinctly. Bija
is thus source from which something is born, the Bija means
seed, something from which a particular animal or plant grows
up, something which contains a complete map of what is to grow,
if DNA was to be given a Sanskrit term it will be Bija. Bija also
denotes the primary cause. The term Kshaya -|= is derived the root
verb Kshi i-| which means to make an end of or to destroy, Kshaya
means destruction, end, removal. Kshaye is locative declension of
Kshaya, meaning in the Kshaya. What happens in this Kshaya?
Kaivalya is derived from Kevala =+n which means not
connected with anything else, isolated, abstract, absolute,
simple, pure, uncompounded, unmingled or perfect in ones
self, entire. Many people have taken various combinations of
these terms. I suppose the most appropriate meaning could only
be understood when one reaches the state. Till then, perfect
in ones self appears to a good approximation. Kaivalya is the
ultimate state a human can reach, of perfection, of absolute
perfection, becoming one with the Supreme; eternal happiness,
emancipation, beatitude.
Attachment to the Omnipotence and Omniscience even for
a moment will lead to completely lose the sight of what we
set out forliberation, absolute freedom. Only when one is
not attracted to such power and knowledge, the seeds of the
Dosha :||, the basic defect will be removed and Kaivalya will
happen
252
l
l
253
rtt- i=-tt n vrt+tt =ti=- n vts asa
Sthnyupanimantrae sagasmaykaraa
punaraniaprasagt||51||
The Yogin need not accept (=|=) invitations (=+i==-||) from
the local power fgures (=||i=), for demonstration of his powers,
as this could lead (===) to undesirable (i==) attachments
(+===|-) again (+=), due to reacquiring false sense of ego (===)
||51||
Let us start with the frst word Sthanyupanimantrane =||-
-=+i==-||, =||i= + =+i==-||. The word Sthanin =||i== is derived
from the verb Stha =|| which means to stand at one place, to
stay at one place, Sthanin literally means established at one
place, meaning in usage is the local power fgures, the well
established people. Sthani is locative declension, meaning from
the Sthanin. The next term is Upanimantrane =+i==-||, derived
from the verb Mantra which means to counsel, advise, propose
any measure, give any one advice, Mantrana means the act
of consulting, consultation, deliberation ; advising, counseling.
The prefx Ni denotes downwards, towards. Nimantrana
means invitation summoning, calling; a summons. The prefx
Up denotes nearness or following, Upnimantrana means a
summons. Sthanyupanimantrane =||-=+i==-||, means on
getting a summons from the local power fgures. What should
the Yogin do is given in the next word.
The word Sangasmayakaranam ======|=|, ===+===+=-
|=, The word Sanga is derived from the root verb Sanj ==
which means to cling to or to be attached to, Sang means
attachment, addiction or devotion to, fondness, propensity for,
worldly or selfsh attachment, afection, desire. The word Smaya
is derived from Smi in the Asmi which means I am, Smaya
means false pride. The word Akaranam is derived from the root
verb Kri which means to do, Karana means doing, efecting or
causing, the prefx A denotes absence or opposite, Akaranam
means not efecting or causing. Sangasmayakaranam,
======|=| means not causing false pride on account of worldly
or selfsh attachment. Why this needs to be so is given in the
last word of the Sutra.
The last word Punaranishtaprasangat +=i==+===|-,
consists of +=+i==++===|-. The word Punah means again,
yet again. The word Anishta is derived from the root Ish :|
which means to wish or to desire. The prefx An = denotes
opposite, Anishta means nor desirable. The word Prasanga is
again derived from root Sanj == which means to cling to or to
be attached to, Sang means attachment, addiction or devotion
to, fondness. The prefx Pra + denotes intenseness; Prasanga
means addiction, opposite of Vairagya, being frmly attached
to something.
This is to stop the tendency of even showing of the powers
to persons with similar powers. Such showing of will lead to
the blemish of Attachment, Sangsmaya ======, and we will be
back to square one, same old bondage or more correctly new
and improved version of bondage.
How does one achieve the perfect non-attachment? One
does so by having discernment of the highest order, which will
remove the last and powerful bits of the Avidya. How does one
do that? One does that by the ultimate of the Samyama, that
on the very basis of progression of time, as given in the next
Sutra.
254
l
l
255
:tts-+t ntiz++* nt= asza
Kaatatkramayo sayamdvivekaja jnam ||52||
Yogic restraint on (===|-) the moments of time (-||) and their
(--) sequence (===|) creates understanding (n|==) born out of
discernment (i++===) ||52||
The frst word Kshanatatkramayoh -||-===| consists of
-||+--+===|.The term Kshan -|| means an instant or a moment
of time. Time has been thought as consisting of a sequence
of such moments by the Indian philosophers from the earliest
of times, modern physicists also think so. This sequence is
described in the next two terms, Tat means of those, Kshanas.
Krama == is derived from Kram which == means to step, to go
towards, to approach, Krama means a series of such steps,
a sequence. Kshanatatkrama means moments of time and
their sequence. Everything that exists undergoes a series
of changes in time so it appears to be a continuous change.
The appearance and disappearance, emergence and fading
out of thoughts take place in time sequentially, linked to the
time. It is this movement of thoughts which links mind to time.
Even if all our sense organs are closed, we will have sensation
of passage of time as a result of movement of our thoughts.
Kshanatatkramayoh means of the moments of time and their
sequence. The Yogic constraint is to be applied on these two,
indicated by the frst term of the next word Samyamat ===|-
The next word is Samyamadvivekajam ===|i;+==,
===|-+i++===. Samyamat means as a result of the Samyama.
What does one get out of such Samyama? Viveka i++=
happens. Viveka is derived from root verb Vich i+= which
means to discriminate, discern, judge. The prefx Vi i+ denotes
application in a systematic manner, intensify the action indicated
in the verb following it. Viveka is intense discernment. In the
term Vivekajam i++===, the sufx Ja = is derived from root
verb Jan == which means to be born, to originate, to come into
existence. The sufx means born from; come into existence
from the term preceding it. Vivekajam means created from
the intense discernment. Jnyanam n|== means knowledge or
understanding, here, since it is born out of intense discernment,
it means gnosis.
To avoid such blemish of Attachment, Sangsmaya ======,
mentioned in the previous Sutra from happening, one requires
discernment. Discernment is Viveka in Sanskrit. How does
one get into that? Using Samyama of course! What is the
Samyama prescribed? Samyama on the Moments of time and
their sequence, Kshantatkramayoh -||-===| is recommended.
One basic requirement for such a Samyama is a continuous
awareness of all that is happening, passage of time, without
any attachment to anything that is happening, just being aware,
continuously, nothing should be lost sight of.
The next Sutra gives some characteristics of this gnosis.
256
l
l
257
*tisn:tt:-tt-st=+o:t-ttrss isi-t assa
Jtilakaadeairanyatnavacchedttulyayostata
pratipatti||53||
This knowledge born out of discernment enables to distinguish
(+i-+i-|) between two distinct objects appearing to be
similar (--==|), as a result of the diference (-=-|) of class
(=|i-), attributes(n-||), and place (:.|) not being discernible
(=+=:|-) ||53||
Let us start with the frst word, quite long, =|i-n-||:.|-=
-|=+=:|-|-==|=--,, and Jatilakshanadeshairanyatanavaccheda-
ttulyayostatah, =|i- + n-|| + :.| + -=-|+ =+=:|-+ --==|+--.
The term Jati is derived from root verb Jan == which means to
be born, to originate, to come into existence. Jata =|- means
born, brought into existence, brought forth, Jati means the
form or type of existence. The term Lakshana n-|| derived
from root verb Laksha n-|, to perceive, to observe, meaning
observed characteristics, whatever that is perceivable. Desh
:.| means any spot or place shown or indicated, derived from
the root verb Dish i:.| which means to point a direction, to show
a direction. Deshaih :.| is instrumental declension of Desh,
Jatilakshandeshaih =|i-n-||:.| means as a result of the type
of existence, observed characteristics and location of origin.
Anyata -=-| is derived from Anya -= which means diferent,
Anyata means the diference.
The next term Anavcchedat is derived from root verb Cchid
i=: which means to cut, to divide or to separate. The prefx Ava
+, A denotes downwards. Avacchid means cut completely.
The prefx An = denotes not .Anavacched means not cut, not
at all separated, Anavcchedat means not separated. Tulya --=
derived from the root verb Tul -n which means to compare
or to weigh, means equal in balance, comparable or similar.
Tulyayoh --==| is dual genitive declension of Tulya and means
of the two similar objects.
Putting it together, =|i-n-||:.|-=-|=+=:|-|-==|, Jatilakshan-
adeshairanyatanavacchedattulyayoh means of any two objects,
appearing similar on account of the diferences due to type of
existence, observable characteristics and place of origin not
being discernable.
What happens when one has this highest form of Viveka?
The remaining portion of the Sutra states Tatah Pratipatti --
+i-+i-|. Tatah means as a result of that, that here refers to the
Vivekajam Jnyanam i++=== n|== in the previous Sutra. The
word Pratipatti +i-+i-| is derived from the root verb Pat +-
which means to fall, to move down. The prefx Prati +i- denotes
downwards or opposite direction. Pratipat means to segregate,
to set apart, Pratipatti means becoming aware of, perception,
observation, ascertainment, and determination.
Putting it together we get. The gnosis born out of
discernment enables ascertainment, and determination of any
two objects, appearing similar on account of the diferences
due to type of existence, observable characteristics and place
of origin not being discernable
This Sutra, to my mind, gives the most logical defnition of
Discernment; i++= as the word is used in the context of Yoga.
Viveka is that ability which enables to distinguish between any
two objects; appearing similar on account of the diference not
being easily discernible between their class, attributes and
location. Most suitable pair for application will be the power of
the Seer and that of the Seen.
Someone who has this ability, Viveka, does not mistake
one for another, ever. The Avidya is completely removed.
258
l
l
259
stt+ n+i+t n+tti+t+ is i+++* nt= as1a
Traka sarvaviaya sarvathviayamakrama
ceti vivekaja jnam ||54||
The knowledge (n|==) born out of discernment (i++===) is the
ultimate deliverer (-|==), as it (=i-) covers every conceivable
object in the world and beyond (=+i+|==), every aspect of each
of these objects (=+||i+|==), in non-sequential manner (===)
||54||
After describing how to of achieve the knowledge born out
of discernment, defning what is discernment; Patanjali now
describes how this perfect knowledge is diferent from other
knowledge in this Sutra.
The last two words are Vivekajam Jnyanam i++=== n|== It is
the knowledge born out of perfect discernment, Viveka is derived
from root verb Vich i+= which means to discriminate, discern,
judge. The prefx Vi i+ denotes application in a systematic
Viveka is intense discernment. In the term Vivekajam i++===,
the sufx Ja = is derived from root verb Jan == which means
to be born, to originate, to come into existence. The sufx
means born from; come into existence from the term preceding
it. Vivekajam means created from the intense discernment.
Jnyanam n|== means knowledge or understanding, here, since
it is born out of intense discernment, it means gnosis.
The remaining words in the Sutra give distinguishing
properties of this gnosis.
Tarakam -|==, derived from the root verb Tri - which
means to pass over, to sail across, to liberate from. Tarakam
means something which enables to cross over, to sail over,
and to liberate. It is the knowledge which enables to liberate.
The word Sarvaavishayam =+i+|==, consists of Sarva and
Vishayam The adjective Sarva is derived from root verb Sri
= which means to pervade. Sarva means something which
pervades everything, all, all inclusive. Vishaya i+|= is derived
from the root verb Shi i.| which means to be attentive. The
prefx Vi i+ here denotes distinction, Vishi i+i.| to be attentive
to a particular object. Vishaya i+|= thus means an object of
attention, an object of sense, e.g. sound, touch, form, taste
and smell. Sarvavishayam means literally relating to all objects
in the world. It is the Knowledge covering all the objects in the
world.
Sarvathavishayam =+||i+|==, The adjective Sarva is
derived from root verb Sri = which means to pervade. Sarva
means something which pervades everything, all, all inclusive.
Sarvatha is derived from Sarva, means covering all aspects,
from all angles. Sarvathavishayam means covering all aspects
of an object. It is the knowledge which covers all aspects of
each of the things considered.
Akramam ===, Krama == is derived from Kram which ==
means to step, to go towards, to approach, Krama means a
series of such steps, a sequence.; Akramam means absence
of sequence, completely random. It is the knowledge which is
non-sequential, accessible in a random manner at all times on
any of the objects.
There are no limits
260
l
l
261
n-+=tt -tizntr ++iis assa
Sattvapuruayo uddhismye kaivalyamiti ||55||
When the purest form of the combination of Gunas, the Sattva
(=+) attains purity (.|i,) same as (=|-=) the life giving principle,
the Purusha (+=|) that is absolute liberation (=+-==)
The words to be understood here are the Shuddhi and
Samya. Shuddhi .|i, is derived from the root verb Shudh .||
which means to wash to clean, to become clear, to make pure.
Shuddha thus means Pure, completely cleaned. Shuddhi
means the Purity, the quality of being completely clean,
complete freedom from impurity.
Samya =|-= is derived from the noun Sama == which means
equal, balance, match. Samya is the quality of being Sama,
Equality, and Parity. Shuddhisamya is Equality of the Purity,
Equality of the freedom from impurity. Shudhisamye is the
locative form. It means in the state of equality of the freedom
from impurity.
Sattvapurushayoh =-++=|=|, means -- of the two; Sattva,
the purest part of the mind-body-complex and Purusha, the life
giving principle. Sattva is derived from the word Sat =- the truth,
the essence, the purest form. Sattva refers to the purest part of
the Mind-body-complex, purest part of the Buddhi, when all the
Vrittis and Samskaras have been cleared. The word Purusha
+=| is derived from root verb Pur which means to lead, to go
before. Purusha Thus means Ancient having existed from
eternity. It is also called Purusha because it reposes in the
body, Pure Shayanat + .|==|-; or because it is Purana, ancient,
having existed from eternity). The word means The personal
and life giving principle in every human being. Purusha is not
afected by anything whatsoever.
When the purest part of the mind-body-complex, the
Sattva achieves equality of freedom from impurities, with that
of the life giving principle, the Purusha itself, Kaivalya =+-=
happens.
=-| +|: =+-=+|:
Fourth Section: On Liberation
*-ttit-ts ntit*t inz aa
Janmauadhimantratapasamdhij siddhaya ||1||
Abilities(i=:=) are congenital (=-==|), caused by consuming
herbs (||i|=|), recitation of certain vocal patterns (=-|=|),
observing practices for purifcation (-+=|) or come as result of
the experience of Samadhi (==|i|=|), yogic ecstasy.||1||
The word Siddhi i=i, is derived from root verb Sidh
i=| which means to be accomplished, to be completed.
Siddhi means ability for accomplishment, enhanced ability or
capability. All Siddhis relate to enhanced abilities of the Mind-
body-complex. The prefx Ja =| is common to fve sources of
Siddhis in the word Janmaushadhimantratapahsamadhijah
=-=||i|=-|-+ ==|i|=|. Ja is derived from the root Jan == which
means to be born, to originate.
The origins of the enhanced abilities are listed in the frst
word of the Sutra. The list starts with Janma =-=, derived from
the root verb Jan == which means to be born, Janma means
birth. The enhanced abilities originate as inborn abilities, due
to heredity or may be mutation.
The next in the list is Oshadhi ||i| Consumption of
Medicinal herbs, Oshadhi, ||i|; enhanced abilities as a result
of consumption of medicinal plants, herbs and derived products.
Even food is an Oushadhi for a hungry person, consumption of
food will immediately energize him.
The next source of enhanced abilities is recitation of certain
Vocal patterns, Mantra, =-|; derived from the root verb Man
262
l
l
263
== which means to think, to imagine, refect upon, Mantra can
best be translated as instrument of thought, speech, or vocal
pattern representing a thought. Recitation of such a Mantra is
said to enhance abilities.
The next in the list is Tapas -+= derived from root Tap -+
which means to heat, since heating has been the process to
remove impurities; it also means to remove impurities. Tapas
as applied to the human-body-mind complex mean all those
activities undertaken to remove all the impurities from the
mind-body complex, removal of all self destructive habits
both physical and mental. Such Tapas will lead to enhanced
abilities, the Siddhis.
The next in the list is what is being brought in focus in the
Yoga Sutras, Knowledge and experience gained in the Perfect
concentration, Samadhi, ==|i| and a means to enhanced
abilities. Samadhi is derived from the root verb Dha || which
means to hold, to fx upon, direct towards to fx or direct the mind.
The prefx Aa | denotes from all sides. The frst prefx Sam
perfection. Samadhi thus means, by use of simple grammar,
perfectly holding the Chitta together into the one object, Chitta
perfectly merging with the object.
Modern scientifc mind is able to accept origin of enhanced
abilities in birth, by consumption of medicines and observation
of purifying practices. Doubt remains about the two sources,
Mantra and knowledge and Experiences in Samadhi. The
reason for the doubt is that no one has been able to either
prove or disprove enhancement by these means. We will allow
the matters to rest there.
*t--stittt j-ttts aza
Jtyantaraparima praktyprt ||2||
The transformation (--+i||=) in a person (=|i-) is a result of
abundance (|+|-) of natural tendencies (+ji-) ||2||
The word Jati is derived from the root verb Jan == which
means to be born; it also means to become. Jati is usually
translated as a birth. If that was the intention of Patanjali,
the very purpose of Yoga to become better, by undergoing a
transformation would be lost. It would therefore be better to
take Jati as type of a person, becoming a new Jati would then
mean to transform the personality.
The word Antar -- when used as a sufx indicates
change from what precedes. Jatyantar means change of Jati,
the type of existence. Parinama is derived from root verb Nam
== which means to bend, the prefx Pari denotes completeness.
Parinama means to complete change, transformation.
Jatyantarparinamah, seen thus would mean transformation
leading to become a diferent type of existence, diferent kind
of a person.
How this transformation is possible? Prakrityapurat
+j=|+|-is the answer. Prakriti +ji- is derived from the root
verb Kri j which means to do, Kriti means something which
has been done, which has been created. In fact the English
verb create has the same root. The prefx Pra denotes before
or forward, primacy.
Prakriti +ji- means the original or natural form of anything,
natural condition or state, original, primary substance as
opposed to Vikriti, change, modifcation, anything derived or
secondary. Prakriti +ji- is the world ground, in respect of the
mind-body-complex it would mean the available potentialities
of the mind, body and especially the brain. It is a well known
fact that the present size of the human brain is far larger than
what is being put to use.
Similarly the redundancies, provisions for back-up systems
in the body are very large. We thus automatically come to the
264
l
l
265
word Apurat |+|-. Apurat is derived from the root verb Pur
+ which means to fll up completely, to food. The prefx Aa |
denotes onwards from. Aapur |+ would thus mean overfow,
abundance. Prakrityapurat would mean from overabundance
of the available potentialities.
Transformation of the type of a person one is the result
of overabundance of potentialities in the human mind-body-
complex, all without exception possess this abundance |+.
It does give hope to everyone. The Sutras are like that,
telling about the hard way but at the same time giving hope to
everyone who would be interested in proceeding along.
i=i-tt*+ jst=t +tt-t:rs ss :tit++s asa
Nimittamaprayojaka praktn varaabhedastu
tata ketrikavat ||3||
The contributory efort (by the individual) (i=i=-|=) does not
change (+=|===) his essential nature (+ji-=|=) but (-)
removes barriers (+|-|:) (facilitating the process of change)
like a farmer (-|i|=+-) breaking a mound (+|-|: --) to allow
available water to fow where he wants it.||3||
This Sutra very neatly gives what the human efort is about
and what is beyond the efort. It will be seen that what is very
much within the reach of our eforts is sufcient for the purpose
of what all of us have set out to do.
The word Nimittam i=i=-|= means instrumental cause as
against material cause. Aprayojakam +=|=== is derived from
root verb Yuj == which means to join, to bring together. The two
prefxes A, and Pra, mean not proper, inefective, Aprayojakam,
thus means inefective arrangement, inefective.
Prakriti +ji- is derived from the root verb Kri j which
means to do, Kriti means something which has been done,
which has been created. In fact the English verb create has
the same root. The prefx Pra denotes before or forward,
primacy. Prakriti +ji- means the original or natural form of
anything, natural condition or state, original, primary substance
as opposed to Vikriti, change, modifcation, anything derived or
secondary. Prakritinam, +j-|=|= means relating to the Prakriti.
Nimittamaprayojakam Prakritinam means the instrumental
cause is inefective against Prakriti. Human eforts are the
instrumental cause in this case. This gives the limit of human
eforts. Essential nature can not be changed.
If human eforts are inefective to change the essential nature,
what are we to do? Do the human eforts change anything? Is there
a hope? Patanjali, once again keeps the hope alive. The body-
mind-complex as essential nature has abundant potentialities.
The remaining half of the Sutra provides the hope,
Varanabhedastu tatah Kshetrikavat +|-|:=- -- -|i|=+-. The
266
l
l
267
word Varana +| is derived from the root verb Vri + which
means to screen, cover, cover over, conceal, hide, encompass,
surround, envelop; to restrain, Varana +| means a rampart,
mound, usually in the feld by which water is restrained from
fowing here and there. Bheda -|: is derived from the root Bhid
i-|: which means to break to split, Bheda means breaking,
Varanabheda means breaking open the restraints, the ramparts
so that the water is allowed to fow in the desired direction. The
word Tu - means but or however. Tatah means there. The
word Kshetrika is derived from the word Kshetra which means
agricultural feld, Kshetrika means the farmer. The word Vat +-
means similar to.
Putting it together Varanabhedastu Tatah Khetrikavat
+|-|:=- -- -|i|=+- means however, the incidental cause in
the form of the eforts made by a human being only removal of
the obstacles stopping the fow of Prakriti, similar to a farmer
removing the mound of clay from the path of water to ensure
irrigation of the whole feld.
Since the potentialities are abundant as essential nature,
all that we have to do is remove blockages, to allow them
to fow where these are required, just as a farmer does in a
feld to divert water where it is required. This alone ensures
achievement of highest potential.
One always has to keep in mind, lest one feels even the
slightest of arrogance, that it is all there, all that we are doing
by way of Sadhana is to remove blockages, which are most
of the times, our own handiwork. More often than not, these
blockages are our own creations; if these are removed the
overfow will irrigate the land completely enabling us to achieve
our potential.
i=tti-tt-irstttts a1a
Nirmacittnyasmitmtrt||4||
Individual minds (i=-||i=) are created (i==||) from the pure (=|||-)
universal I-sense (i==-|) ||4||
I am not willing to translate this Sutra with a reference to
the multitude of the bodies created by a Yogin. I am limiting
strictly to what the Sutra says.
Nirmana i==|| is derived from the verb Nirma i==| which
means to build, to construct, to fabricate. Nirman is constructed,
fabricated, built. Chittani i=-||i= means many individual minds.
Individual Chittas are constructed. What are they constructed
from? Asmitamatrat means from Asmitamatra. Asmita is
derived from root verb As = which means to be. Asmita i==-|
is abstract noun formed from Asmi i== I am, translated as
I-amness, property which distinguishes individuals from each
other. Asmitamatrat means from the property of universal
I-amness.
Individual minds are created from the property of universal
I-amness. It sounds like correct description of the facts. My
mind and your mind are diferent, since I and you are diferent;
however they have the same basic properties as they have
been created out of the universal I-amness.
268
l
l
269
+i-t-t: t*+ i-t+=+tt asa
Pravttibhede prayojaka cittamekamanekem ||5||
The uniqueness ()====||=) of an individual mind (i=-|=) is on
account of diferences (-|:) in activity (++i-|), a wish to act, the
knowledge of the means and the accomplishment of the object
||5||
Pravritti means tendency to do something, derived from root
Vrit +- which means to be, to become. The prefx Pra denotes
mainly. Bhed is derived from root Bhid i-|: which means to
break, to split, to diferentiate. Bhed thus means diference.
Prayojakam +=|===, is derived from root verb Yuj == which
means to join, to bring together. The prefx Pra + denotes in
a systematic manner, thoroughly. Prayojakam +=|=== means
efective. Chittam, by now we are familiar with, the Mind.
Ekamanekesham )====||=, Ekam means one, Anekesham
means among many.
One mind, our mind, out of the many minds created form
the universal I-amness, is efective in inducing the various
tendencies that we have.
st t=*=t-t asa
Tatra dhynajamanayam ||6||
There (-|) (In the individual mind) meditation generates (=|===)
a state without any residual deposits of actions (=|.|==).||6||
Tatra -| means there, in our mind; the mind described
above. Dhyanajam =|=== means created out of Dhyana.
Dhyana means the practice described in the frst three Sutras
of the third part, of making the response to an experience of
the object to which the Chitta is bound in Dharana, continuous
as one thread.
What does the Dhyana create? Dhyana creates Anashyam
=|.|==. Anashayam is derived from the verb Ashi |i.| which
means to rest, to inhabit. The word Ashaya is derived from
the root verb Shi .|| which means to rest or sleep. The prefx
Aa | denotes from, where. Ashaya thus means the resting
place, storing space, a receptacle. The prefx An = denotes
opposite. Anashayam thus means a state of mind which is not
a resting place for anything, which is empty.
The Dhyana creates a state of mind which is empty of
recordings of previous doings.
270
l
l
271
+t-t+ntjt tiv=irti+tisttt a:a
Karmuklka yoginastrividhamitarem ||7||
The consequences of actions (== ) of a person who has achieved
yoga (=|i==) are neither white (.|+n) nor black (j|=); those
of others (:-||=) are of three varieties (i|i+|=) ||7||
Before we try to understand meaning of this Sutra, we have to
make meaning of one word very clear. Yogin =| i== is the word. Yogin
is someone who has achieved Yoga, the fnal step of Kaivalya.
What happens to the actions of such a person? The word
Karma == is derived from root verb Kri j which means to do,
to perform or to cause. Karma is recordings of completed
action. As regards the Chitta, the mind, Karma is the collected
recordings of completed actions in the mind. These recordings
link the past actions with the present action and actions yet
to take place in the times yet to come. The collection of such
recordings in the Chitta is referred to as Karmashaya.
It is said here that the Karma, the recordings of completed
actions of such a person are neither black nor white, Akrishna
j| and Ashukla .|+n. What does it mean? As we have
seen in Sadhanapada It is the Avidya, wrong notions about the
reality, which enables the whole mechanism of Karmas. For
A Yogin the Avidya has disappeared, there is no attachment
to anything whatsoever. When this takes place, whatever the
Yogin does, it does not contribute to residues in the mind of
such a Yogin. The Karma of such a Yogin is therefore said to
be non-white and non-black, it is nothing.
For the others Itaresham, :-||=, the Karma, the residue
created in the mind, is threefold, Trividham, i|i+|=. Threefold
is white, black and mixed. What is this white black and mixed.
Going back to Sadhanapada again, we fnd that there could
be some Karma which leads to Punya, Purity; Some leads to
Apunya, Impurity, and some which could lead to a mixed bag
of both Punya and Apunya. All this action and accrual of Karma
is due to Avidya, which starts from attachment.
ssrsizt+t=vtt=t+ti-ti+s+tn=t=t asa
Tatastadvipknugunmevbhivyaktirvsannm ||8||
The (--), efects of the actions (i++|=) generate conditions
favourable (==||=|=) to bringing forth (i-|=i+-) the latent
traits of behaviour. (+|==|=|=)||8||
Tatah --, means as a result of. What is the cause for this
result? It is given in the previous Sutra. Threefold Karma which
accrues in respect of others, that is you and I, is the cause. What
is the result of this accrued Karma? Tadvipakanugunanam -i;
+|=|==||=|=, --+i++|=+==||=|=, Tat -- here means their. The
word Vipaka is derived from root verb Pach += which means to
cook or to ripen. The prefx Vi denoted completeness. Vipaka
i++|= thus means reaching maturity, ready for harvest. What
harvest are we talking about? Harvest of residues of actions
done in the past carried deep inside the mind, come to surface,
These are generated in the past as a result of attachment to
objects of senses and held there by the same mechanism,
attachment, Avidya, wrong notion about reality.
Anugunanam ==||=|= the word is derived from the
word Guna =| which means quality. The prefx Anu denotes
similarity. Anugunanam means as a result of the similarity in
the qualities. One party in the similarity is Vipak of the Karma,
maturation of old actions. Which is the other party? Abhivyakti
i-|=i+- of Vasananam +|==|=|= is the answer.
Vasana +|==| is derived from the root Vas += which means to
reside, to inhabit, Vasana is something which inhabits the mind,
resides in the mind. What can reside in the mind? Memories
and residues of past action reside in the mind. To give a formal
meaning of Vasana they are the present consciousness of
past perceptions or an impression remaining unconsciously in
the mind from past good or evil actions and hence producing
pleasure or pain. What happens when the Karma matures for
harvesting? Abhivyakti i-|=i+- of Vasanas which are similar in
qualities to the Karma which is maturing takes place.
272
l
l
273
The word Abhivyakti is derived from the root Anj =
which means to cause to appear. The Prefxes Abhi i-| and i+
together mean certainly, now. Abhivyakti means Manifestation,
coming forth into existence now.
Let us put this together. As a result of threefold Karma,
of people other than the Yogin, the Karma reaches maturity
to appear on the surface of the mind once more. The hidden
Karma is Similar to the Vasanas, impressions of past good or
bad actions remaining in the mind unconsciously. This coming
forth into existence of Karma also enable manifestations of the
Vasanas which are similar to the Karma but located deeper in
the mind. The efect is thus a double whammy. The thinking
and the behaviour of the individual will be completely under the
control of these two efects, his independence completely lost.
Completed Actions reside in the mind as Karma, when
these residues appear on the surface of the mind; they also
awaken the still deeper impressions of similar nature, desires,
thus desires manifest themselves. Why this is so is the subject
of the next Sutra.
*tis:-t+tn+irst=t-t=-s risnr+tttt+=-+ts asa
Jtideaklavyavahitnmapynantarya
smtisaskrayorekarpatvt ||9||
The similarity between the memory (==i-) and the latent
activating impressions (triggers) (===|=|) results in continuity
(|=--==) (in latent traits of behaviour) irrespective (i+) of
their generation at diferent (=+ir-|=|=) time (=|n), place (:.|) or
existence (=|i-) ||9||
Let us handle the second term frst. Smriti ==i- is derived
from root Smri == which means to remember. Smriti means
memory. Samskara is derived from root Kri j which mean to
do. The prefx Sam denotes together, simultaneously. Sanskri
means to construct, Samskara means literally constructions in
the mind, impressions. Ekarupatva )==++, derived from verb
Rup =+ which means to form, to take shape. Roopa means
form or shape. Eka )= means one Ekaroopa means one form.
Ekarooptva )==++ means the property of having same form.
Smritisamskarayorekrooptvat, ==i-===|=|==++|- thus means
as a result of the memories and the impressions in the mind
having the same form.
What happens as a result of the same form? The term Jati
is derived from root verb Jan == which means to be born, to
originate, to come into existence. Jat =|- means born, brought
into existence, brought forth, Jati means the form or type of
existence. Jati =|i- is mode of existence.
The word Desh : .| means any spot or place shown or
indicated, derived from the root verb Dish i:.| which means to
point a direction, to show a direction. Desh : .| means a specifc
place.
Kala =|n is derived from root verb Kal =n which means to
reckon, to calculate or to count. Kala =|n means point in time,
a moment in time. Kala =|n is time. The word Vyavahita =+ir-
is derived from the root Dha which means to hold. The prefxes
Vi i+ and Ava + together denote not so. Vyavahita means
not held together, held far apart. Api means even though.
274
l
l
275
Jatideshkalvyavahitanamapi =|i-:.|=|n=+ir-|=|=i+ means Even
though separated far apart on account of separate mode of
existence, diferent place and time. What happens despite it
being so? Anantaryam |=--==, =+--== Antar is distance,
Antaryam is distant, An+Antaryam is not distant, close together,
continuity.
Putting it together, we get. Even though held apart by
mode of existence, place and time of recording, as a result of
sameness of form of the memories and impressions, there is
continuity between Karma and Vasanas.
Let us have a digression in the form of a discussion on the
two levels of memory that Patanjali is talking about, here as
also in the previous Sadhanapada. Memory consists of two
parts: factual data recorded by the sense organs and record
of the action initiated by the organs of action. One can also
include in this part the recordings of the immediate feelings of
these happenings. These are the current memory storage. This
is referred by Patanjali as Smriti. Formal defnition of Smriti is
given in Samadhipada, Those recordings of experience, from
which nothing has been taken away are Smritis.
The memory also has a deeper part, consisting of mental
constructs, referred as Samskaras. These are formed by
combining the Smritis with the knowledge gained from
inferences and from Books and from the fgures of authority,
Anumana and Agama. These two either work as flters or
amplifers on the experience that one has had. The fnal
product of these processes is a thought construct based on the
memory, than the memory itself. As the time passes by some
recordings are auto erased, forgotten, but the skeleton of the
thought construct remains as an impression, deeply hidden in
mind. These are Vasanas, which become active and manifest
only when the present experience rings an old bell somewhere
for the skeleton to come to surface.
The specifc language may be diferent but the modern
psychology and neurology also explain how and why of our
present behaviour on similar lines.
stnt=ti:-+ ti-ttti=--+ts aea
Tsmanditva cio nityatvt ||10||
As a result of such continuity (i==+|- ), they (-|=|= ) (the latent traits)
are timeless (=|i:+= ) and (=) highly efective (|i.||) ||10||
Let us start from the last word Nityatvat i==+|-. It is
ablative declension of Nityatva i==+, derived from Nitya which
means continual, perpetual, regularly repeated, constant,
uninterrupted, endless, eternal, everlasting, Nityatva means the
quality of being perpetual, eternalness, regularity, continuity.The
frst word is Tasamanaditavam -|=|==|i:+ consisting of Tasam
-|=|= and Anaditvam =|i:+=. Tasam means of the Vasanas,
of the impressions remaining unconsciously in the mind from
past good or evil actions and hence producing pleasure or
pain. Anaditvam =|i:+= is derived from Adi |i: which means
beginning, prefx An = denotes opposite, Anadi means having
no beginning, Anaditva means beginninglessness, The word
Ashis is derived from root verb Shas .||= which means to
govern. The prefx Aa | denotes from, Ashas |.||= means to
desire, wish, ask, pray for; to hope, expect,. Ashis |i.|= means
asking for, prayer, wish, wishing for any other, demand, desire.
Putting it together, the begininglessness and continued desire
from the Vasanas is on account of their continuity, ensured as a
result of the memories and the Vasanas having the same form.
What has been discussed in the above Sutra means that there
is no beginning and end for the Vasanas, they are timeless and
continuous. Moreover, as they manifest as an indirect result of the
present similar action, they are highly efective in controlling our
behaviour.Many a times it so happens that we ourselves are not
able to explain our peculiar response to the present experience,
it is as if the response is prerecorded. The response may be
disproportionate to the present stimulus. This is due to Samskaras
and Vasanas. These also fall into the category of Vrittis, Patterns of
mind-behaviour. Usually such responses are counterproductive.
As stated earlier, even when all the present experiencing comes to
a halt, the impressions of the earlier experiences remain, Patanjali
has described this as Samskarasheshoanyah = ==|.| || -=. Unless
these go, we are back to square one.
276
l
l
277
rs=nttnrx= nvrts-+t:tt-tt+ s:-tt+ aa
Hetuphalraylambanai saghtatvdemabhve
tadabhva ||11||
Since they (the latent traits) are held together (===r|-+|-),
by cause (r-), result (=n), dependence (|=) and support
(|n-==), as these ()||=) disappear (-||+) so do they (--)
disappear (-||+) ||11 ||
The Vrittis, Samskaras and Vasanas are all thought
constructs created in the Chitta, the mind as a result of some
past experience. Just like material construction requires a
cause, a use, dependence in the form of material used for
the construction and of course a support for the construction,
these thought constructs also requires all these aspects. The
present Sutra talks about these aspects.
The Vasanas or the Samskaras are constructed based on of
many things. What are those bases? Hetuphalashrayalambaih
r-=n|=|n-== are the bases. Hetu r- means cause, Phala =n
is derived from the root verb Phal =n which means to bear
fruit. The noun Phal means the fruit, the result. Ashraya |=
is derived from the root verb Ashri |i which means to seek
refuge in, to adhere to. Ashraya means the person or thing in
which any quality or article is inherent or retained or received,
shelter, Alambana |n-== is derived from root verb Lamb n-=
which means to hang from, to be supported by. The prefx Aa
| denotes from. Alambanam thus means support to hang
from. All the four factors together are result of attachment.
Samgrihitatvat ===r|-+|- is derived from the root verb Grah =r
which means to accept, to receive, to take. The prefx Sam ==
perfection. Samgrihita ===r|- means collected together, held
together. Samgrihitatva===r|-+|- means quality of being held
together, attachment. Samgrihitatvat, ===r|-+|- means as a
result of attachment. The thought constructs of Vasana and
Samskara are held together on account of attachment to cause,
result, shelter and support.
What happens to any construct if you remove the
component parts? The construct vanishes. This is what the rest
of the Sutra says. Eshamabhave Tadabhavah )||=-||+ -:-||+ it
says. Easham, )||= means by these. The word Abhava -||+
is derived from root word Bhu -| which means to be, to exist;
the prefx A denoting absence. Abhava, therefore, means
not happening, non-existence. Abhave means as result of
absence, non-existence, Tat means those, Abhava means
non-existence.
Putting it together, Vasanas and Samskaras are held
together by attachment to the cause, the result, the shelter and
the support; when these disappear so do the Vasanas and the
Samskaras. Very logical indeed! No attachment, No Vasanas!
The next Sutra is not continuation of this Sutra.
278
l
l
279
stst=tvs r+=stsr-+-t:tzttt aza
Attngata svarpatostyadhvabhedd-
dharmm ||12||
The past (-|-) and the future (=|=-=) exist (i=-) in their
essential forms (=+=+-), the characteristics (|=|||=) difer (-|:|-)
on account of diference in timelines (+=) ||12||
Atita -|-, derived from root I : which means to go, the prefx
Ati i- denotes going beyond, Atita means past, something
that has happened and gone. Anagata =|=- is derived from
the root verb Gam == which means to go, The prefx Aa |
denotes from, An = denotes not, Anagata means the time yet
to come, the future. Swarupa =+=+ consists of Swa =+ meaning
own, Rupa =+ which means form, shape, fgure. Swarupa thus
means own form, own shape, essence. Swarupatah, =+=+-
means in their essential forms. Asti i=- means exist. The past,
the present and the future exist in their essential forms. If that is
the case how the things continue to change in an unpredictable
manner?
The last term is Adhvabhedadharmanam +-|:|,=|||=.
Dharma |=, derived from Dhri |, to hold together, to identify
means essential attributes of any substance. |=|||= means,
the essential characteristics of any object. Addhvabhedat
+-|:|- consists of Adhva, meaning path, line, line of existence;
Bhedat -|:|-, derived from root verb Bhid i-|:, which means to
break or to separate, Bheda -|: means diference, means as a
result of the diference. Adhvabhedadharmanam +-|:|,=|||=
thus means as a result of diferent lines of existence, timelines,
the essential characteristics of a substance defer.
To put it together Past and Future exist in their essential
forms, the diference in the essential characteristics of a
substance on passage in time is the result of the substances
following diferent paths in time, timelines. Do we not recollect
fourth dimension?
s +sn:t vtt-t= asa
Te vyaktaskm gutmna ||13||
All those forms (-) are apparent (=+-) or subtle (=-=|) as a
result of diferent compositions of (|=|=) the three primary
constituents of the nature (=||) ||13||
Here comes an explanation of how substances defer from
one another. Te - refers to the essential properties, Dharmas.
Vyaktasukshma =+-=-=|, Vyakta =+- is derived from the root
Vyanj which means, Vyakta =+- means manifest, apparent; The
term Sukshma =-= is derived from root Such .|= which means
to clean, to refne. Sukshma means refned, minute, atomic,
and subtle. Sukshma =-=| means subtle. Guna =|| means
basic property. Atmanah |=|= is derived from Atman which
means essence, Atmanah |=|= means essential quality. The
characteristics of a substance, manifest, obvious or subtle, are
the result of the combination of Guna, the essential properties
of that substance. Patanjali designates Prakasha, Kriya and
Sthiti as the three components or Gunas.
Since a substance undergoes transformations continuously,
how does the substance show constant properties? How that-
ness or uniqueness of a substance is created? The answer to
the question is given in the next Sutra.
280
l
l
281
ittt+-+tzrss-+ a1a
Parimaikatvdvastutattvam ||14||
An object appears (+=-) to be real (--+=) as a result uniqueness
()=+|-) of the transformation (+i||=) of the three Gunas ||14||
We will now see how an object is that object and nothing
else. Let us start from Parinamaikatvat +i||==+|-. Parinama we
have come across before, in Vibhutipada. Parinama is derived
from root verb Nam == which means to bend, the prefx Pari
denotes completeness. Parinama means to complete change,
transformation. Ektvat is derived from Ek )=, the numeral one.
Ekatva is the quality of being one, uniqueness, oneness. Vastu
+=- is object. Tatvam is real state. The real state of any object
is due to uniqueness of the transformations in the essential
qualities undergone by that substance.
Since a substance is said to be undergoing transformations
continuously, oneness of the transformations would mean the
same transformation being repeated again and again. We may
recollect here the defnition of the Ekagrata Parinama and
Avastha Parinama given earlier in Vibhutipada.
+rsntr i-t-t:t-tti+-t+s -tt asa
Vastusmye cittabhedttayorvibhakta panth ||15||
An object (+=-) has uniqueness (=|-=) (whereas) the mind
(i=-|) has multitude of states (-|:|-), they are therefore (-=|) on
completely diferent (i+-|+-) tracks (+-||) ||15||
As stated earlier an object, a Vastu is the result of oneness
of the Parinama undergone, this leads to sameness of the
object. Vastusamya +=-=|-= contains Vastu derived from root
verb Vas += which means to reside, Vastu means something
real in which properties reside, a real object, a substance;
Samye =|-=, derived from the word Sama == meaning equal,
Samya means quality of being equal, Equality. Samye means
in the sameness of the object.
Chittabhedat i=-|-|:|-, Chitta is the mind, Bheda is
diference, Chittabhedat is locative of Chittabheda, as a result
of diference in the mind, as a result of diference in perception.
What happens as a result of diference in perception of the
same object? This is answered in the remaining part of the
Sutra.
The answer is Tayorvibhaktah Panthah -=|i+-|+- +-||.
Tayoh -=| means of the two, the object and the mind, Vibhaktah
i+-|+- is derived from verb Vibhaj i+-|= which means to divide,
to separate, Vibhaktah means separate, diferent. Panthah
+-|| means paths, roads. Chitta and objects follow diferent
paths, in transformations.
The same object is perceived diferently by diferent minds
or the same mind under the infuence of diferent Sanskaras
and Vasanas.
282
l
l
283
= +i-ts-t +rs s:tt+ s:t i+ rts asa
Na caikacittatantra vastu tadapramaka
tad ki syt ||16||
Also (=) an object (+=-) is not (=) dependent (--|) on one ()=)
mind (i=-|) alone, if it were to be so (-:|), what (i=) would happen
(==|-) to the object if the mind (--) does not recognize (+=|
|==) it? ||16||
Na = means not. Cha = means and. Ekachittatantram
)=i=-|--| consists of Eka, )= Chitta i=-| and Tantram --|=. Eka
means one, Chitta means the mind, Tantram is derived from
the root verb Tan -= which means which means to stretch, to
extend, to draw out. Tantram means chief or essential part, main
point. Vastu is derived from root verb Vas += which means to
reside, Vastu means something real in which properties reside,
a real object, a substance. Putting it together, A real object
does not depend on a mind as the main point of reference.
If it does, what will happen is given in the remaining part
of the Sutra Tadapramanakam Tada Kim Syat -:+=||= -:|
i= ==|-. Tada Kim Syat means what will happen if. The if
is provided in Tadpramanakam Tat Apramanakam -- +=|
|==. Apramanakam is derived from the root verb Ma =| which
means to measure; the prefx Pra + denotes in a systematic
manner, thoroughly. Pramana is therefore benchmark, or
standard. The prefx A denotes opposite Apramana means
not standard, Pramanakam means not recognised. If the mind
does not recognise the real object, what will happen?
A real object will exist irrespective of whether a mind or
many minds do or do not recognise or perceive it. How the
mind recognises or perceives an object is given in the next
Sutra
s:ttvti:t-+ti-tr +rs ntstnts a:a
Tadupargpekitvccittasya vastu jtjtam ||17||
An object (+=-) is perceived or not (n|-|n|-=) as a result of the
expectancy (+i-|+|-) of the mind (i=-|==) to get coloured (=+|=)
by that (--) ||17||
We have, in this Sutra, description of the process by which
an object is perceived by the Chitta, the mind. Let us start with
the two words at the end of the Sutra.
Vastu +=- means an object. Jnyatajnyatam n|-|n|-=, n|-+
n|-=, Jnyata is derived from root Jnya n| which means to know,
to perceive; Jnyata thus means known, perceived. The prefx
A denotes absence, Ajnyatam thus means Not known, not
perceived. An object is perceived or not perceived. How does
this happen? This is answered in the frst part of the Sutra.
The Sutra reads as -Taduparagapekshitvatchittasya -:+|=|-
+i-|+|i=-|==, --+=+|=++i-|-+|- +i=-|==. Tat means that, here
refers to the object to be perceived. Uparaga is derived from
the verb Ranj = which means to colour, the prefx Upa, =+
denotes together with, Uparaga thus means coloured by
something. Apeksitatva is derived from the verb Apeksha
+-| which means to look about for something, to expect.
Apekshitatva +i-|-+ is the quality of expecting, expectation.
Chittasya means of the Chitta.
Putting it together, an object is perceived or not perceived
on account of the expectancy of the Chitta to be coloured
by that very object. If the Chitta does not get coloured by
the object due to some reason or the other, the object is not
perceived. Chitta thus plays a critical role in our perception, we
perceive an object when the chitta is coloured by the same; the
sense mechanisms merely recording it will not complete the
perception. This is also the conclusion of the modern neurology
and psychology. Sometimes we see but do not perceive.
When an object is to be perceived by the Chitta, the Chitta
is coloured by the object, which generate a Vritti in the Chitta,
as a result the object is perceived. How the Purusha, the life
giving principle perceives an object after it is perceived by the
Chitta, is described in the next Sutra.
284
l
l
285
n:t ntsti-t+ -trs- -tt =trtittti-+ts asa
Sadjtcittavttayastatprabho
puruasyparimitvt||18||
However, as a result immutability (+i||i=+|-) of the Purusha
(+=|==), its (--) lord and master (+-||), the behaviour patterns
of the mind (i=-|+-|=) (--) are always (=:|) perceived (n|-|) (by
him) ||18||
The last term is Purushasyaparinamittvat +=|==|+i||-
i=+|-, +=|== + +i||i=+|-. Purushyasya, +=|== means of the
Purusha, the life giving principle, the seer within. Aparinamitvat
+i||i=+|- is from Parinama, which means transformation.
Parinamitva means the quality of being transformed. The
prefx a denotes the opposite. Aparinamitva thus means the
quality of being not transformed, not afected, immutability.
Aparinamitvat is ablative declension of the noun, which means
as a result of the immutability
Sada =:|, means always. Jnyatah n|-|, means known,
perceived. Chittvrittayah i=-|+-|= means Vrittis of the Chitta,
colouration of Chitta, Tatprabhoh -+-||, Prabhu means master,
superior. Tatprabhoh means Of its master, Of master of the
Chitta.
The Vrittis, colourations of the Chitta are always known by its
Superior, The Purusha, as a result of Purushas immutability,
The experience of perceiving an object which colours the
Chitta is always noticed by the life giving principle within, as no
change occurs in the same; whereas the Chitta is coloured.
The Seer within, the Life giving principle, The Purusha,
whatever you call it, acts as an absolute, unchanging benchmark
for all that we do or think. This is our only hope to be human.
= s-r+t-ttn :--+ts asa
Na tatsvbhsa dyatvt ||19||
Although visible (: .=+|- ), it (-- ) is not (=) radiant (=+|-||== ) ||19||
This Sutra gives another quality of the Chitta, the mind. As
seen in the last Sutra, the colourations in the mind are always
seen by the Purusha. Does it mean that the mind is luminous
and it can be perceived by others? Even as a refection? The
answer is no, as given in this Sutra.
Tat here refers to the Seer within. Drishyatvat :.=+|-,
Drishya means seen, Drishyatva means the quality of being
seen. Tat Drishyatvat means as a result of the quality of
being seen by the Seer, as a result of visibility to the Seer.
Swabhasam =+|-||==, =++|-||==, Swa is self, Abhasam means
radiance or brilliance, Swabhasam means own radiance or
brilliance.
Putting together; even with the minds visibility to the
Seer within, the mind is non-luminous for being perceived by
others.
286
l
l
287
+n t-tt=+tttt azea
Ekasamaye cobhaynavadhraam ||20||
(As the mind is perceived by the Purusha and the perceivable
objects are perceived by the mind) And (=) both (=-|=) can not
be perceived (=+|||=) simultaneously ()====) ||20||
Ekasamaye )====, )=+===, Ek means one, Samaya ===
means time, Samaye means at the time. Ekasamaye means
at the same time. Ubhaya =-|=, means both, in this case the
object outside and the process of seeing taking place within
the mind itself. Anavadharanam =+|||= is derived from root
Dhri | which means to hold. Ava + denotes downwards,
Avdharanam means ascertainment, accurate determination
The prefx An = denotes not, Anavadharanam means non-
ascertainment or absence of accurate determination.
The mind can not accurately ascertain the process of
seeing and the object simultaneously. What will happen if it
were able to do so is given in the next Sutra.
i-tt-st:- xizxztisnv risn+t aza
Cittntaradye buddhibuddheratiprasaga
smtisakaraca ||21||
If one mind (i=-|) were to be perceivable (:.=) by another mind
(--), there would be uncalled-for contact (i-+===) between
the two intellects (=i,=,) and cross connection (===) of the
two memories||21||
If the mind were able to perceive or ascertain the
Chittantardrishya, i=-||--:.=, i=-|+--:.=, Chitta meaning the
mind, Antar -- meaning inside, Drishya :.= meaning what
is seen, perceive the inside of the same mind, there would be
Atiprasanga, i-+==. Atiprasanga, i-+== means uncalled for
contact. The uncalled for contact would be between one intellect
inside the other =i,=, and Sankara, == cross connection of
memories ==i-.
If this is the case how does one become aware of ones
own intellect? This question is answered in the next Sutra.
288
l
l
289
istisn+ttrs:t+tt-tt r+xizn+:= azza
Citerapratisakramystadkrpattau
svabuddhisavedanam ||22||
Though nothing can be transmitted between the pure
awareness, self, (i=-+i-====|=|) and the mind, the intelligence
in the mind (=i,) becomes aware of (=+:==) itself (=+) by a
glimpse (|+-||) of its existence (-:|=|) ||22||
Let us start from the last term, Swabuddhisamvedanam
=+=i,=+:==. Swa, as we have seen earlier, is the mind-body-
complex. Buddhi is derived from root verb Budh =| which means
to fathom a depth, penetrate to the bottom, to analyse to the
end. Buddhi means ability to go deep to the bottom of anything,
ability to analyse to the end, the intelligence. Swabuddhi is own
intelligence, intelligence component of the body-mind-complex.
Samvedanam =+:== is derived from root verb Vid i+: which
means to know. The prefx Sam denotes together. Samvid
means to know together, to feel, to be aware. Samvedanam
means Awareness, Knowing together. Svabuddhisamvedanam
means Awareness of own Buddhi, intelligence.
The Sutra begins with Chiterapratisamkramayah i=-+i--
====|=|, i=-+ +i-===|=|. Chiteh is derived from the root
Chit i=- which means to perceive. Chiti i=i- means pure
intelligence, understanding, perception, the pure perceiver.
Chiteh, i=- means of the pure perceiver. Apratisamkramayah
is derived from the root Kram == which means to go towards,
to approach. The prefx Sam == denotes together, Prati +i-
denotes outwards, A denotes absence. Samkram means
approach together, Pratisamkram means approaching together
and dispersing, exchange, Apratisamkrama means having
no exchange whatsoever between, having no intermixture.
Chiterapratisamkramayah means of the pure perceiver which
has no intermixture with the body-mind-complex.
Let us tackle Tadakarapattau -:|=||+-||. --+|=|+|+-||. Tat
here means of that. Akara |=| is derived from the verb Akri
|j which means to take shape, to form. Akara means shape,
form, appearance, and sign. Apatti |+i-| is derived from root
|+: which means to attain, to come towards. Apatti thus means
attaining, coming towards, falling upon literally. Apattau means
as a result of coming towards, falling upon. Tadakarapattau
thus means as a result of the shape of the pure perceiver falling
onto the mind-body complex, Swabuddhisamvedanam, =+=i,
=+:== the mind becomes aware of its intelligence, going one
step further I would say that it becomes aware. This awareness
that we have is only on account of the Perceiver within.
This indicates that our human-ness is possible only on
account of the unchanging Seer within. But for that, we would
be like a ship without a rudder. Only difculty is that, we are
not, most of the times, aware of this perpetually working self-
correction mechanism available to us. We completely forget
the built in autopilot
This ignorance is the Avidya efect. The moment we are
able to throw away the Avidya we are home.
290
l
l
291
:-:-tt+s i-t n+tt azsa
Dradyoparakta citta sarvrtham ||23||
When simultaneously coloured by (=++-=) both the Seer (:=)
and the seen (:.==) Mind (i=-|=) comprehends everything
(=+||=) ||23||
Let us start with the last two terms Chittam Sarvartham
i=-| =+||=, Chittam means the mind, Sarvartham, =+||=, Sarva
means all, Artham means purposes. Chittam Sarvartham
means achieves all objectives, achieves all goals.
Drashtridrishyoparaktam :=:.=|++-= , :=+:.=+=++-= , Dras-
htri := means the Seer, the Perceiver within, Drishya :.= is
the Seen, everything other than the Seer, Uparaktam =++-=
means coloured by. Drashtridrishyoparaktam thus means,
when the mind is coloured by both the Seer within and the
Seen, it achieves all its objectives.
The only purpose for the Seen, the mind-body-complex
and the world together is to provide experience to the Seer
and to enable him to achieve his liberation. Both the objectives
are feasible simultaneously, only when there are no patterns or
Vrittis in the mind, when it is crystal clear.
Even when the mind is full of various Vrittis, Vasanas and
Samskaras, it does provide a picture of the world to the Seer
within, however distorted. The following Sutra describes the
reason behind this process.
s:nr+tn=ti-titi ttt nr-+tit-+ts az1a
Tadasakhyeyavsanbhicitramapi parrtha
sahatyakritvt ||24||
As a result of this essentially collaborative situation (=r==|-
i+|-), the mind (--) even when (i+) spotted with (i=|=)
innumerable (==r==) latent traits (+|==|i-|), exists (|=) for
the other (+) (Seer) ||24||
Let us start from the end term, Samhatyakaritvat,
=r==|i+|-. Karitvat =|i+ is derived from the root verb Kri j
which means to do. Karitva means tendency to do something.
Samhatya =r= is derived from the verb Samhan =r= which
means to join or unite closely to do something together, to
collaborate. Samhatya means closely joined or closely united
to act, collaboration. Samhatyakaritvat thus means as a result
of the essentially collaborative nature of the relationship.
Parartham +||=, ++|=, Par means the other, Artham
means purpose, Parartham thus means serving the others
purpose.
The frst term is Tadasankhyeyavasanabhischitramapi,
-:==r=+|==|i-|i=|=i+,
-- + == r= = + +|==|i-| + i=|= + i+. Tat means those. Asamkheya
== r= = is derived from the root verb Khya r= which means to
know, to ascertain. With prefx Sam it means to enumerate. The
prefx A denotes a negative, Asamkhya means not countable,
infnite number. Asamkhyeya means uncountable.
Vasana +|==| is derived from the root Vas += which means to
reside, to inhabit, Vasana is something which inhabits the mind,
resides in the mind. What can reside in the mind? Memories
and residues of past action reside in the mind. To give a formal
meaning of Vasana they are the present consciousness of
past perceptions or an impression remaining unconsciously in
the mind from past good or evil actions and hence producing
pleasure or pain. Vasanabhih means with Vasana. Chitram
i=|=, means perceivable, visible, brightly coloured, spotted or
speckled. Api means even when.
292
l
l
293
Putting it together Tadasankhyeyavasanabhischitramapi,
-:==r=+|==|i-|i=|=i+, means Even when the Chitta is spotted
with uncountable mental constructions as a result of past
actions, waiting to become manifest, it still serves the purpose
of the other, the Seer within, since the relationship the Chitta
has with the Seer is essentially collaborative, whatever is to be
done needs to be done by both together.
The processes in the mind, as they are, will not cause
perceiving an object or a thought, without a reference point
against which such movement takes place. If no such referral
point were to exist, movement of the chitta will not make a
sense. The unchangeable core, the Seer within, unafected
by anything whatsoever provides such an anchor, a fulcrum,
against which all activity is perceived.
i+-tt:i-t= t--tt+-tt+=ti+i=+i-t azsa
Vieadarina tmabhvabhvanvinivtti ||25||
On getting a clear glimpse (:i.|=) of the pure awareness
(i+.||), the contemplation (-||+=|) on the nature of own existence
(|=-||+) ceases (i+i=+i-|) ||25||
The word Vishesha i+.|| is derived for the verb Vishish i+i.||
which means to distinguish, to be better than or more excellent
than something. Vishesha means the act of distinguishing
or discriminating. Darshina :i.|=, means one who is seeing,
observing something. Visheshdarshinah thus means Ones who
have perceived the discriminating knowledge of the relationship
given in the previous Sutra. What happens to him?
The Answer is Atmabhavbhavanavinivritti |=-||+-||+=|-
i+i=+i-|. Atmabhava |=-||+ means peculiar nature of the
self, peculiar nature of the mind-body-complex. Bhavana
-||+=|, means imagining, contemplating or fancying. Both
the words are based on the root verb Bhu, -| which means
to become. Vinivritti i+i=+i-| is based on the root verb Vrit +-
which means to be. The prefx Ni i= indicates ceasing, Nivritti
thus means that feeling when one feels that one has stopped
being, One meaning is retirement. The prefx Vi i+ indicates
specialty. Atmabhavabhavanavinivritti thus means the end of
contemplating on the nature and the purpose of own body-
mind-complex.
Putting together, the Sutra means, those who have the
experience of the special purpose relationship between the
body-mind-complex and the Seer within; they are completely
freed from the contemplation on the nature and the purpose of
their existence, existance of their body mind complex.
294
l
l
295
s:t i+++i=++t-ttti-t azsa
Tad vivekanimnakaivalyaprgbhra cittam ||26||
As a result (-:|), the mind (i=-|=), attached (i===) to this
discernment (i++=), bows towards (+|-||=) absolute freedom
(=+-==) ||26||
What happens upon attaining the experiential understanding
of the completely segregated nature of the Seen and the Seer
and the special purpose relationship, where the Seen exists to
provide experience to the Seer? The present Sutra describes
the next stage in the process.
Tada -:| means after reaching the state described in the
previous Sutras. Vivekanimnam i++ =i=-== is i++ =+i=-== . Viveka
is derived from root verb Vich i+= which means to discriminate,
discern, judge. The prefx Vi i+ denotes application in a systematic
Viveka is intense discernment. Nimnam i=-== indicates going
down deep, fguratively profound. Viveknimnam i++ =i=-== , means
acting in a profound manner as a result of intense discernment,
as if weighed down by the intense discernment.
The next term contains Kaivalya, the ultimate objective
of the Yoga, Kaivalyapragbharam =+-=+|-||=, =+-= + +|-||=.
emancipation, beatitude. Pragbharam +|-||= is derived from
root verb Bhri -| which means to bear or to carry. The prefx
Prak +|= denotes towards. Pragbharam thus means bearing
towards, carrying towards. Kaivalyapragbharam means bearing
towards Kaivalya. Chittam is the mind.
Putting it together, at this stage the Chitta is bearing
towards Kaivalya as a result of the intense discernment going
down to the depth of the Chitta. Literally it is as if the weight of
the intense discernment is bending the movement of the Chitta
towards Kaivalya.
We are almost home or are we? Are there any further
obstacles? The answer is the next Sutra.
296
l
l
297
sio:t -t-sttit nr+tt- az:a
Tacchidreu pratyayntari saskrebhya ||27||
In the discontinuities (i=:|) of this discernment (--), (the mind)
may have other (-|i|) experiences (+==) based on the latent
impressions (===||-=) ||27||
The discernment, however intense, is not entirely
continuous. There are still breaks in the feld. What is the
result?
The term Tacchidreshu -i=:| means literally from the holes
in that, Tat -- means that Cchidreshu i=:| is locative of Cchidra
i=:, derived from Cchid i=: which means to pierce, to make a
hole, to cut. Cchidra means a hole, a cut, a discontinuity, a
gap.
The term Pratyayantarani +==|--|i|, consists of +==+
--|i|. Pratyaya means response to an object. Antara, --
here used as a sufx to Pratyaya means diferent, other, another.
Pratyayantara means diferent Pratyaya, Pratyayantarani is
plural. In the middle of the gaps diferent responses to objects
appear. What are the Objects here?
The next term gives the objects. Sanskrebhyah ===|-= is
ablative of Samskara ===|, which means mental constructions
built on the recordings of past, impressions. The objects of the
Pratyaya here are the impressions which appear in the middle of
the gaps in the discernment. To make the discernment intense
and continuous, removal of the impressions is required.
Putting it together In the middle of the gaps in the
discernment; responses to impressions carried in the mind
appear.
The next Sutra gives the way for their removal.

rt=tt +n-t+:+s azsa
Hname kleavaduktam ||28||
These ()||=) need to be eliminated (r|==) in a similar fashion
as (+-) the causes of pain (+n.|) described earlier (by retracing
them back to their sources) ||28||
Hanam r|== is derived from the root verb Ha r| which
means to give up, to relinquish, to let go. Hanam means letting
go, relinquishing or giving up. What is to be given up? The term
Esham is the answer. Esham which means these, these here
refers to the Samskaras mentioned in the previous Sutra.
How the Samskaras are to be given up? The answer has
been given earlier. The Sutra says Kleshvaduktam, +n.|+:+-=,
+n.|+-+=+-=. Kleshvat means similar to Kleshas. The
Samskaras are to be relinquished by following a method used
for giving up Kleshas. The method is Uktam =+-=, derived from
root verb Vach += which means to vocalise, to say, to state,
Uktam means stated already.
Two methods, rather a two step method for giving up
Kleshas, is indicated earlier. One aspect that needs to be kept
in mind is both Kleshas and Samskaras cling to us because
we allow that to happen as a result of our attachment to the
underlying experience of the objects. Patanjali says that letting
go is simple, if we remove the attachment, these clinging
mental constructs fall away. There is no more reason for the
Kleshas and Samskaras to be with us.
Pratiprasava and Dhyana are the components of the two
step method. At the cost of repeating, I am giving the details.
Pratiprasava is a wonderful tool suggested by Patanjali for
minimizing the causes of sorrow. Pratiprasava +i-+=+ means
sending back to the origin literally reverse of the process of
being born. It is Opposite of +=+ Prasava; which means being
born in Sanskrit. Going along a logical linkage is a natural
property of the Buddhi, the intelligence part of the mind, the
Chitta. The process of Pratiprasava consists of going along a
reverse logical linkage from the sorrow to its immediate cause;
298
l
l
299
We continue with the same process for the cause of this cause,
so on and so forth, in the reverse order. Ultimately we will end
up with Avidya as the root cause. In the notes to the sutras
describing various Kleshas, this has been attempted. Such a
process minimises the efect of the Klesha, sorrow. Same can
be applied to Samskaras.
Is it really possible to follow a logical process when the
efect of the Klesha is in full bloom? The answer is negative.
The behaviour of the mind is so completely patterned that we
are lost in the labyrinth of these patterns; the Vrittis. No logical
reasoning is possible. Patanjali suggests Dhyana, focusing the
mind on an object till the experience becomes continuous as a
remedy to get out of this labyrinth. The suggestion of a subject
acceptable to the mind =||i-|=- is given earlier. The process
of Dhyana de-patterns the mind, if only for some time. The
labyrinth is cut open to indicate a way out; to be free. A wise
combination of the process of Dhyana and Pratiprasava will
weaken the Kleshas and the resultant sorrow. Same logic and
method is applicable for letting go of the Samskaras.
The basic property of the Chitta, the mind is to get coloured,
to get afected. Unless this is so it will not be able to function as
Chitta, the thinking organ. The next process is to get attached,
to desire, based on the attachment. This leads to formation
of patterns in the mind; this is also a survival adaption, as
this generates automatic responses to most of the situations,
where the responses need to be immediate, and not after
logical processing, which may lead to fatal delays. However,
all the thought constructs are not survival oriented.
Yoga involves, in the frst instance to let go of the
attachments. This is most difcult task. The Process of Dhyana
uses the natural tendency of the mind to get attached to an
object; the attachment is carried to the extreme so that the
response to the object becomes continuously stretched as if
a thread is being drawn. This process possibly exhausts the
tendency of attachment and the mind gets bound to one object
and the related response. This enables us to experience a
state of detachment from the worldly objects, this experience is
a very deeply satisfying experience, which enables us to let go
of the other attachments. This also slowly weakens the basis of
the thought constructs of the mind, which disappear as a result.
The balance portion of the thought constructs is amenable to
logical process of tracing the cause and examining the same to
evaluate whether it is worth keeping.
One very direct efect of this spring cleaning of the mind is
the sharpening of Buddhi, the ability of the mind to go to the
bottom of things and analyse.
The Yogic processes of Dharana, Dhyana and Samadhi,
together referred as Samyama enable enhancements of natural
abilities. At the culmination of the expertise in Samyama, the
understanding of nature of reality itself takes place. The reality
opens up.
The Pratyayas of the Samskaras are now removed, given
up following the methods similar to those used to give up
Kleshas.
In the next few Sutras Patanjali describes what happens to
a Yogin at this advanced stage. Here again there is a limitation
for me of not having an experiential understanding of these
processes. So let us proceed as per the Sutra .|:||+==|=|=
:--|=|=|- === -+i+-||====|- =+-|-=-n|==+
300
l
l
301
nrt=-+nt:r n+tt i+++rtsttt ntit azsa
Prasakhynepyakusdasya sarvath
vivekakhyterdharmamegha samdhi ||29||
He who has no interest (==|:==) even (i+) in the supreme
knowledge (+==r=|=) and always =+|| maintains profciency
(r=|-) in the discernment (i++=) (experiences) engrossment
(==|i|) in the primordial cloud of existence (|==|) ||29||
Let us begin with Prasankhyanepi +==r=|=.i+, +==r=|=+ i+.
Api means even when. Prasankhyane needs closer attention.
It is derived from the root verb Khya r=| which means to
know, to ascertain. With prefx Sam it means to enumerate, to
comprehensively know. The prefx Pra denotes pre-eminence.
Prasamkhyana means contemplation, meditation, engrossment
in mental processes and the divine knowledge that fows out of
such engrossment. Prasamkhyanepi thus means even in the
divine knowledge fowing out of engrossing meditation.
The word Akusida ==|: means someone who is not a
Kusida. Kusida is a person who lends money to be recovered
with interest. Akusida is someone who is not even interested
in the principle, let alone the interest, not interested at all.
Prasamkhyanepi Akusidasya +==r=|=.===|:== means for
someone who is not interested even in the divine knowledge
fowing out of engrossing meditation. How does one become
so disinterested?
The answer is Sarvatha Vivekakhyateh =+|| i++=r=|-.
Viveka is derived from root verb Vich i+= which means to
discriminate, discern, judge. The prefx Vi i+ denotes application
in a systematic manner, intensify the action indicated in the
verb following it. Viveka is intense discernment. Let us start
with Khyati r=|i-. The root verb Khya r=| means to be known
in detail. The term Khyati, in i++=r=|-, understanding by the
Viveka goes beyond understanding. It denotes an experiential
understanding and awareness of the nature of the process of
discernment, experienced and felt as such. This understanding
is totally diferent from what one would have on hearing about it
or reading about it. r=|i- also denotes a continuous awareness.
Once achieved, it does not let you go. If and when such
awareness happens, one loses interest even divine knowledge
fowing out of engrossing meditation.
The word used in the Sutra is Sarvatha =+|| is from the word
Sarva which means all, every, entire, the sufx Tha || denotes
done by something, Sarvatha means by all means, entirely, at
all times. This intense discernment covers all the things; the
world in its entirety, at all times; leading to completely losing
interest, creating total detachment.
What happens after one loses interest to this extent? The
answer is provided in the rest of the Sutra. The engrossment,
the meditation or the Samadhi is further intensifed, deepened.
This state is described as Dharmameghah Samadhi |==|
==|i|. Let us start with what is Dharmameghah. Dharma
|=, derived from Dhri |, to hold together, to identify means
essential attributes of any substance. The essential attributes
of a substance, manifest, obvious or subtle, are the result of
the varied combinations of the essential properties referred as
Gunas =|.
The wor Meghah =| is derived from the root verb Migh
i=| which means to make water, to convert into liquid, an old
meaning is to mix thoroughly together. The older version of
the root is actually Miksh i=-|. The English verb Mix derives
from the same root and has same meaning. Megh is therefore
something which is thoroughly mixed together.
Dharmamegha |==| thus means thoroughly intermixed
cloud of the essential attributes of substances. Does not that
sound more like theoretical physics, describing the primordial
cloud before the big-bang from which everything is created?
The next word is Samadhi. The Word Samadhi is derived
from the root verb Dha || which means to hold, the prefxes
Sam == and Aa | together denote coming together perfectly.
Samadhi thus means holding together perfectly. What are we
relating to? Chitta, the mind is being related. What is being
perfectly held together? The processes of the mind are being
perfectly held together. Samadhi thus means perfect absorption
of thought into the one object of meditation, the Dhyana. The
302
l
l
303
object of meditation at this stage is Dharmamegha, thoroughly
intermixed cloud of the essential attributes of all substances,
possibly the beginning of everything. The objects of Samadhi
become subtler and subtler; become as subtle as the Gunas
and fner focusing still continues. In the end the focus shifts to
the beginning of everything, the cloud of pure, undistinguished,
primordial existence. This appears to be logical, if logical is a
term that could be applied to anything that might happen in
Samadhi.
Putting it together we get, He who, as a result of application
of continuous intense discernment covering all the things; the
world in its entirety, at all times has lost interest even in the
divine knowledge fowing out of engrossment in the meditation,
attains the Samadhi known as Dharmamegha Samadhi where
the object of meditation is thoroughly intermixed cloud of the
essential attributes of all substances, possibly the beginning of
everything.
Let us continue to our eforts to understand what happen
at this stage.
ss +n-t+i=+i-t asea
Tata kleakarmanivtti ||30||
Then (--) there is fnal relief (i=+i-|) from causes of sorrow
(+n.|) and consequences of action (==) ||30||
Let us start with the last term in the Sutra, Kleshakarmanivritti,
+n.|==i=+i-|. +n.|+ ==+ i=+i-|. Let us start with Klesha. The word
is derived the root verb Klish i+n.| which means to torment, to
cause pain. Klesha means caused pain, torment, or afiction.
The point to be noted here is caused pain and not pain per-se.
Klesha refers to the mental torment, pain, afiction caused by
something recorded earlier in the mind. If one has a look at the
list of the fve categories of Kleshas, namely Avidya, Asmita,
Raga, Dvesha and Abhinivesha, the concept will be clear. All
of these lead to pain or torment on account of replay of one
or the other mental recording. This is further supported by the
defnitions of these categories. If by some means or the other
we are able to let go of the recordings in the mind or make
them inefective, the pain will cease to manifest.
Let us see the concept of Karma. The word is derived from
root verb Kri j which means to do, to perform or to cause.
Karma is completed action. As regards the Chitta, the mind,
Karma is the recording of completed actions in the mind. These
recordings link the past actions with the present action and
actions yet to take place in the time yet to come. The collection
of such recordings in the Chitta is referred to as Karmashaya.
The term Nivritti i=+ i-|, is derived from the root verb Vrit + - .
The simplest meaning of this verb root is to be. Other meanings
like to rotate, fuctuate are there; however those are not applicable
here. Vritti + i-| simply means way of being, fxed as such, as a
result of repeated behaviour of this type in the past. The prefx
Ni indicates movement in downward direction, reduction. Nivritti
means release from Vritti, One other meaning of Nivritti is
retirement from a job. Kleshakarmanivritti thus means release
from the binding of the recordings of the past actions, recordings
of experiences in the past, recordings of wrong notions about
reality which had led to pain and afictions.
We are nearer to the goal of our existence.
304
l
l
305
s:t n+t+ttntsr nt=rt=--t-n asa
Tad sarvvaraamalpetasya j nasynantyjj
eyamalpam ||31||
There (-:|) as a result of uncovering of all the impurities
(=+|+|=n|+-==), the supreme knowledge extending to infnity
(n|===|=-=|-), very little (-+=) remains to be known and
understood (n==) ||31||
Tada -:|, means then. What happens on attaining the
Dharmamegha Samadhi? The answer, which appears at the end
of this Sutra, is Jnyeyam Alpam n== -+=, Jnyeyam is derived
from the root verb Jnya n| which means to know, Jnyeyam
means remains to be known. Alpam means scant little. Scant
little remains to be known. How does this happen? The answer
is given in the previous term which says Jnyanasyanantyat
n|===|=-=|-, n|===+|=-=|-. Jnyanasya means of the Jnyana,
of the Knowledge. The word Anantyat |=-=|- is derived from
the word Anant =--, which means unending infnite. Anantya
means the quality of being infnite. Anantyat means as a result
of the quality of being infnite. Jnyanasyanantyat means as a
result of the knowledge having the quality of being infnite, as
a result of the divine knowledge at this stage having no end at
all, as a result of the divine knowledge covering every object
every where.
Why the divine knowledge has this quality is given in
the preceding term. It says Sarvavaranamalapetasya =+|+
|=n|+-==, =++|+|+=n++-==. Sarva is derived from the root
verb Sri = which means to go or to pervade. Sarva means all,
each and every possible object. The word Avarana |+| is
derived from the root verb Vri + which means to cover or to
conceal. The prefx A | denotes location. Avarana thus means
covering. Mala =n means impurity. The word Apeta +- is
derived from the root verb : which means to go away, escape.
The prefx Ap reinforces the motion in the reverse direction.
Ape + means to go away, to vanish to be gone. Apeta when
used at the end of a word combination means free from the
object preceding Apeta. Sarvavaranamalapetasya, means
of that object from which the covering of impurities has been
completely removed. The last part ending with sya indicate
genitive declension.
Putting all together we get, then, as a result of the infnitude
of the gnosis, divine knowledge, knowledge from which the
covering of impurities has been completely removed, little
remains to be known and understood.
If we look at the processes described in the preceding
sutras we realise that these describe experiences at a very
advanced stage of Yoga towards liberation. The combination
of the processes of giving up, detachment, and Dhyana leading
to Samadhi, where the response to object of meditation alone
flls up the mind space has been applied again and again. The
detachment is applied to the thought constructs in the mind
namely the Vasanas and the Samskaras to let go of them. The
Viveka, the process of discernment of what is and what is not is
intensifed and internalised so that it is operating continuously.
The objects of Dhyana and Samadhi become subtler and
subtler; reach the stage of Gunas, the threefold essential
constituent qualities of nay substance and go beyond that to
reach the primordial cloud of the intermixture of everything
that is yet to come forth, the Dharmmegha stage. There is
no interest even in the divine knowledge available, since the
discernment shows that it is of no use to where one is going.
Artifcial mental constructs of Klesha and Karma created in
the mind held together by the four components fall down, since
the components of these constructs themselves become weak
as a result of application of Pratiprasava.
Let us go to the next Sutra.
306
l
l
307
ss jsttt=t ittt+nti-svtt=t asza
Tata ktrthn parimakramasamp-
tirgunm ||32||
There (--), having achieved the objective (j-|||=|), the interplay
of transformations (+i||===) of the basic qualities of nature (=
||=|=) comes to a permanent balance (==|i-). ||32||
Tatah --, means then. The term Kritarthanam j-|||=|=
consists of Krita j- and Artha |, put in genitive declension.
Krita is from root Kri j which means to do, to perform, Krita
means something that has been done, that has been performed.
Artha | is derived from the root verb Arth which means to
strive. The noun Artha thus means something to be strived, the
purpose. Kritartha j-|| means something of which the purpose
has been achieved or served.
Let us take Gunanam =||=|=; the word is Guna =| in genitive.
Guna as seen earlier are the threefold essential constituent
qualities of any substance, any object described as Prakasha,
Kriya and Sthiti. Kritarthanam j-|||=| Gunanam =||=|=, means
-of the threefold essential constituent qualities of any substance,
whose purpose has been accomplished. What happens when
the purpose of these qualities is accomplished?
Parinamakramasamaptih +i||=====|i- is the answer.
The term consists of three words Parinama +i||=, Krama
== and Samaptih ==|i-. Parinama we have come across
earlier, it means transformation, undergoing process of
change. Krama == is derived from the root verb Kram ==
which means to proceed in sequence, in steps. Krama thus
means sequence. Samapti is derived from the root verb Aap
|+ which means to reach, to arrive at the destination. With
prefx Sam ==, denoting coming together, Samap ==|+ means
to bring to and end successfully, to conclude, Samapti ==|i-
means accomplishment, successful completion, successful
end.Putting it together Then, as a result of having completed
their purpose, the sequence of constant transformations of
combinations of the threefold essential constituent qualities of
substances, Gunas, comes to a successful end. The point to
be noted here is that the Gunas themselves do not come to an
end; it is only the continuous sequence of transformations of
combinations of Gunas which comes to an end.The next Sutra
describes the sequence that is taking place.
308
l
l
309
:ttistvt itttttt-si=vtn + assa
Kaapratiyog parimparntanirgrhya
krama ||33||
The correlative (+i-=|=|) sequence (==) between the units of
time (-||) and the transformations (+i||=)that take place then
is perceivable (i==|n) only at the termination of the processes
(+|--) ||33||
Let us start with Kshanapratiyogi -||+i-=|=|.The word
Kshana means a moment or an instant. The term Pratiyogi is
derived from the root verb Yuj which means to join together.
The prefx Prati denotes movement in opposite direction,
in case of coming together, this would strengthen the coming
together. Pratiyuj means coming together equally matched.
Pratiyogin means any object dependant upon another and not
existing without it; a counterpart, match.
The adjective is addressed to Kramah. So we have Kshana
and Kramah are linked together, dependent on each other to
the extent that one can not exist without the other.
Let us tackle Parinamaparantanirgrahyah +i||=|+|--i==|n,
+i=||+ +|-- + i==|n. Parinama we have come across before,
it means transformation, undergoing the process of change.
The word Aparanta +|-- is combination of Apara + and
Anta --. Apara + is just beyond or just before, Ant -- is
end, as such Aparant is at the very end or just beyond the end,
coinciding with the end. Nirgrahya i==|m is derived from the
root verb Grah =r which means to accept, to capture, Grahya
=|n means to be captured, imprisoned.
The prefx Nir i= denotes opposite, opposite direction,
Nirgrahya i==|n means freed, traced or found out, perceivable.
The complete word Parinamaparantanirgrahyah is an adjective
of Kramah. It means perceivable just at the very end of the
process of change
Putting the two together we get - Since an instant of time
and the sequence of transformations are linked together,
dependent on each other to the extent that one can not exist
without the other, the sequence is perceivable just at the very
end of the process of change.
This Sutra to my mind is applicable at each of the stages
of Yoga, the sequence and the efect of the process of change
becomes perceivable only at the end of the transformation. It is
also true in respect of any of the transformations taking place
continuously.
The Sutra gives the basic defnition of the concept of time, by
saying that that an instant of time and the sequence of change
that are taking place are inexorable linked together, without
change, time will not be perceivable and without perception of
time change will not be perceivable.
310
l
l
311
=ttt-t-t=t vtt=t isn+ ++ r+=is:t +t
iis-ti+sitis as1a
Pururthanyn gun pratiprasava
kaivalya svarpapratih v citiaktiriti ||34||
The basic qualities of nature, Gunas (=||=|=), have no further
(.|-=|=|) purpose (|) to serve the life giving principle, Purusha
(+=|), these return to their original balanced state (+i-+=+).
This is complete liberation (=+-==) or assuming (+i-|) the
essential form (=+=+) by the Purusha, shining as pure power
(.|+-) of consciousness (i=i-) ||34|| :i- indicates the end of
the book.
Earlier we have come across the Pratiprasava twice.
Pratiprasava was used to remove attenuated Kleshas and also
to remove the mental constructs of Vasanas and Samskaras
on the same lines. Pratiprasava +i-+=+ means going back to
the origin literally reverse of the process of being born. It is
Opposite of +=+ Prasava; which means being born in Sanskrit.
Going along a logical linkage is a natural property of the Buddhi,
the intelligence part of the mind, the Chitta. The process of
Pratiprasava consists of going along a reverse logical linkage.
Here we are coming across the Pratiprasava of the Gunas,
the threefold essential constituent property of anything and
everything, including the Chitta, the mind. Since the process
of Yoga takes place in the mind; it would be natural to assume
that the processes described in this Sutra are also taking place
in the mind. Let us see what happens.
The term Purusharthashunyanam +=|||.|-=|=|=, is the
adjective of the next term. Purushartha means purpose of the
Purusha. Shunyanam is from the word Shunya which means
nothing, empty. Purusharthashunyanam means something
which is emptied of the purpose of the Purusha, which has
completed the purpose of the Purusha. Guna as seen earlier are
the threefold essential constituent qualities of any substance,
any object. Gunanam is genitive of Guna.
Purusharthashunyanam Gunanam thus means -Of the
Gunas, the threefold essential constituent qualities, which
have been emptied of the Purpose of the Purusha on its
accomplishment,
Pratiprasava +i-+=+ means going back to the origin
literally reverse of the process of being born. It is Opposite
of +=+ Prasava; which means being born in Sanskrit. In the
Yogasutras Patanjali does not refer to the three Gunas as
Sattva =-+, Raja = and Tama -=, as they are referred to
elsewhere. The all pervading Seen has three characteristics
namely energy termed as Prakasha +=|.|, action termed as
Kriya i==|, and inertia termed as Sthiti i=|i-. Any of the items in
the Seen has these three characteristics, without exceptions.
The proportion and the nature of them will difer from object to
object. Stretching this further, one could state that the Action
and Inertia are but two diferent states of the Prakasha principle
and on their Pratiprasava these merge with the Prakasha, the
energy principle.
emancipation, beatitude.
Let us take the next term Swarupapratishtha =+=++i-|.
Swarupa =+=+ consists of Swa =+ meaning own, Rupa =+ which
means form, shape, fgure. Swarupa thus means own form, own
shape, essence. Pratishtha +i-| derives from root verb Stha
=|| which means to stand, Stha =|| as noun means standing
frm, stationary at one place. Prati +i- is a prefx denoting
downwards movement, towards the ground. Pratishtha thus
means standing on or placing oneself frmly at one place,
grounding, being frmly established.
312
l
l
313
The last term of this last sutra is Chitishakteriti i=i-.|+-ii-,
i=i-.|+-+:i-. The word Iti denotes conclusion of the work.
Chitishakteh is genitive of Chitishakti. Chiti i=i- means pure
intelligence, understanding, perception, the pure perceiver.
Shakti .|i+- is derived from root verb Shak .|= which means to be
able, to be powerful. Shakti means ability or power. Chitishakti
means the power of the pure perceiver, pure intelligence.
Chitishakteh means of the power of the pure perceiver.Putting
it together -The Gunas, the three essential constituent qualities,
which have been emptied of the Purpose of the Purusha on its
accomplishment, return back to where they manifested from.
Also, the power of the pure perceiver is frmly established in its
own form. This is being perfect in ones self, Kaivalya.

Yogasutras of Patanjali

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Yogasutras of Patanjali

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Yogasutras of Patanjali

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ptajalayogastrani

You might also like